UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2005

 

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

 

 

For the transition period from                         to                          

 

 

 

 

 

Commission file number 1-9183

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Wisconsin

 

39-1382325

(State of organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

3700 West Juneau Avenue
Milwaukee, Wisconsin

 

53208

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)

 

Registrants telephone number: (414) 342-4680

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE

 

NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS

 

NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  NONE

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   ý    No   o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes   o    No   ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   ý    No   o .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one).

 

Large accelerated filer   ý

 

Accelerated filer   o

 

Non-accelerated filer   o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  Yes   o  No   ý .

Aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 24, 2005: $13,857,838,390

Number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding at February 21, 2006: 272,533,373 shares

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 

Part III of this report incorporates information by reference from registrant’s Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of its shareholders to be held on April 29, 2006.

 

 



 

Harley-Davidson, Inc.

 

Form 10-K

 

For The Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

Part I

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

Item 1A.

Risk factors

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

 

 

 

Part II

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Item 8.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

 

 

 

Part III

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

 

 

 

Part IV

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

 

 

 

 

Signatures

 

 

 

2



 

Part I

 

Note regarding forward-looking statements

 

Certain matters discussed by the Company are “forward-looking statements” intended to qualify for the safe harbors from liability established by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified as such by reference to this footnote or because the context of the statement will include words such as the Company “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “plans,” or “estimates” or words of similar meaning. Similarly, statements that describe future plans, objectives, outlooks, targets, guidance or goals are also forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated as of the date of this report. Certain of such risks and uncertainties are described in close proximity to such statements or elsewhere in this report, including under the caption “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report and under “Cautionary Statements” in Item 7 of this report. Shareholders, potential investors, and other readers are urged to consider these factors in evaluating the forward-looking statements and cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included in this report are made only as of the date of the filing of this report (March 3, 2006), and the Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

 

Item 1. Business

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. was incorporated in 1981, at which time it purchased the Harley-Davidson ® motorcycle business from AMF Incorporated in a management buyout. In 1986, Harley-Davidson, Inc. became publicly held. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the “Company” include Harley-Davidson, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries. The Company operates in two segments: the Motorcycles & Related Products segment and the Financial Services segment. The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. They are managed separately based on the fundamental differences in their operations.

 

The Motorcycles & Related Products (Motorcycles) segment includes the group of companies doing business as Harley-Davidson Motor Company (Motor Company) and the group of companies doing business as Buell Motorcycle Company (BMC). The Motorcycles segment designs, manufactures and sells at wholesale primarily heavyweight (engine displacement of 651+cc) touring, custom and performance motorcycles as well as a complete line of motorcycle parts, accessories, clothing and collectibles. The Company, which is the only major American motorcycle manufacturer, has had the largest share of the United States heavyweight (651+cc) motorcycle market since 1986. During 2005, the Company’s market share, based on retail registrations of new Harley-Davidson motorcycles, was 48.9% in the United States (Data provided by the Motorcycle Industry Council).

 

The Financial Services (Financial Services) segment includes the group of companies doing business as Harley-Davidson Financial Services (HDFS). HDFS provides wholesale and retail financing and insurance programs primarily to Harley-Davidson and Buell dealers and their retail customers. HDFS conducts business in the United States, Canada and Europe.

 

See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information related to the Company’s business segments.

 

3



 

Motorcycles and Related Products

 

Motorcycles . The primary business of the Motorcycles segment is to design, manufacture and sell premium motorcycles at wholesale for the heavyweight market. The Company is best known for its Harley-Davidson motorcycle products, but also offers a line of motorcycles and related products under the Buell brand name. The Company’s worldwide motorcycle sales generated 80.0% of the total net revenue in the Motorcycles segment during each of the years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

The Motor Company’s Harley-Davidson branded motorcycle products emphasize traditional styling, design simplicity, durability and quality. The Motor Company manufactures five families of motorcycles: Sportster ® , Dyna™, Softail ® , Touring and VRSC™. The first four of these motorcycle families are powered by an air-cooled, twin-cylinder engine with a 45-degree “V” configuration. The VRSC family is powered by a liquid-cooled, twin-cylinder engine with a 60-degree “V” configuration. The Motor Company’s Harley-Davidson engines range in size from 883cc’s to 1690cc’s.

 

The Motor Company’s 2006 model year line up includes 33 models of Harley-Davidson heavyweight motorcycles, with domestic manufacturer’s suggested retail prices ranging from $6,595 to $20,685. The Motor Company also offers limited-edition, factory-custom motorcycles through its Custom Vehicle Operation (CVO) program. Motorcycles sold through the CVO program are available in limited quantities and offer unique features, paint schemes and accessories. The Motor Company currently has three motorcycle model offerings available through the CVO program with domestic manufacturer’s suggested retail prices ranging from $26,495 to $31,995.

 

Research that the Company completed in 2005 shows the following: The average retail purchaser of a new Harley-Davidson motorcycle in the United States is in their mid-forties (two-thirds of these purchasers are between the ages of 35 and 54) and has a household income of approximately $83,000. These customers generally purchase a motorcycle for recreational purposes rather than to provide transportation. Over two-thirds of retail sales of new Harley-Davidson motorcycles in the United States are to buyers with at least one year of education beyond high school and 31% of the buyers have college degrees. Approximately 11% of retail sales of new Harley-Davidson motorcycles in the United States are to female buyers.

 

The Company’s Buell ® motorcycle products emphasize innovative design, responsive handling and overall performance. Buell Motorcycle Company currently manufactures and sells eight models, including seven heavyweight models in its XB family, and the Blast ® . The Buell XB motorcycles focus on superior handling and are powered by either a 984cc (XB9) or a 1203cc (XB12) air-cooled, twin-cylinder engine with a 45-degree “V” configuration. The Buell XB motorcycle models have domestic manufacturer’s suggested retail prices ranging from $8,695 to $11,495. The Buell Blast is smaller and less expensive than the Buell XB models and is powered by a 492cc single-cylinder engine. The Blast, which competes in the standard market segment, has a domestic manufacturer’s suggested retail price of $4,695.

 

Research that the Company completed in 2004 shows the following: The average retail purchaser of a new Buell XB motorcycle in the United States is 37 years old with a household income of approximately $78,500. Approximately 9% of retail sales of new Buell XB’s in the United States are to women. The average age of a retail purchaser of a new Buell Blast in the United States is 37 years old, with over one-half of them being women. Approximately 57% of new Buell Blast purchasers have never owned a motorcycle before and in excess of 97% of them had never owned a Buell motorcycle before.

 

4



 

The total motorcycle market, including the heavyweight portion of the market, is comprised of the following four segments:

 

                  standard (emphasizes simplicity and cost)

                  performance (emphasizes handling and acceleration)

                  custom (emphasizes styling and individual owner customization)

                  touring (emphasizes comfort and amenities for long-distance travel)

 

The touring segment of the market was pioneered by the Company and includes the Harley-Davidson Touring family of motorcycles which are equipped with fairings, windshields, saddlebags and Tour Pak ® luggage carriers. The custom segment of the market includes motorcycles featuring the distinctive styling associated with classic Harley-Davidson motorcycles and includes the Company’s Dyna, Softail, VRSC and Sportster families of motorcycles. The Company serves the standard and performance segments of the market primarily with its Buell motorcycle line.

 

In the United States, suggested retail prices for the Company’s Harley-Davidson motorcycles generally range from being comparable to moderately higher than suggested retail prices for competing motorcycles available in the market. Although there are some differences in accessories between the Company’s top-of-the line touring motorcycles and those of its competitors, suggested retail prices for these motorcycles are generally comparable. The Company’s larger-displacement custom motorcycles (Dyna, Softail and VRSC) represent its highest unit volumes. The Company believes its larger-displacement custom products continue to command retail prices that are higher than retail prices of its competitors’ motorcycles because of the features, styling and higher resale value associated with Harley-Davidson custom products. The Company’s smaller-displacement custom motorcycles (the Sportster family) are generally price competitive with comparable motorcycles available in the market.

 

The Company’s 2005 surveys of retail purchasers in the United States indicate that 82% of the retail purchasers of its Sportster models either have previously owned competitive-brand motorcycles, are completely new to the sport of motorcycling or have not participated in the sport for at least five years. The Company believes that sales of its Sportster models will lead to future sales of its higher-priced models.

 

Since 1988, the Company’s research has consistently shown that purchasers of new Harley-Davidson motorcycles in the United States have a repurchase intent at or in excess of 90%. Research completed by the Company in 2005 shows that approximately 51% of all retail purchasers of new Harley-Davidson motorcycles in the United States had previously owned a Harley-Davidson motorcycle.

 

Parts & Accessories . The major Parts and Accessories (P&A) products are replacement parts (Genuine Motor Parts) and mechanical and cosmetic accessories (Genuine Motor Accessories). Worldwide P&A net revenue comprised 15.3%, 15.6% and 15.4% of net revenue in the Motorcycles segment in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

General Merchandise . Worldwide General Merchandise net revenue, which includes MotorClothes TM apparel and collectibles, comprised 4.6%, 4.5% and 4.6% of net revenue in the Motorcycles segment in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Licensing . The Company creates an awareness of the Harley-Davidson brand among its customers and the non-riding public through a wide range of products for enthusiasts by licensing the name “Harley-Davidson” and other trademarks owned by the Company. The Company’s licensed products include t-shirts, jewelry, small leather goods, toys and numerous other products. The Company also licenses the use of its name in connection with a cafe located in Las Vegas, Nevada. Although the majority of licensing activity occurs in the U.S., the Company continues to expand these activities in international markets. Royalty revenues from licensing, included in Motorcycles segment net revenue, were approximately $43 million, $41 million and $38 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

5



 

Other Services . The Company also provides a variety of services to its independent dealers including service and business management training programs, customized dealer software packages, delivery of its motorcycles, a motorcycle rental and tour program and Riders Edge ® , the Company’s rider training program.

 

Patents and Trademarks . The Company owns certain patents that relate to its motorcycles and related products and processes for their production. The Company diligently protects its intellectual property and its rights to innovative and proprietary technology. This protection, including enforcement, is important as the Company moves forward with investments in new products, designs and technologies.

 

Trademarks are important to the Company’s motorcycle business and licensing activities. The Company has a vigorous worldwide program of trademark registration and enforcement to maintain and strengthen the value of the trademarks and prevent the unauthorized use of those trademarks. The Company believes the HARLEY-DAVIDSON trademark and the Company’s Bar and Shield trademark are each highly recognizable to the public and are very valuable assets. The BUELL trademark is well-known in performance motorcycle circles, as is the associated Pegasus logo. Additionally, the Company uses numerous other trademarks, trade names and logos, which are registered worldwide, where the Company conducts business. The following are among the Company’s trademarks: Harley-Davidson, H-D, Harley, the Bar & Shield Logo, MotorClothes, the MotorClothes Logo, Rider’s Edge, Harley Owners Group, H.O.G., the H.O.G. Logo, Softail, Sportster, V-Rod, Buell, the Pegasus Logo and BRAG. The HARLEY-DAVIDSON trademark has been used since 1903 and the Bar and Shield trademark since at least 1910. The BUELL trademark has been used since 1984. All of the Company’s trademarks are owned by H-D Michigan, Inc, a subsidiary of the Company.

 

Marketing . The Company’s products are marketed to retail customers primarily through dealer promotions, customer events and advertising through national television, print, radio and direct mailings. Many of the Company’s marketing efforts are accomplished through a cooperative program with its independent dealers. The Company also sponsors racing activities and special promotional events and participates in many major motorcycle consumer shows and rallies.

 

On an ongoing basis, the Company promotes its products and the related lifestyle through the Harley Owners Group ® , or H.O.G. ® H.O.G. has over one million members worldwide and is the industry’s largest company-sponsored motorcycle enthusiast organization. The Company formed the Harley Owners Group in 1983 in an effort to encourage Harley-Davidson owners to become more actively involved in the sport of motorcycling. The Company has also formed the Buell Riders Adventure Group, or BRAG ® , which has approximately 11,000 members. These groups sponsor many motorcycle events, including world wide rallies and rides for Harley-Davidson and Buell motorcycle enthusiasts.

 

The Company website (www.harley-davidson.com) is also utilized to market its products and services. The Web site features an online catalog which allows customers to create and share product wish lists, utilize a dealer locator and place catalog orders. Internet orders are sold and fulfilled by the participating authorized Harley-Davidson dealer selected by the customer. Dealers also handle any after-sale services that customers may require.

 

International Sales . The Company’s revenue from the sale of motorcycles and related products to independent dealers and distributors located outside of the United States was approximately $1.04 billion, $917 million and $816 million, or approximately 19%, 18% and 18% of net revenue of the Motorcycles segment, during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Distribution-United States . In the United States the Company sells its motorcycles and related products at wholesale to a network of approximately 667 independently-owned full-service Harley-Davidson dealerships. In addition, the Company sells at wholesale to the Overseas Military Sales Corporation, an entity that retails the Company’s products to members of the U.S. military. The U.S. independent dealer network includes 318 combined Harley-Davidson and Buell dealerships. With respect to sales of new motorcycles, approximately 82% of the U.S. dealerships sell the Company’s motorcycles exclusively. All independent dealerships stock and sell the Company’s P&A, general merchandise and licensed products, and perform service for the Company’s motorcycles. The Company’s independent dealers also sell a smaller portion of P&A, general merchandise and licensed products through “non-traditional” retail outlets. The “non-traditional” outlets, which are extensions of

 

6



 

the main dealership, consist of Secondary Retail Locations (SRLs), Alternate Retail Outlets (AROs), and Seasonal Retail Outlets (SROs). SRLs are satellites of the main dealership and are developed to meet the service needs of the Company’s riding customers. SRLs also provide P&A, general merchandise and licensed products and are authorized to sell and service new motorcycles. AROs are located primarily in high traffic locations such as malls, airports or popular vacation destinations and focus on selling the Company’s general merchandise and licensed products. SROs are located in similar high traffic areas, but operate on a seasonal basis out of temporary locations such as vendor kiosks. AROs and SROs are not authorized to sell new motorcycles. There are approximately 90 SRLs, 65 AROs, and 10 SROs located in the United States.

 

Distribution-Europe . In the European region, the Company sells its motorcycles and related products at wholesale to independent dealers and distributors. The Company’s European management team is located in Oxford, England and is responsible for all of the Company’s sales, marketing and distribution activities in Europe, the Middle East and Africa and is further represented by the Company’s sales offices in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain and Switzerland. In the European region, there are seven independent distributors and 359 independent Harley-Davidson dealerships serving 32 country markets. This includes 292 combined Harley-Davidson and Buell dealerships. Buell is further represented by 7 dealerships that do not sell Harley-Davidson motorcycles. In addition, the Company’s dealer network includes 23 ARO’s across Europe.

 

Distribution-Asia/Pacific. In the Asia/Pacific region, the Company sells its motorcycles and related products at wholesale to independent dealers and distributors. In Japan, the Company’s sales, marketing, and distribution of product is managed from its subsidiary in Tokyo, which sells motorcycles and related products at wholesale to a network of 118 independent Harley-Davidson dealers. This includes 51 combined Harley-Davidson and Buell dealerships. Buell is further represented by 3 dealerships that do not sell Harley-Davidson motorcycles.

 

In Australia and New Zealand, the distribution of Harley-Davidson products is currently managed by independent distributors that purchase product at wholesale directly from the Company’s U.S. operation. In 2005, the Company’s subsidiary in Sydney, Australia began managing the Company’s sales, marketing, and distribution of Buell products in this market and is expected to begin managing the distribution of Harley-Davidson products in the later part of 2006. The Australia/New Zealand market is served at retail by a network of 51 independent Harley-Davidson dealerships, including 26 that sell both Harley-Davidson and Buell products.

 

The Company supplies product directly from its U.S. operations to the remaining Asia/Pacific dealers, which includes 10 Harley-Davidson dealers located in East and Southeast Asia.

 

Distribution-Latin America . In the Latin America region the Company sells its motorcycles and related products at wholesale to independent dealers. The Company supplies all products sold in the Latin America region directly to independent dealers from its U.S. operations, with the exception of certain motorcycles sold in Brazil which are assembled and distributed by the Company’s subsidiary in Manaus, Brazil. In Latin America, 12 countries are served by 31 independent dealers. Brazil is the Company’s largest market in Latin America and is served by 10 independent dealers. Mexico, the region’s second largest market has 11 independent dealers. In the remaining countries in the Latin America region there are 10 independent dealers.

 

Distribution-Canada. In Canada the Company sells its motorcycles and related products at wholesale to a single independent distributor, Deeley Harley-Davidson Canada/Fred Deeley Imports Ltd . In Canada, there are approximately 75 independent Harley-Davidson dealerships   and three AROs. In Canada, 43 of the 75 dealerships are combined Harley-Davidson and Buell dealerships.

 

Seasonality . In general, the Motor Company has not experienced seasonal fluctuations in its wholesale sales. The Company’s independent dealers typically build their inventory levels in the late fall and winter in anticipation of the spring and summer selling seasons. The availability of floor plan financing helps allow dealers to manage these seasonal increases in inventory. The Company also offers financing assistance to its dealers in the United States as a way to manage seasonal increases in inventory..

 

The Company believes its efforts to increase the availability of its motorcycles has resulted in an increase in

 

7



 

seasonality at its independent dealers. Over the last several years the Company has been working to increase the availability of its motorcycles at dealers to improve the customer experience. The Company also believes that increased availability will lead to independent dealers providing wider selections of motorcycles at manufacturer’s suggested retail prices so that the Company will be better positioned to attract retail buyers that are new to the brand or new to the sport of motorcycling. The Company understands that improving the availability of its motorcycles to customers may result in the timing of retail purchases tracking more closely with the riding season, requiring the Company and its independent dealers to balance the economies of level production with a more seasonal retail sales pattern.

 

Retail Customer and Dealer Financing . The Company believes that HDFS, as well as other financial services companies, provide adequate financing to the Company’s independent distributors, dealers and their retail customers. HDFS provides financing to the Company’s independent distributors, dealers and to the retail customers of those dealers in the U.S. and Canada. HDFS also provides wholesale financing to many of the Company’s independent dealers in Europe. The Company’s customers in the Asia/Pacific and Latin America regions are not serviced by HDFS, but have access to financing though other established financial services companies.

 

Competition . The heavyweight (651+cc) motorcycle market is highly competitive. The Company’s major competitors are based outside the U.S. and generally have financial and marketing resources that are substantially greater than those of the Company. They also have larger worldwide revenue and are more diversified than the Company and compete in all four segments of the market. In addition to these larger, established competitors, the Company has competitors headquartered in the United States. These competitors generally offer heavyweight motorcycles with traditional styling that compete directly with many of the Company’s products. These competitors currently have production and sales volumes that are lower than the Company’s and have considerably lower market share than the Company.

 

Competition in the heavyweight motorcycle market is based upon a number of factors, including price, quality, reliability, styling, product features, customer preference and warranties. The Company emphasizes quality, reliability and styling in its products and offers a two-year warranty for its motorcycles. The Company regards its support of the motorcycling lifestyle in the form of events, rides, rallies and H.O.G. ® and its financing through HDFS as competitive advantages. In general, the Company believes that resale values for used Harley-Davidson motorcycles, measured by reflecting the used motorcycle price as a percentage of the manufacturer’s suggested retail price when new, are higher than resale values for used motorcycles of its competitors (source: 2005 Company data).

 

Domestically, the Company competes most heavily in the touring and custom segments of the heavyweight motorcycle market. According to the Motorcycle Industry Council, these segments accounted for 81%, 81% and 82% of total heavyweight retail unit registrations in the United States during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The larger-displacement custom and touring motorcycles are generally the most expensive vehicles in the market and the most profitable for the Company. During 2005, the heavyweight portion of the market represented approximately one-half of the total U.S. motorcycle market (on- and off-highway motorcycles and scooters) in terms of new units registered.

 

For the last 18 years, the Company has led the industry in the United States for retail unit registrations of new heavyweight motorcycles. The Company’s (Harley-Davidson motorcycles only) share of the heavyweight market was 48.9% and 49.5% in 2005 and 2004, respectively. This share is significantly greater than that of the Company’s largest competitor in the domestic market which had a 16.6% market share in 2005.

 

8



 

The following chart includes U.S. retail registration data for the Company and its major competitors for the years 2001 through 2005.

 

U.S. Heavyweight Motorcycle Registration Data (a)
(Engine Displacement of 651+cc)
(Units in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total market new registrations

 

517.6

 

494.0

 

461.2

 

442.3

 

394.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson new registrations

 

252.9

 

244.5

 

228.4

 

209.3

 

177.4

 

Buell new registrations

 

3.6

 

3.6

 

3.5

 

2.9

 

2.6

 

Total Company new registrations

 

256.5

 

248.1

 

231.9

 

212.2

 

180.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Market Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson motorcycles

 

48.9

%

49.5

%

49.5

%

47.5

%

45.0

%

Buell motorcycles

 

0.7

 

0.7

 

0.8

 

0.7

 

0.7

 

Total Company

 

49.6

 

50.2

 

50.3

 

48.2

 

45.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Honda

 

16.6

 

18.7

 

18.4

 

19.8

 

20.5

 

Suzuki

 

12.4

 

10.2

 

9.8

 

9.6

 

10.8

 

Yamaha

 

8.9

 

8.7

 

8.5

 

8.9

 

7.9

 

Kawasaki

 

6.5

 

6.4

 

6.7

 

6.9

 

8.0

 

Other

 

6.0

 

5.8

 

6.3

 

6.6

 

7.1

 

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 


(a)           Motorcycle registration data provided by the Motorcycle Industry Council. The Company must rely on data compiled by independent agencies to obtain industry-wide retail registration data necessary for calculating market share. The retail registration data for Harley-Davidson motorcycles presented in this table may differ slightly from the Harley-Davidson retail sales data presented in Item 7 of this report. The Company’s source for retail sales data in Item 7 of this report is sales and warranty registrations provided by Harley-Davidson dealers as compiled by the Company. The differences are not significant and generally relate to the timing of data submissions to the independent sources.

 

The European heavyweight motorcycle market (as defined below) is roughly two-thirds of the size of the U.S. market; but unlike the domestic market, it is comprised of the unique tastes of many individual countries. In addition, the standard and performance segments represented over 75% of the European heavyweight (651+cc) motorcycle market in 2005. The Company continues to expand its product offerings to compete in these segments with motorcycles like the VRSC and the Buell XB. The Company’s traditional Harley-Davidson products compete primarily in the custom and touring segments. The following chart includes European retail registration data for the Company for the years 2003 through 2005.

 

9



 

European Heavyweight Motorcycle Registration Data (a)
(Engine Displacement of 651+cc)
(Units in thousands)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Units

 

%Share

 

Units

 

%Share

 

Units

 

%Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total market new registrations

 

332.8

 

 

 

336.2

 

 

 

323.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson new registrations

 

29.7

 

8.9

%

25.9

 

7.7

%

26.3

 

8.1

%

Buell new registrations

 

4.6

 

1.4

 

4.5

 

1.3

 

3.1

 

1.0

 

Total Company registrations

 

34.3

 

10.3

%

30.4

 

9.0

%

29.4

 

9.1

%

 


(a)                 Europe data, provided by Giral S.A., includes retail sales in Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, The Netherlands, Spain, Switzerland, United Kingdom, Denmark, Finland, Greece, Norway, Portugal and Sweden. The Company must rely on data compiled by independent agencies to obtain industry-wide retail registration data necessary for calculating market share. The retail registration data for Harley-Davidson motorcycles presented in this table may differ slightly from the Harley-Davidson retail sales data presented in Item 7 of this report. The Company’s source for retail sales data in Item 7 of this report is sales and warranty registrations provided by Harley-Davidson dealers as compiled by the Company. The differences are not significant and generally relate to the timing of data submissions to the independent sources.

 

The Company also competes internationally in several other markets around the world. The most significant of these markets, based on Company data, are Canada, Japan and Australia. In Canada the Company’s market share based on registrations was 32.7%, 30.7% and 28.7% during 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively (Source: Moped and Motorcycle Industry of Canada). Market share information for the remaining international markets has not been presented because the Company does not believe that definitive and reliable registration data is available at this time.

 

Motorcycle Manufacturing . The Motor Company’s ongoing manufacturing strategy is designed to increase capacity, improve product quality, reduce costs and increase flexibility to respond to changes in the marketplace. The Motor Company incorporates manufacturing techniques focused on continuous improvement. These techniques, which include employee involvement, just-in-time inventory and lean manufacturing principles, partnering agreements with the local unions, high performance work organizations and statistical process control, are designed to improve product quality, productivity and asset utilization in the production of Harley-Davidson motorcycles.

 

The Motor Company’s use of just-in-time inventory principles allows it to minimize its inventories of raw materials and work in process, and minimize scrap and rework costs. This system also allows quicker reaction to engineering design changes, quality improvements and market demands. The Motor Company continues to train the majority of its manufacturing employees in problem solving and statistical methods.

 

Raw Material and Purchased Components . The Company continues to establish and/or reinforce long-term, mutually beneficial relationships with its suppliers. Through these collaborative relationships, the Company gains access to technical and commercial resources for application directly to product design, development and manufacturing initiatives and gains commitment from suppliers to advance Company interests efficiently and effectively. This strategy has resulted in improved product quality, technical integrity, application of new features and innovations, reduced lead times for product development, and smoother/faster manufacturing ramp-up of new vehicle introductions. The Company’s continuing initiative to improve supplier productivity and component cost has been instrumental in delivering improvement in cost and in offsetting raw material commodity price pressures. The Company anticipates that its focus on collaboration and strong supplier relationships will be beneficial to achieving cost improvement over the long-term.

 

10



 

The Company purchases all of its raw materials, principally steel and aluminum castings, forgings, steel sheets and bars, and certain motorcycle components, including carburetors, batteries, tires, seats, electrical components and instruments. Given current economic conditions in certain raw material commodity markets, and pressure on certain suppliers due to difficulties in the automotive industry, the Company is closely monitoring supply, availability and pricing for both its suppliers and in-house operations. However, at this time, the Company does not anticipate any significant difficulties in obtaining raw materials or components.

 

Research and Development . The Company believes research and development are significant factors in its ability to lead the custom and touring motorcycling market and to develop products for the performance segment. The Company’s Product Development Center (PDC) brings employees from styling, purchasing and manufacturing together with regulatory professionals and supplier representatives to create a concurrent product and process development team. The Company incurred research and development expenses of $178.5 million, $170.7 million and $150.3 million during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Regulation . Federal, state and local authorities have various environmental control requirements relating to air, water and noise pollution that affect the business and operations of the Company. The Company strives to ensure that its facilities and products comply with all applicable environmental regulations and standards.

 

The Company’s motorcycles are subject to certification by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for compliance with applicable emissions and noise standards and by the State of California Air Resources Board (CARB) with respect to CARB’s more stringent emissions standards. Company motorcycles sold in California are also subject to evaporative emissions standards that are unique to California. The Company’s motorcycle products have been certified to comply fully with all such applicable standards. CARB’s motorcycle emissions standards will become more stringent with model year 2008. The EPA has finalized new tail pipe emission standards for 2006 and 2010, respectively, which are harmonized with the California emissions standards. Harley-Davidson motorcycle products have been certified to the new EPA standards for 2006 and the Company believes it will comply with future requirements when they go into effect. Additionally, the European Union, Japan and certain emerging markets are considering making motorcycle emissions and noise standards more stringent, which in the European Union are already more stringent than those of the EPA. Consequently, the Company will continue to incur some level of research and development and production costs related to motorcycle emissions and noise for the foreseeable future. The Company does not anticipate that any of these standards will have a materially adverse impact on its capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position.

 

The Company, as a manufacturer of motorcycle products, is subject to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, which is administered by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). The Company has certified to NHTSA that its motorcycle products comply fully with all applicable federal motor vehicle safety standards and related regulations. The Company has from time to time initiated certain voluntary recalls. During the last three years, the Company has initiated 18 voluntary recalls at a total cost of $12.5 million. The Company reserves for all estimated costs associated with recalls in the period that the recalls are announced.

 

Employees . As of December 31, 2005, the Motorcycles segment had approximately 9,000 employees. Unionized employees at the motorcycle manufacturing facilities in Wauwatosa and Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin and Kansas City, Missouri are represented by the United Steelworkers of America (USW), as well as the International Association of Machinist and Aerospace Workers (IAM). Unionized employees at the distribution and manufacturing facilities in Franklin and Tomahawk, Wisconsin are represented by the USW. Production workers at the motorcycle manufacturing facility in York, Pennsylvania, are represented principally by the IAM. The collective bargaining agreement with the Pennsylvania-IAM will expire on February 2, 2007, the collective bargaining agreement with the Kansas City-USW and IAM will expire on August 1, 2007, and the collective bargaining agreement with the Wisconsin-USW and IAM will expire on March 31, 2008.

 

Internet Access . The Company’s Internet address is www.harley-davidson.com. The Company makes available free of charge (other than an investor’s own Internet access charges) through its Internet website the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files such material with, or furnishes such

 

11



 

material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, the Company makes available, through its website, the following corporate governance materials: (a) the Harley-Davidson, Inc. Corporate Governance Policy, (b) Committee Charters approved by the Harley-Davidson, Inc. Board of Directors for the Audit Committee, Human Resources Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, (c) the Company’s Financial Code of Ethics, (d) the Company’s Code of Business Conduct (the “Code of Conduct”) in seven languages including English, (e) the Conflict of Interest Process for Directors and Executive Officers of Harley-Davidson, Inc. (the “Conflict Process”), (f) a list of the Company’s Board of Directors and (g) the Company’s By-laws. This information is also available from the Company upon request. The Company satisfies the disclosure requirements under the Code of Conduct, the Conflict Process and applicable New York Stock Exchange listing requirements regarding waivers of the Code of Conduct or the Conflict Process by posting such information on its website at www.harley-davidson.com and by disclosing the information in the Company’s proxy statement for its annual meeting of shareholders. The Company is not including the information contained on or available through its website as a part of, or incorporating such information by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

12



 

Financial Services

 

HDFS is engaged in the business of financing and servicing wholesale inventory receivables and consumer retail loans (primarily for the purchase of motorcycles). Additionally HDFS is an agent for certain unaffiliated insurance carriers providing property/casualty insurance and also sells extended service contracts, gap coverage and debt protection products to motorcycle owners. HDFS conducts business in the United States, Canada and Europe.

 

Harley-Davidson and Buell . HDFS, operating under the trade name Harley-Davidson Credit, provides wholesale financial services to Harley-Davidson and Buell dealers and retail financing to consumers. HDFS, operating under the trade name Harley-Davidson Insurance, is an agent for the sale of motorcycle insurance policies and also sells extended service warranty agreements, gap contracts and debt protection products.

 

Wholesale financial services include floorplan and open account financing of motorcycles and motorcycle parts and accessories, real estate loans, computer loans and showroom remodeling loans. HDFS offers wholesale financial services to Harley-Davidson dealers in the U.S., Canada, and Europe and during 2005, approximately 97% of such dealers utilized those services. Prior to August 2002, HDFS offered wholesale financing to some of the Company’s European motorcycle dealers through a joint venture with Transamerica Distribution Finance. In August 2002, HDFS terminated this joint venture relationship and began directly serving the wholesale financing needs of some European dealers. The wholesale finance operations of HDFS are located in Plano, Texas and Oxford, England.

 

Retail financial services include installment lending for new and used Harley-Davidson and Buell motorcycles. HDFS’ retail financial services are available through most Harley-Davidson and Buell dealers in the United States and Canada. HDFS’ retail finance operations are located in Carson City, Nevada and Plano, Texas.

 

Motorcycle insurance, extended service contracts, gap coverage and debt protection products are available through most Harley-Davidson and Buell dealers in the United States and Canada. Motorcycle insurance is also marketed on a direct basis to motorcycle riders. HDFS insurance operations are located in Carson City, Nevada and Plano, Texas.

 

Other Manufacturers . HDFS’ retail aircraft financial service programs are similar to programs for Harley-Davidson and Buell consumers described above. HDFS’ aircraft business is a small portion of its total business and made up less than 4% of total managed loans as of the end of 2005.

 

Funding . HDFS is financed by operating cash flow, asset-backed securitizations, the issuance of commercial paper, revolving credit facilities, medium term notes, senior subordinated debt and the availability of advances and loans from the Company. In asset-backed securitizations, HDFS sells retail motorcycle loans and records a gain on the sale of those loans. HDFS also retains an interest in the excess cash flows from the receivable and recognizes income on this retained interest. After the sale HDFS performs billing and portfolio management services for these loans and receives a servicing fee for providing these services.

 

Competition . The ability to offer a package of wholesale and retail financial services is a significant competitive advantage for HDFS. Competitors compete for business based largely on price and, to a lesser extent, service. HDFS competes based on convenience, service, brand association, strong dealer relations, industry experience, terms, and price.

 

During 2005, HDFS financed 45% of the new Harley-Davidson motorcycles retailed by independent dealers in the United States, as compared to 40% in 2004. Competitors for retail motorcycle finance business are primarily banks, credit unions, other financial institutions. In the motorcycle insurance business, competition primarily comes from national insurance companies and from insurance agencies serving local or regional markets. For insurance-related products such as extended service warranty agreements, HDFS faces competition from certain regional and national industry participants.

 

13



 

HDFS faces limited national competition for wholesale motorcycle finance business. Competitors are primarily regional and local banks and other financial institutions providing wholesale financing to Harley-Davidson and Buell dealers in their local markets.

 

Trademarks . HDFS uses various trademarks and trade names for its financial services and products which are licensed from H-D Michigan, Inc., including HARLEY-DAVIDSON, H-D and the Bar & Shield logo.

 

Seasonality . In the northern United States and Canada, motorcycles are primarily used during warmer months. Accordingly, HDFS experiences seasonal variations. From mid-March through August, retail financing volume increases and wholesale financing volume decreases as dealers inventories decline. From September through mid-March, there is a decrease in retail financing volume while dealer inventories build and turn over more slowly, substantially increasing wholesale financing volume.

 

Regulation . The operations of HDFS (both domestic and foreign) are subject, in certain instances, to supervision and regulation by state, federal, and various foreign governmental authorities. Many of the statutory and regulatory requirements imposed by such agencies are in place to provide consumer protection as it pertains to the selling of financial products and services. Therefore, operations may be subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions, which among other things, (1) regulate credit granting activities, including establishing licensing requirements, in applicable jurisdictions, (2) establish maximum interest rates, finance charges and other charges, (3) regulate customers’ insurance coverage, (4) require disclosure of credit and insurance terms to customers, (5) govern secured transactions, (6) set collection, foreclosure, repossession and claims handling procedures and other trade practices, (7) prohibit discrimination in the extension of credit and administration of loans, (8) regulate the use and reporting of information related to a borrower, or (9) require certain periodic reporting.

 

Depending on the provisions of the applicable laws and regulations and the specific facts and circumstances involved, violations of these laws may limit the ability of HDFS to collect all or part of the principal or interest on applicable loans, may entitle the borrower to rescind the loan or to obtain a refund of amounts previously paid, and in addition, could subject HDFS to damages and administrative sanctions, including “cease and desist” orders.

 

Such regulatory requirements and associated supervision could limit the discretion of HDFS in operating its business. Noncompliance with applicable statutes or regulations could result in the suspension or revocation of any license or registration at issue, as well as the imposition of civil fines, criminal penalties and administrative sanctions. The Company cannot assure that the applicable laws or regulations will not be amended or construed differently, that new laws and regulations will not be adopted or that interest rates charged by HDFS will not rise to maximum levels permitted by law, the effect of any of which could be to adversely affect the business of HDFS or its results of operations.

 

A subsidiary of HDFS, Eaglemark Savings Bank (ESB), is a Nevada state thrift chartered under an Industry Loan Charter. As such, the activities of this subsidiary are governed by federal and State of Nevada banking laws and are subject to examination by federal and state examiners. During 2002, ESB began to originate retail motorcycle and aircraft loans and sell the loans to a non-banking subsidiary of HDFS. This process allows HDFS to offer retail products with common characteristics across the United States and uniformly manage all domestic retail customers.

 

Employees . As of December 31, 2005, the Financial Services segment had approximately 700 employees. No employees of HDFS are represented by labor unions.

 

14



 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

An investment in Harley-Davidson, Inc. involves risks, including those discussed below. These risk factors should be considered carefully before deciding whether to invest in the Company.

 

•             The Company has a number of competitors of varying sizes that are based both inside and outside the United States some of which have greater financial resources than the Company. Many of the Company’s competitors are more diversified than the Company, and they may compete in the automotive market or all segments of the motorcycle market.  Also, if price becomes a more important competitive factor for consumers in the heavyweight motorcycle market, the Company may have a competitive disadvantage.  Failure to adequately address and respond to these competitive pressures worldwide could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

•             The Company’s marketing strategy of associating its motorcycle products with a motorcycling lifestyle may not be successful with future customers.   The Company has been successful in marketing its products in large part by promoting the experience of motorcycling.  This lifestyle is now more typically associated with a retail customer base comprised of individuals who are, on average, in their mid-forties.  To sustain long-term growth, the Company must continue to be successful in promoting motorcycling to customers new to the sport of motorcycling including women, younger riders and more ethnically diverse riders. 

 

•             The Company’s success depends upon the continued strength of the Harley-Davidson brand . The Company believes that the Harley-Davidson brand has significantly contributed to the success of its business and that maintaining and enhancing the brand is critical to expanding its customer base.  Failure to protect the brand from infringers or to grow the value of the Harley-Davidson brand could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

•             The Company’s prospects for future growth are largely dependent upon its ability to develop and successfully introduce new, innovative and compliant products. The motorcycle market continues to advance in terms of cutting edge styling and new technology and, at the same time, be subject to increasing regulations related to safety and emissions.  The Company must continue to distinguish its products from its competitors’ products with unique styling and new technologies and to protect its intellectual property from imitators.  In addition, these new products must comply with applicable regulations worldwide.  The Company must make product advancements while maintaining the classic look, sound and feel associated with Harley-Davidson products. The Company must also be able to design and manufacture these products and deliver them to the marketplace in a timely manner.  There can be no assurances that the Company will be successful in these endeavors or that existing and prospective customers will favorably receive the Company’s new products.

 

•             The Company’s Motorcycles segment is dependent upon unionized labor.   Substantially all of the hourly employees working in the Motorcycles segment are represented by unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements.  Harley-Davidson Motor Company is currently a party to five collective bargaining agreements with local affiliates of the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers and the United Steelworkers of America that expire during 2007 and 2008.  These collective bargaining agreements generally cover wages, healthcare benefits and retirement plans, seniority, job classes and

 

15



 

work rules. There is no certainty that the Company will be successful in negotiating new agreements with these unions that extend beyond the current expiration dates or that these new agreements will be on terms as favorable to the Company as past labor agreements. Failure to renew these agreements when they expire or to establish new collective bargaining agreements on terms acceptable to the Company and the unions could result in work stoppages or other labor disruptions which could have a material adverse effect on customer relationships and the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

             The Company’s operations are dependent upon attracting and retaining skilled employees. The Company’s future success depends on its continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain skilled personnel for all areas of its organization.   The current and future total compensation arrangements, which include benefits and cash bonuses, may not be successful in attracting new employees and retaining and motivating the Company’s existing employees. If the Company does not succeed in attracting personnel or retaining and motivating existing personnel, the Company may be unable to develop and distribute products and services and grow effectively.

 

             The Company incurs substantial costs with respect to pension benefits and providing healthcare for its employees. The Company’s estimates of liabilities and expenses for pensions and other post-retirement healthcare benefits require the use of assumptions. They include the rate used to discount the future estimated liability, the rate of return on plan assets and several assumptions relating to the employee workforce (salary increases, medical costs, retirement age and mortality). Actual results may differ which may have a material adverse effect on future results of operations, liquidity or shareholders’ equity. In addition, rising healthcare and retirement benefit costs in the United States may put the Company under significant cost pressure as compared to our competitors.

 

             The Company manufactures products that create exposure to product liability claims and litigation. To the extent plaintiffs are successful in showing that personal injury or property damage result from defects in the design or manufacture of the Company’s products, the Company could be subject to claims for damages that are not covered by insurance. The costs associated with defending product liability claims, including frivolous lawsuits, and payment of damages could be substantial. The Company’s reputation could also be adversely affected by such claims, whether or not successful.

 

             The Company sells its products at wholesale and must rely on a network of independent dealers and distributors to manage the retail distribution of its products. The Company depends on the capability of its independent dealers and distributors to develop and implement effective retail sales plans to create demand for the motorcycles and related products and services they purchase from the Company. If the Company’s independent dealers and distributors are not successful in these endeavors, then the Company will be unable to maintain or grow its revenues.

 

             The Company and its independent dealers must balance the economies of level production with a more seasonal retail sales pattern . The Company generally records the sale of a motorcycle when it is shipped to the Company’s independent dealers and distributors. In the past, the Company has not experienced seasonal fluctuations in its wholesale motorcycle sales, and as a result, the Company has been able to maintain production that is relatively level. Over the last several years, the Company has been working to increase the availability of its motorcycles at dealerships to help improve the

 

16



 

customer experience.  The increased availability of motorcycles has resulted in the timing of retail purchases tracking more closely with regional motorcycle riding seasons.  This requires the Company’s independent dealers and distributors to manage seasonal increases in inventory.  As a result, the Company and its independent dealers and distributors must balance the economies of level production with the inventory costs associated with a more seasonal retail sales pattern. Failure to balance the two could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

             The Company relies on third party suppliers to obtain raw materials and provide component parts for use in the manufacture of its motorcycles .  The Company cannot be certain that it will not experience supply problems such as unfavorable pricing or untimely delivery of raw materials and components.   In certain circumstances, the Company relies on a single supplier to provide the entire requirement of a specific part and a change in this established supply relationship may cause disruption in the Company’s production schedule.  In addition, the price and availability of raw materials and component parts from suppliers can be adversely affected by factors outside of the Company’s control such as increased worldwide demand.   Further, Company suppliers who also serve the automotive industry may be experiencing financial difficulties due to a downturn in that industry.  These supplier risks may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

             The Company must maintain its reputation of being a good corporate citizen and treating customers, employees, suppliers and other stakeholders fairly.  The Company has a history of good corporate governance.  Prior to the enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Act”), the Company had in place many of the corporate governance procedures and processes now mandated by the Act and related rules and regulations, such as Board Committee Charters and a Corporate Governance Policy.  In 1992, the Company established a Code of Business Conduct that defines how employees interact with various Company stakeholders and addresses issues such as confidentiality, conflict of interest and fair dealing.    Failure to maintain this reputation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

             The Company must invest in and successfully implement new information systems and technology . The Company is continually modifying and enhancing its systems and technology to increase productivity and efficiency. When implemented, the systems and technology may not provide the benefits anticipated and could add costs and complications to ongoing operations, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

             The Company is the defendant in several class action and similar lawsuits .  In January 2001, the Company, on its own initiative, notified each owner of 1999 and early-2000 model year Harley-Davidson motorcycles equipped with Twin Cam 88® and Twin Cam 88B™ engines that the Company was extending the warranty for a rear cam bearing to 5 years or 50,000 miles. Subsequently, putative nationwide class actions were filed against the Company relating to the cam bearing as discussed in Item 3. – Legal Proceedings.

 

17



 

A number of shareholder class action lawsuits were filed between May 18, 2005 and July 1, 2005 against the Company and certain Company officers. The complaints allege securities law violations and seek unspecified damages relating generally to the Company’s April 13, 2005 announcement that it was reducing short-term production growth and planned increases of motorcycle shipments from 317,000 units in 2004 to a new 2005 target of 329,000 units compared to its original target of 339,000 units. 

 

In addition, several shareholder derivative lawsuits have been filed against directors and officers of the Company.  The lawsuits also name the Company as a nominal defendant.  In general, the shareholder derivative complaints include factual allegations similar to those in the class action complaints and allegations that officers and directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Company. 

 

On August 25, 2005, a class action lawsuit alleging violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA") was filed against the Company, the Administrative Committee of the Company and Company officers, directors and certain employees.  In general, the ERISA complaint includes factual allegations similar to those in the shareholder class action lawsuits and alleges on behalf of participants in certain Harley-Davidson retirement savings plans that the plan fiduciaries breached their ERISA fiduciary duties.

 

The uncertainty associated with substantial unresolved lawsuits could harm the Company’s business, financial condition and reputation. The defense of the lawsuits could result in the diversion of management’s time and attention away from business operations and negative developments with respect to the lawsuits could cause a decline in the price of the Company’s common stock. In addition, although we are unable to determine the amount, if any, that we may be required to pay in connection with the resolution of the lawsuits by settlement or otherwise, any such payment could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations .

 

             There is a Securities and Exchange Commission inquiry relating to the Company .  On July 11, 2005, the staff of the Enforcement Division of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) advised the Company that it is inquiring into matters generally relating to the Company’s April 13, 2005 announcement and certain allegations contained in the shareholder complaints described above.  The Company is cooperating with the SEC.  An inquiry of this nature ultimately could require significant management attention and result in a formal investigation, other proceedings and penalties.  Any of these outcomes could damage the reputation of the Company and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

             The Company must comply with governmental laws and regulations that are subject to change and involve significant costs. The Company’s sales and operations in areas outside the U.S. may be subject to foreign laws, regulations and the legal systems of foreign courts or tribunals.  These laws and policies governing operations of foreign-based companies could result in increased costs or restrictions on the ability of the Company to sell its products in certain countries.  The Company’s international sales operations may also be adversely affected by United States laws affecting foreign trade and taxation.

 

The Company’s domestic sales and operations are subject to governmental policies and regulatory actions of agencies of the United States Government, including the Environmental Protection Agency, SEC, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Department of

 

18



 

Labor and Federal Trade Commission.  In addition, the Company is subject to policies and actions of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and laws and actions of state legislatures and other local regulators.    Changes in regulations or the imposition of additional regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

The Company’s financial services operations are governed by various foreign, federal and state laws that more specifically affect general financial and lending institutions. The Company’s financial services operations originate the majority of its consumer loans through a subsidiary, Eaglemark Savings Bank, a Nevada thrift, which is regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  Changes in regulations or the imposition of additional regulations could affect the earnings of the financial services operations and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations.  Any unauthorized release of consumer data could subject the Company to liability and adversely affect the Company’s reputation.

 

In addition, many major competitors of the Company are not subject to the requirements of the SEC or the NYSE rules.  As a result, the Company may be required to disclose certain information that could put the Company at a competitive disadvantage to its principal competitors.

 

             The Company’s financial services operations are highly dependent on accessing capital markets to fund its operations at attractive interest rates.  The Company’s ability to access unsecured capital markets is influenced by its credit ratings.   The Company currently has very strong credit ratings; however, if its ratings were to be downgraded, its cost of borrowing could be adversely affected resulting in reduced earnings and interest margins.

 

             The Company’s financial services operations are exposed to credit risk on its retail and wholesale receivables, receivables held for sale, and its investment in retained securitization interests . Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from a failure by a customer to meet the terms of any contract with the Company.  Credit losses are influenced by general business and economic conditions, as well as contract terms, customer credit profiles and the new and used motorcycle market.  Negative changes in general business, economic or market factors could adversely impact the Company’s credit losses and future earnings.  Credit exposure is significantly sensitive to any decline in new and used motorcycle prices.  In addition, the frequency of losses could be negatively influenced by adverse changes in macro-economic factors, such as unemployment rates and bankruptcy filings.

 

             The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates.   The Company sells its products internationally and in most markets those sales are made in the foreign country’s local currency.  Earnings from the Company’s financial services business are affected by changes in interest rates.  The Company uses derivative financial instruments to attempt to manage foreign currency exchange rates and interest rate risks.  There can be no assurance that in the future the Company will successfully manage these risks. 

 

The Company disclaims any obligation to update these Risk Factors or any other forward-looking statements.  The Company assumes no obligation (and specifically disclaims any such obligation) to update these Risk Factors or any other forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or other factors affecting such forward-looking statements.

 

19



 

Item 2. Properties

 

The following is a summary of the principal operating properties of the Company as of December 31, 2005.

 

Motorcycles and Related Products Segment

 

Type of Facility

 

Location

 

Approximate
Square Feet

 

Status

 

Corporate Office

 

Milwaukee, WI

 

515,000

 

Owned

 

Warehouse

 

Milwaukee, WI

 

24,000

 

Lease expiring 2006

 

Airplane Hangar

 

Milwaukee, WI

 

14,600

 

Owned

 

Product Development Center

 

Wauwatosa, WI

 

409,000

 

Owned

 

Manufacturing

 

Wauwatosa, WI

 

422,000

 

Owned

 

Manufacturing

 

Menomonee Falls, WI

 

479,000

 

Owned

 

Manufacturing

 

Tomahawk, WI

 

211,000

 

Owned

 

Manufacturing

 

York, PA

 

1,321,000

 

Owned

 

Materials Velocity Center

 

Manchester, PA

 

212,000

 

Owned

 

Manufacturing and Materials Velocity Center

 

Kansas City, MO

 

450,000

 

Owned

 

Manufacturing

 

East Troy, WI

 

40,000

 

Lease expiring 2008

 

Product Development and Office

 

East Troy, WI

 

54,000

 

Lease expiring 2008

 

Distribution Center

 

Franklin, WI

 

250,000

 

Owned

 

Office

 

Cleveland, OH

 

23,000

 

Lease expiring 2014

 

Motorcycle Testing

 

Talladega, AL

 

24,000

 

Leases expiring 2010

 

Motorcycle Testing

 

Mesa, AZ

 

29,000

 

Lease expiring 2014

 

Motorcycle Testing

 

Naples, FL

 

82,000

 

Owned

 

Office

 

Ann Arbor, MI

 

3,000

 

Lease expiring 2009

 

Office

 

Morfelden-Waldorf, Germany

 

22,000

 

Lease expiring 2008

 

Office and Warehouse

 

Oxford, England

 

27,000

 

Lease expiring 2017

 

Office

 

Liederdorp, The Netherlands

 

9,000

 

Lease expiring 2010

 

Office

 

Paris, France

 

7,000

 

Lease expiring 2010

 

Office and Warehouse

 

Arese, Italy

 

17,000

 

Lease expiring 2009

 

Office

 

Zurich, Switzerland

 

2,000

 

Lease expiring 2009

 

Office

 

Barcelona, Spain

 

2,000

 

Lease expiring 2010

 

Office

 

Tokyo, Japan

 

14,000

 

Lease expiring 2006

 

Warehouse

 

Yokohama, Japan

 

15,000

 

Lease expiring 2006

 

Office and Warehouse

 

Sydney, Australia

 

2,600

 

Lease expiring 2011

 

Office

 

Shanghai, China

 

300

 

Lease expiring 2006

 

Manufacturing and Office

 

Manaus, Brazil

 

35,000

 

Lease expiring 2007

 

 

The Company has seven facilities that perform manufacturing operations: Wauwatosa and Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin (motorcycle powertrain production); Tomahawk, Wisconsin (fiberglass/plastic parts production and painting); York, Pennsylvania (motorcycle parts fabrication, painting and Softail ® and touring model assembly); Kansas City, Missouri (motorcycle parts fabrication, painting and Dyna Glide, Sportster ® and VRSC assembly); East Troy, Wisconsin (Buell ® motorcycle assembly); Manaus, Brazil (assembly of select models for Brazilian market).

 

20



 

Financial Services Segment

 

Type of Facility

 

Location

 

Approximate
Square Feet

 

Status

 

Office

 

Chicago, IL

 

35,000

 

Lease expiring 2007

 

Office

 

Carson City, NV

 

100,000

 

Owned

 

Office

 

Plano, TX

 

61,500

 

Lease expiring 2014

 

Office

 

Oxford, England

 

6,000

 

Lease expiring 2017

 

 

The Financial Services segment has four office facilities: Chicago, Illinois (corporate headquarters); Carson City, Nevada (retail and insurance operations); Plano, Texas (wholesale, insurance and retail operations) and Oxford, England (European wholesale operations).

 

21



 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

Shareholder lawsuits :

 

A number of shareholder class action lawsuits were filed between May 18, 2005 and July 1, 2005 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin against the Company and some or all of the following Company officers: Jeffrey L. Bleustein, James M. Brostowitz, Jon R. Flickinger, John A. Hevey, Ronald M. Hutchinson, Gail A. Lione, James A. McCaslin, W. Kenneth Sutton, Jr., Donna F. Zarcone and James L. Ziemer. The complaints allege securities law violations and seek unspecified damages relating generally to the Company’s April 13, 2005 announcement that it was reducing short-term production growth and planned increases of motorcycle shipments from 317,000 units in 2004 to a new 2005 target of 329,000 units (compared to its original target of 339,000 units).

 

Three shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin on June 3, 2005, October 25, 2005 (this lawsuit was later voluntarily dismissed) and December 2, 2005 and two shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in Milwaukee County Circuit Court on July 22, 2005 and November 16, 2005 against some or all of the following directors and officers of the Company: Jeffrey L. Bleustein, James L. Ziemer, James M. Brostowitz, Barry K. Allen, Richard I. Beattie, George H. Conrades, Judson C. Green, Donald A. James, Sara L. Levinson, George L. Miles, Jr., James A. Norling, James A. McCaslin, Donna F. Zarcone, Jon R. Flickinger, Gail A. Lione, Ronald M. Hutchinson, W. Kenneth Sutton, Jr., and John A. Hevey. The lawsuits also name the Company as a nominal defendant. In general, the shareholder derivative complaints include factual allegations similar to those in the class action complaints and allegations that officers and directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Company.

 

On July 11, 2005, the staff of the Enforcement Division of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) advised the Company that it is inquiring into matters relating generally to the Company’s April 13, 2005 announcement and certain allegations contained in the shareholder complaints. The Company is cooperating with the SEC.

 

On August 25, 2005, a class action lawsuit alleging violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin against the Company, the Administrative Committee of Harley-Davidson, Inc., and the following Company employees, officers, and directors: Harold A. Scott, James M. Brostowitz, James L. Ziemer, Gail A. Lione, Barry K. Allen, Richard I. Beattie, Jeffrey L. Bleustein, George H. Conrades, Judson C. Green, Donald A. James, Sara L. Levinson, George L. Miles, Jr., and James A. Norling. In general, the ERISA complaint includes factual allegations similar to those in the shareholder class action lawsuits and alleges on behalf of participants in certain Harley-Davidson retirement savings plans that the plan fiduciaries breached their ERISA fiduciary duties.

 

The Company believes the allegations against all of the defendants in the lawsuits against the Company are without merit and it intends to vigorously defend against them. Since all of these matters are in the preliminary stages, the Company is unable to predict the scope or outcome or quantify their eventual impact, if any, on the Company. At this time the Company is also unable to estimate associated expenses or possible losses. The Company maintains insurance that may limit its financial exposure for defense costs and liability for an unfavorable outcome, should it not prevail, for claims covered by the insurance coverage.

 

22



 

Cam bearing lawsuits :

 

In January 2001, the Company, on its own initiative, notified each owner of 1999 and early-2000 model year Harley-Davidson motorcycles equipped with Twin Cam 88® and Twin Cam 88B™ engines that the Company was extending the warranty for a rear cam bearing to 5 years or 50,000 miles. Subsequently, on June 28, 2001, a putative nationwide class action was filed against the Company in state court in Milwaukee County, Wisconsin, which was amended by a complaint filed September 28, 2001. The complaint alleged that this cam bearing is defective and asserted various legal theories. The complaint sought unspecified compensatory and punitive damages for affected owners, an order compelling the Company to repair the engines, and other relief. On February 27, 2002, the Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint was granted by the Court and the amended complaint was dismissed in its entirety. An appeal was filed with the Wisconsin Court of Appeals.

 

On April 12, 2002, the same attorneys filed a second putative nationwide class action against the Company in state court in Milwaukee County, Wisconsin relating to this cam bearing issue and asserting different legal theories than in the first action. The complaint sought unspecified compensatory damages, an order compelling the Company to repair the engines and other relief. On September 23, 2002, the Company’s motion to dismiss was granted by the Court, the complaint was dismissed in its entirety, and no appeal was taken. On January 14, 2003, the Wisconsin Court of Appeals reversed the trial court’s February 27, 2002 dismissal of the complaint in the first action, and the Company petitioned the Wisconsin Supreme Court for review. On March 26, 2004, the Wisconsin Supreme Court reversed the Court of Appeals and dismissed the remaining claims in the action. On April 12, 2004, the same attorneys filed a third action in the state court in Milwaukee County, on behalf of the same plaintiffs from the action dismissed by the Wisconsin Supreme Court. This third action was dismissed by the court on July 26, 2004. In addition, the plaintiffs in the original case moved to reopen that matter and amend the complaint to add new causes of action. On September 9, 2004, Milwaukee County Circuit Court refused to allow the reopening or amendment. Plaintiffs again appealed to the Wisconsin Court of Appeals, and on December 13, 2005, the Court of Appeals again reversed the trial court. The Company has filed a petition for review with the Wisconsin Supreme Court, asking it to reinstate the trial court’s decision. The Company believes that the 5-year/50,000 mile warranty extension it announced in January 2001 adequately addressed the condition for affected owners, and the Company intends to continue to vigorously defend this matter.

 

Environmental matters :

 

The Company is involved with government agencies and groups of potentially responsible parties in various environmental matters, including a matter involving the cleanup of soil and groundwater contamination at its York, Pennsylvania, facility. The York facility was formerly used by the U.S. Navy and AMF prior to the purchase of the York facility by the Company from AMF in 1981. Although the Company is not certain as to the full extent of the environmental contamination at the York facility, it has been working with the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) since 1986 in undertaking environmental investigation and remediation activities, including an ongoing site-wide remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS).

 

In January 1995, the Company entered into a settlement agreement (the Agreement) with the Navy. The Agreement calls for the Navy and the Company to contribute amounts into a trust equal to 53% and 47%, respectively, of future costs associated with environmental investigation and remediation activities at the York facility (Response Costs). The trust administers the payment of the Response Costs incurred at the York facility as covered by the Agreement.

 

In February 2002, the Company was advised by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) that it considers some of the Company’s remediation activities at the York facility to be subject to the EPA’s corrective action program under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and offered the Company the option of addressing corrective action under a RCRA facility lead agreement. In July 2005, the York facility was designated as the first site in Pennsylvania to be addressed under the “One Cleanup Program.” The program provides a more streamlined and efficient oversight of voluntary remediation by both PADEP and EPA and will be carried out consistent with the Agreement with the Navy. As a result, the RCRA facility lead agreement has been superseded.

 

23



 

 

Although the RI/FS is still under way and substantial uncertainty exists concerning the nature and scope of the additional environmental investigation and remediation that will ultimately be required at the York facility, the Company estimates that its share of the future Response Costs at the York facility will be approximately $7.0 million. The Company has established reserves for this amount, which are included in Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

The estimate of the Company’s future Response Costs that will be incurred at the York facility is based on reports of independent environmental consultants retained by the Company, the actual costs incurred to date, and the estimated costs to complete the necessary investigation and remediation activities. Response Costs related to the remediation of soil are expected to be incurred over a period of several years ending in 2010. Response Costs related to ground water remediation may continue for some time beyond 2010. However, these Response Costs are expected to be much lower than those related to the remediation of soil.

 

24



 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Company in the fourth quarter of 2005.

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The following sets forth, as of December 31, 2005, the name, age and business experience for the last five years for each of the executive officers of Harley-Davidson, Inc. Executive officers are defined by the Company as Corporate Officers of Harley-Davidson, Inc. plus all members of the Company’s Leadership and Strategy Council (LSC). The LSC, which is comprised of selected members of senior management from various areas within the Company, makes high-level resource decisions, develops policies, and acts as an advisory group to the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Executive Officers

 

Name

 

Age

 

 

 

Joanne M. Bischmann

 

44

Vice President, Marketing - Harley-Davidson Motor Company

 

 

 

 

 

James M. Brostowitz

 

53

Vice President and Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Karl M. Eberle

 

57

Vice President and General Manager, Kansas City Vehicle and Powertrain

 

 

- Harley-Davidson Motor Company

 

 

 

 

 

Jon R. Flickinger

 

48

Vice President – Harley-Davidson Motor Company and

 

 

President and Chief Operating Officer - Buell Motorcycle Company

 

 

 

 

 

Ronald M. Hutchinson

 

58

Vice President, Parts and Accessories - Harley-Davidson Motor Company

 

 

 

 

 

Gail A. Lione

 

56

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

 

 

 

James A. McCaslin

 

57

President and Chief Operating Officer - Harley-Davidson Motor Company

 

 

 

 

 

W. Kenneth Sutton, Jr.

 

57

Vice President, Engineering - Harley-Davidson Motor Company

 

 

 

 

 

Donna F. Zarcone

 

48

President and Chief Operating Officer - Harley-Davidson Financial Services

 

 

 

 

 

James L. Ziemer

 

55

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

 

25



 

Except for the following persons, all such executive officers have been employed by the Company in an executive officer capacity, as defined above, for more than five years: Joanne M. Bischmann, Karl M. Eberle and Kenneth Sutton. The following is additional biographical information for at least the last five years relating to these three executive officers:

 

Ms. Bischmann has served as the Vice President, Marketing of the Motor Company since 1996.

 

Mr. Eberle has served as the Vice President and General Manager of the Motor Company’s Kansas City Vehicle and Powertrain Operations since 1997.

 

Mr. Sutton became the Vice President, Engineering for the Motor Company in 2002. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Sutton served as Vice President, Continuous Improvement for the Motor Company.

 

26



 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Harley-Davidson, Inc. Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. The high and low market prices for the common stock, reported as New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Composite Transactions, were as follows:

 

2005

 

Low

 

High

 

First quarter

 

$

57.84

 

$

62.49

 

Second quarter

 

45.14

 

59.40

 

Third quarter

 

47.50

 

54.25

 

Fourth quarter

 

44.40

 

55.93

 

 

2004

 

Low

 

High

 

First quarter

 

$

45.20

 

$

54.42

 

Second quarter

 

52.30

 

62.31

 

Third quarter

 

56.42

 

63.75

 

Fourth quarter

 

55.01

 

61.24

 

 

The Company paid the following dividends per share:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

First quarter

 

$

.125

 

$

.080

 

$

.035

 

Second quarter

 

$

.160

 

.100

 

.040

 

Third quarter

 

$

.160

 

.100

 

.040

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

.180

 

.125

 

.080

 

Total year

 

$

.625

 

$

.405

 

$

.195

 

 

As of February 21, 2006 there were 88,499 shareholders of record of Harley-Davidson, Inc. common stock.

 

The following table contains detail related to the repurchase of common stock based on the date of trade during the quarter ended December 31, 2005.

 

2005
Fiscal Month

 

Total Number of
Shares
Purchased

 

Average
Price Paid
per Share

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs

 

Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

 

September 26 to October 30

 

8

 

$

48

 

 

23,732,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 31 to November 27

 

758,700

 

$

52

 

758,700

 

23,048,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 28 to December 31

 

 

 

 

23,119,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

758,708

 

$

52

 

758,700

 

 

 

 

27



 

The Company has an authorization (originally adopted in December 1997) by its Board of Directors to repurchase shares of its outstanding common stock under which the cumulative number of shares repurchased, at the time of any repurchase, shall not exceed the sum of (1) the number of shares issued in connection with the exercise of stock options occurring on or after January 1, 2004 plus (2) one percent of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company on January 1 of the current year, adjusted for any stock split. The Company repurchased 758,700 shares under this authorization during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2005.

 

In addition, on April 30, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors separately authorized the Company to buy back up to 20 million shares of its common stock with no dollar limit or expiration date. No shares had been repurchased under this authorization as of December 31, 2005.

 

The Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan (exhibit 10.20) permits participants to satisfy all or a portion of the federal, state and local withholding tax obligations arising in connection with plan awards by electing to (a) have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under the award, (b) tender back shares received in connection with such award or (c) deliver other previously owned Shares, in each case having a value equal to the amount to be withheld. During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company acquired 8 shares of common stock that were presented to the Company by employees to satisfy withholding taxes in connection with the vesting of nonvested (restricted) stock awards.

 

Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain information relating to the Company’s equity compensation plans.

 

28



 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

(In thousands except per share amounts)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Income statement data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

5,342,214

 

$

5,015,190

 

$

4,624,274

 

$

4,090,970

 

$

3,406,786

 

Cost of goods sold

 

3,301,715

 

3,115,655

 

2,958,708

 

2,673,129

 

2,253,815

 

Gross profit

 

2,040,499

 

1,899,535

 

1,665,566

 

1,417,841

 

1,152,971

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial services income

 

331,618

 

305,262

 

279,459

 

211,500

 

181,545

 

Financial services expense

 

139,998

 

116,662

 

111,586

 

107,273

 

120,272

 

Operating income from financial services

 

191,620

 

188,600

 

167,873

 

104,227

 

61,273

 

Selling, administrative and engineering expense

 

762,108

 

726,644

 

684,175

 

639,366

 

551,743

 

Income from operations

 

1,470,011

 

1,361,491

 

1,149,264

 

882,702

 

662,501

 

Investment income, net

 

22,797

 

23,101

 

23,088

 

16,541

 

17,478

 

Other, net

 

(5,049

)

(5,106

)

(6,317

)

(13,416

)

(6,524

)

Income before provision for income taxes

 

1,487,759

 

1,379,486

 

1,166,035

 

885,827

 

673,455

 

Provision for income taxes

 

528,155

 

489,720

 

405,107

 

305,610

 

235,709

 

Net income

 

$

959,604

 

$

889,766

 

$

760,928

 

$

580,217

 

$

437,746

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

280,303

 

295,008

 

302,271

 

302,297

 

302,506

 

Diluted

 

281,035

 

296,852

 

304,470

 

305,158

 

306,248

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

3.42

 

$

3.02

 

$

2.52

 

$

1.92

 

$

1.45

 

Diluted

 

$

3.41

 

$

3.00

 

$

2.50

 

$

1.90

 

$

1.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid per common share

 

$

.625

 

$

.405

 

$

.195

 

$

.135

 

$

.115

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital

 

$

2,272,125

 

$

2,510,490

 

$

2,087,056

 

$

1,354,486

 

$

1,052,006

 

Finance receivables held for sale

 

299,373

 

456,516

 

347,112

 

306,901

 

114,649

 

Finance receivables held for investment, net

 

1,943,224

 

1,655,784

 

1,390,737

 

1,138,679

 

921,107

 

Total assets

 

5,255,209

 

5,483,293

 

4,923,088

 

3,861,217

 

3,118,495

 

Current finance debt

 

204,973

 

495,441

 

324,305

 

382,579

 

217,051

 

Long-term finance debt

 

1,000,000

 

800,000

 

670,000

 

380,000

 

380,000

 

Total finance debt

 

1,204,973

 

1,295,441

 

994,305

 

762,579

 

597,051

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

$

3,083,605

 

$

3,218,471

 

$

2,957,692

 

$

2,232,915

 

$

1,756,283

 

 

Note: Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

29



 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. is the parent company for the groups of companies doing business as Harley-Davidson Motor Company (HDMC), Buell Motorcycle Company and Harley-Davidson Financial Services (HDFS). Harley-Davidson Motor Company produces heavyweight motorcycles and offers a complete line of motorcycle parts, accessories, apparel and general merchandise. Harley-Davidson Motor Company manufactures five families of motorcycles: Touring, Dyna™, Softail ® , VRSC™ and Sportster ® . Buell Motorcycle Company produces sport motorcycles, including seven twin-cylinder XB models and the single-cylinder Buell ® Blast ® . Buell also offers a line of motorcycle parts, accessories, apparel and general merchandise. Harley-Davidson Financial Services provides wholesale and retail financing and insurance programs primarily to Harley-Davidson/Buell dealers and customers. The Comp any operates in two principal business segments: Motorcycles and Related Products (Motorcycles) and Financial Services (Financial Services).

 

Overview(1)

 

The Company’s net revenue for 2005 was $5.34 billion, up 6.5% over last year, on 329,017 wholesale shipments of Harley-Davidson motorcycles. Revenue growth during 2005 was due primarily to a 3.7% increase in shipments of Harley-Davidson motorcycles combined with a favorable change in the mix of motorcycles shipped when compared to 2004. Net income and diluted earnings per share also grew during 2005 with increases over prior year of 7.8% and 13.7%, respectively. The increase in diluted earnings per share includes the benefit of fewer weighted-average shares outstanding when compared to the prior year. The Company’s outstanding shares have decreased as a result of common stock repurchases totaling 21.4 million shares during 2005.

 

The Company’s independent dealer network also reported increases in retail motorcycle unit sales during 2005 with worldwide retail sales of Harley-Davidson ® motorcycles increasing 6.2% over the prior year. Management believes the Company’s lineup of 2006 model year motorcycles, introduced in July 2005, helped drive worldwide retail sales growth during 2005. In the United States, 2005 retail sales of Harley-Davidson motorcycles grew 4.2% over 2004. Outside of the United States, r etail sales of Harley-Davidson motorcycles grew 15.0% during 2005 when compared with 2004. During 2005, retail sales increased in all of the Company’s major international markets. The r etail sales data reported above is compiled by the Company from sales and warranty registrations provided by the Company’s independent dealers.

 

Management believes the prospects for growth in retail sales of Harley-Davidson motorcycles remain strong and support a wholesale unit growth rate in the range of 5% to 9% annually and an annual EPS growth rate of 11% to 17%. The Harley-Davidson motorcycle shipment target for 2006 is in the range of 348,000 to 352,000 units, with planned wholesale shipments of 79,000 motorcycles during the first quarter of 2006.

 

Over the last several years the Company has been working to increase the availability of its motorcycles at dealers to improve the customer experience. The Company believes that increased availability will lead to independent dealers providing wider selections of motorcycles at manufacturer’s suggested retail prices and, as a result, the Company will be better positioned to attract retail buyers that are new to the brand or new to the sport of motorcycling. The Company understands that improving the availability of its motorcycles to customers may result in retail purchases that will track more closely with the riding season, requiring the Company and its independent dealers to balance the economies of level production with a more seasonal retail sales pattern.

 


(1)Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

The Company intends that certain matters discussed in this report are “forward-looking statements” intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability established by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified as such by reference to this footnote or because the context of the statement will include words such as the Company “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “plans,” or “estimates” or words of similar meaning. Similarly, statements that describe future plans, objectives, outlooks, targets, guidance or goals are also forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated as of the date of this report. Certain of such risks and uncertainties are described in close proximity to such statements or elsewhere in this report, including under the caption “Risk Factors” in Item 1A and under “Cautionary Statements” in Item 7 of this report . Shareholders, potential investors, and other readers are urged to consider these factors in evaluating the forward-looking statements and cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included in this report are made only as of the date of the filing of this report (March 3, 2006), and the Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

 

30



 

The “% Change” figures included in the “Results of Operations” section have been calculated using unrounded dollar amounts and may differ from calculations using the rounded dollar amounts presented.

 

Results of Operations 2005 Compared to  2004

 

Overall

 

Net revenue for 2005 totaled $5.34 billion, a $327.0 million or 6.5% increase over the prior year. Net income for 2005 was $959.6 million compared to $889.8 million in 2004, an increase of 7.8%.  Diluted earnings per share for 2005 were $3.41 representing a 13.7% increase over 2004 earnings per share of $3.00. Diluted earnings per share were positively impacted during 2005 by a decrease in the weighted-average shares outstanding, which were 281.0 million in 2005 compared to 296.9 million in 2004.  The decrease in weighted-average shares outstanding was due primarily to the Company’s repurchase of 21.4 million shares of common stock that occurred during 2005.  The Company’s share repurchases are discussed in further detail under “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

The Company paid dividends in 2005 of $.125 per share in March, $.16 per share in June and September and $.18 per share in December.  The aggregate annual dividend paid in 2005 was $.625 per share, representing a 54.3% increase over the aggregate annual dividend of $.405 per share in 2004.

 

Motorcycle Unit Shipments and Net Revenue

 

The following table includes wholesale motorcycle unit shipments and net revenue for the Motorcycles segment for 2005 and 2004 (dollars in millions):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Increase
(Decrease)

 

%
Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Motorcycle Unit Shipments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Touring motorcycle units

 

110,193

 

93,305

 

16,888

 

18.1

%

Custom motorcycle units*

 

148,609

 

154,163

 

(5,554

)

(3.6

)

Sportster motorcycle units

 

70,215

 

69,821

 

394

 

0.5

 

Harley-Davidson motorcycle units

 

329,017

 

317,289

 

11,728

 

3.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buell motorcycle units

 

11,166

 

9,857

 

1,309

 

13.3

 

Total motorcycle units

 

340,183

 

327,146

 

13,037

 

4.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson motorcycles

 

$

4,183.5

 

$

3,928.2

 

$

255.3

 

6.5

%

Buell motorcycles

 

93.1

 

79.0

 

14.1

 

17.8

 

Total motorcycles

 

4,276.6

 

4,007.2

 

269.4

 

6.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parts & Accessories

 

815.7

 

781.6

 

34.1

 

4.4

 

General Merchandise

 

247.9

 

223.7

 

24.2

 

10.8

 

Other

 

2.0

 

2.7

 

(0.7

)

(19.5

)

Net revenue

 

$

5,342.2

 

$

5,015.2

 

$

327.0

 

6.5

%

 


*Custom motorcycle units, as used in this table, include Softail, Dyna, VRSC and other custom models.

 

During 2005, Harley-Davidson motorcycle revenue was up 6.5% over 2004 due primarily to an increase in Harley-Davidson motorcycle shipments of 11,728 units.  Harley-Davidson motorcycle revenue also benefited during 2005 from a favorable change in product mix which related primarily to an increase in the percentage of shipments consisting of higher-priced touring motorcycles.  Touring motorcycles made up 33.5% of shipments in 2005 compared to 29.4% in 2004.

 

31



 

Harley-Davidson motorcycle revenue was also impacted during 2005 by changes in average wholesale prices and fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.  W holesale price increases on 2006 model year motorcycles averaged approximately 1% and resulted in approximately $17.0 million of higher revenue during 2005 when compared to 2004.  Changes in foreign currency exchange rates, related primarily to European currencies, resulted in approximately $7.0 million of higher revenue during 2005 when compared to 2004.

 

During 2005, net revenue from Parts and Accessories (P&A) was up 4.4% over 2004.  P&A revenue growth in 2005 was driven by the increase in Harley-Davidson motorcycle shipments.  On a long-term basis, the Company expects the growth rate for P&A revenue to be slightly higher than the growth rate for Harley-Davidson motorcycle units.(1)

 

General Merchandise revenue during 2005 was 10.8% higher than the prior year. The Company expects that the long-term growth rate for General Merchandise revenue will be lower than the growth rate for Harley-Davidson motorcycle units.(1)

 

Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Retail Sales

 

The Company’s wholesale motorcycle unit shipments are retailed through an independent worldwide dealer network.  Worldwide retail sales of Harley-Davidson motorcycles grew 6.2% during 2005 over the prior year.  Retail sales of Harley-Davidson motorcycles increased 4.2% in the United States and 15.0% internationally, when compared to 2004.  On an industry-wide basis the heavyweight (651+cc) portion of the market was up 4.8% in the United States and down 1.0% in Europe, when compared to 2004. The following table includes retail unit sales of Harley-Davidson motorcycles for 2005 and 2004 (units in thousands):

 

Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Retail Sales (a)

Heavyweight (651+cc)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

%
Change

 

United States

 

253.4

 

243.2

 

4.2

%

Europe (b)

 

29.5

 

24.6

 

19.9

 

Japan

 

11.4

 

10.3

 

11.1

 

Canada

 

11.7

 

11.2

 

4.1

 

All other markets

 

11.2

 

9.3

 

19.4

 

Total Harley-Davidson retail sales

 

317.2

 

298.6

 

6.2

%

 


(a)           Data source for all 2005 retail sales figures shown above is sales and warranty registrations provided by Harley-Davidson dealers and compiled by the Company.  The Company must rely on information that its dealers supply concerning retail sales and this information is subject to revision.  2004 retail sales figures shown above conform to sales and warranty registration information as of December 31, 2004 and vary from previously published Motorcycle Industry Council, Giral S.A. and Japan Industry source data.

(b)          Europe retail sales includes sales in Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.

 

The following table includes industry retail motorcycle registration data (units in thousands):

 

Motorcycle Industry Retail Registrations

Heavyweight (651+cc)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

%
Change

 

United States (a)

 

517.6

 

494.0

 

4.8

%

Europe(b)

 

332.8

 

336.2

 

(1.0

)

 


(a)           U.S. data provided by the Motorcycle Industry Council.

(b)          Europe data provided by Giral S.A., includes retail sales in Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.

 

32



 

Industry retail registration data for the remaining international markets has not been presented because the Company does not believe definitive and reliable registration data is available to the Company at this time.

 

Gross Profit

 

Gross profit was $2.04 billion for the Motorcycles segment during 2005, an increase of $141.0 million or 7.4% over gross profit in 2004.  Gross profit margin for 2005 was 38.2% compared to 37.9% during 2004.  During 2005, the increase in gross margin was due in large part to the favorable motorcycle product mix shipped during the year. Gross margin also benefited during 2005 from 2006 model year wholesale price increases, lower costs which resulted from manufacturing efficiencies and a decrease in cost related to the Company’s short-term incentive compensation plan.  However, the positive impact of these changes was partially offset by an increase in raw material costs which were $34.0 million higher in 2005 than in 2004. The Company will continue to closely monitor raw material prices in 2006.

 

Financial Services

 

The following table includes the condensed statements of operations for the Financial Services segment (which consists of HDFS) for 2005 and 2004 (in millions):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Increase
(Decrease)

 

%
Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

129.9

 

$

102.2

 

$

27.7

 

27.1

%

Income from securitizations

 

123.1

 

115.1

 

8.0

 

7.0

 

Other income

 

78.6

 

88.0

 

(9.4

)

(10.6

)

Financial services income

 

331.6

 

305.3

 

26.3

 

8.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

36.2

 

22.7

 

13.5

 

59.1

 

Operating expenses

 

103.8

 

94.0

 

9.8

 

10.5

 

Financial services expense

 

140.0

 

116.7

 

23.3

 

20.0

 

Operating income from financial services

 

$

191.6

 

$

188.6

 

$

3.0

 

1.6

%

 

Operating income from financial services in 2005 increased slightly over 2004 driven by higher interest and securitization income, partially offset by lower other income and higher interest and operating expenses.  During 2005, interest income benefited from increased retail and wholesale average outstanding receivables and higher wholesale lending rates as compared to 2004.  The reduction in other income was primarily due to lower revenues from insurance commissions and related products.  Interest expense was higher in 2005 due to increased borrowings, in support of higher average outstanding receivables, and higher borrowing costs as compared to 2004.

 

Income from securitizations in 2005 was higher due to an increase in income on the investment in retained securitization interests, partially offset by lower gains on 2005 securitization transactions.  During 2005, income on the investment in retained securitization interests was $76.6 million, an increase of $19.8 million over 2004, due primarily to higher income on prior years’ securitization transactions.

 

During 2005, HDFS sold $2.48 billion in retail motorcycle loans through securitization transactions resulting in gains of $46.6 million.  This compares with gains of $58.3 million on $1.88 billion of loans securitized during 2004.  The 2005 gain as a percentage of loans sold was 1.9% as compared to 3.1% for 2004.  The 2005 gain as a percentage of the amount of loans securitized was lower than the prior year due to rising market interest rates, the competitive environment for motorcycle lending and the full year cost of an enhanced dealer participation program introduced in May 2004.  Under HDFS’ dealer participation program, HDFS pays Harley-Davidson dealers for originating retail motorcycle loans.  HDFS expects that the gain on the first quarter 2006 securitization transaction, as a percentage of loans sold, will be in the range of 1.0% to 1.4%. (1)

 

Over the long term, the Company expects that the Financial Services operating income growth rate will be slightly higher than the Company’s wholesale unit shipment growth rate. (1)

 

33



 

Changes in the allowance for credit losses during 2005 and 2004 were as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

30.3

 

$

31.3

 

Provision for credit losses

 

3.3

 

3.1

 

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

 

(7.4

)

(4.1

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

26.2

 

$

30.3

 

 

HDFS’ periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is generally based on HDFS’ past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, and current economic conditions.  HDFS believes the allowance is adequate to cover the losses of principal and accrued interest in the existing portfolio.

 

Included in charge-offs, net of recoveries are $1.8 million and $3.7 million of recoveries in 2005 and 2004, respectively, received by HDFS from HDMC. These recoveries relate to guarantees provided by HDMC on wholesale loans to independent European Harley-Davidson dealers.

 

Operating Expenses

 

The following table includes operating expenses for the Motorcycles segment and Corporate for 2005 and 2004 (in millions):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Increase

 

%
Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Motorcycles

 

$

740.6

 

$

710.0

 

$

30.6

 

4.3

%

Corporate

 

21.5

 

16.6

 

4.9

 

29.1

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

762.1

 

$

726.6

 

$

35.5

 

4.9

%

 

The increase in operating expenses during 2005 was driven primarily by higher costs related to marketing and advertising activities and stock compensation expense, partially offset by a decrease in expense related to the Company’s short-term incentive compensation plan.  As discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company began expensing the cost of its employee stock option awards on January 1, 2005.  As a result, the Company recorded $23.0 million of stock compensation expense in 2005 of which $18.9 million was included in operating expenses.  Operating expenses, which includes selling, administrative and engineering expenses, were 14.3% and 14.5% of net revenue for 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

Investment Income, net

 

Investment income, net in 2005 was $22.8 million, compared to $23.1 million in 2004.  Net investment income was lower in 2005 due to a decrease in the average balance of cash and marketable securities on hand; however, this impact was mostly offset by the effect of a higher average return in 2005 when compared to 2004.

 

Other, net

 

Other, net expense was $5.0 million and $5.1 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.  Other net expense consists of charitable contributions.

 

Consolidated Income Taxes

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate was 35.5% during both 2005 and 2004.  The Company expects that the income tax rate will be 35.5% during 2006. (1)

 

34



 

Results of Operations 2004 Compared to  2003

 

Overall

 

Net revenue for 2004 totaled $5.02 billion, a $390.9 million or 8.5% increase over 2003. Net income for 2004 was $889.8 million compared to $760.9 million in 2003, an increase of 16.9%.  Diluted earnings per share for 2004 were $3.00 on 296.9 million weighted-average shares outstanding, compared to $2.50 on 304.5 million weighted-average shares outstanding in 2003, an increase in earnings per share of 20.0%.

 

The Company paid dividends in 2004 of $.08 per share in March, $.10 per share in June and September and $.125 per share in December.  The aggregate annual dividend paid in 2004 was $.405 per share, representing a 108% increase over the aggregate annual dividend of $.195 per share in 2003.

 

Motorcycle Unit Shipments and Net Revenue

 

The following table includes wholesale motorcycle unit shipments and net revenue for the Motorcycles segment for 2004 and 2003 (dollars in millions):

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Increase
(Decrease)

 

%
Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Motorcycle Unit Shipments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Touring motorcycle units

 

93,305

 

82,577

 

10,728

 

13.0

%

Custom motorcycle units*

 

154,163

 

151,405

 

2,758

 

1.8

 

Sportster motorcycle units

 

69,821

 

57,165

 

12,656

 

22.1

 

Harley-Davidson motorcycle units

 

317,289

 

291,147

 

26,142

 

9.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buell motorcycle units

 

9,857

 

9,974

 

(117

)

(1.2

)

Total motorcycle units

 

327,146

 

301,121

 

26,025

 

8.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson motorcycles

 

$

3,928.2

 

$

3,621.5

 

$

306.7

 

8.5

%

Buell motorcycles

 

79.0

 

76.1

 

2.9

 

3.9

 

Total motorcycles

 

4,007.2

 

3,697.6

 

309.6

 

8.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parts & Accessories

 

781.6

 

712.8

 

68.8

 

9.7

 

General Merchandise

 

223.7

 

211.4

 

12.3

 

5.8

 

Other

 

2.7

 

2.5

 

0.2

 

8.0

 

Net revenue

 

$

5,015.2

 

$

4,624.3

 

$

390.9

 

8.5

%

 


*Custom motorcycle units, as used in this table, include Softail, Dyna, VRSC and other custom models.

 

The increase in net revenue for the Motorcycles segment during 2004 was driven by the $306.7 million or 8.5% increase in Harley-Davidson motorcycle net revenue.  Harley-Davidson motorcycle revenue was higher primarily as a result of the 9.0% increase in units shipped. Harley-Davidson motorcycle revenue also benefited from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which resulted in $46.4 million of higher revenue during 2004. However, the benefit from exchange rates was offset by lower revenue due to changes in product mix and lower average wholesale prices, as discussed below.

 

During 2004, Harley-Davidson motorcycle revenue was impacted by changes in product mix related primarily to an increase in the percentage of shipments consisting of lower-priced Sportster motorcycles and a decrease in the percentage of shipments consisting of more expensive Custom motorcycles. Sportsters are an important part of the Company’s strategy to attract new customers to the Harley-Davidson family.  The Company introduced a completely redesigned family of Sportster models in September 2003, and demand for the redesigned models has continued to drive increases in Sportster shipments throughout 2004.  The percentage of shipments consisting of Sportster motorcycles was 22.0% in 2004, up from 19.6% in 2003.  As a result, the percentage of shipments consisting of Custom motorcycles was also impacted during 2004.

 

35



 

Harley-Davidson motorcycle revenue was also impacted by changes in average wholesale prices. Wholesale prices on the 2004 models reflected the elimination of 100 th Anniversary special edition features and, as a result, were slightly lower than the wholesale prices for the 100 th Anniversary models sold during 2003.  Wholesale prices on 2005 model year motorcycles were higher than model year 2004 prices; however, the positive revenue impact from the 2005 model year price increase only partially offset the impact of the lower 2004 model year pricing.

 

During 2004, net revenue from Parts and Accessories totaled $781.6 million, a 9.7% increase over 2003. P&A revenue growth in 2004 was driven by the increase in Harley-Davidson motorcycle shipments and also benefited from favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  General Merchandise revenue during 2004 was $223.7 million, up 5.8% over 2003.

 

Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Retail Sales

 

The Company’s wholesale motorcycle unit shipments are retailed through an independent worldwide dealer network.  Worldwide retail sales of Harley-Davidson motorcycles grew 6.0% during 2004 over the prior year.  Retail sales of Harley-Davidson motorcycles increased 7.1% in the United States and 1.6% internationally, when compared to 2003.  On an industry-wide basis the heavyweight (651+cc) portion of the market was up 7.1% in the United States and 4.1% in Europe, when compared to 2003. The following table includes retail unit sales of Harley-Davidson motorcycles for 2004 and 2003 (units in thousands):

 

Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Retail Sales (a)

Heavyweight (651+cc)

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

%
Change

 

United States

 

243.2

 

227.1

 

7.1

%

Europe (b)

 

24.6

 

26.0

 

(5.3

)

Japan

 

10.3

 

10.4

 

(0.9

)

Canada

 

11.2

 

9.8

 

14.6

 

All other markets

 

9.3

 

8.3

 

11.0

 

Total Harley-Davidson retail sales

 

298.6

 

281.6

 

6.0

%

 


(a)           The Company must rely on information that its dealers supply concerning retail sales and this information is subject to revision. Data source for all 2004 and 2003 retail sales figures shown above is sales and warranty registrations provided by Harley-Davidson dealers and compiled by the Company as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  The retail sales figures shown above vary from previously published Motorcycle Industry Council, Giral S.A. and Japan Automobile Importers Association data.

(b)          Europe retail sales includes sales in Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.

 

The following table includes industry retail motorcycle registration data (units in thousands):

 

Motorcycle Industry Retail Registrations

Heavyweight (651+cc)

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

%
Change

 

United States (a)

 

494.0

 

461.2

 

7.1

%

Europe (b)

 

336.2

 

323.1

 

4.1

%

 


(a)           U.S. data provided by the Motorcycle Industry Council.

(b)          Europe data provided by Giral S.A., includes retail sales in Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.

 

36



 

Gross Profit

 

Gross profit for 2004 totaled $1.90 billion, an increase of $234.0 million or 14.0% over 2003.  Gross margin was 37.9% in 2004, up from 36.0% for 2003.   During 2004, gross margin was positively impacted by lower production costs and changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which more than offset the impact of product mix changes discussed under “Net Revenue.”  In 2004, production costs were lower due to manufacturing efficiencies, but also benefited from a new and fully integrated Softail ® factory in York, Pennsylvania.  During the second half of 2003, the Company experienced higher costs and inefficiencies associated with the rampup of the new Softail factory.  Finally, during 2004, changes in foreign currency exchange rates resulted in $38.5 million of higher gross profit when compared to 2003.

 

Price increases in the metal markets during 2004 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s gross profit. The majority of the metal market price increases were managed by the Company’s suppliers.  During 2004, the Company incurred metal surcharges from some of its suppliers of approximately $9 million.

Financial Services

 

The following table includes the condensed statements of operations for the Financial Services segment for 2004 and 2003 (in millions):

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Increase

 

%
Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

102.2

 

$

87.1

 

$

15.1

 

17.4

%

Income from securitizations

 

115.1

 

114.4

 

0.7

 

0.6

 

Other income

 

88.0

 

78.0

 

10.0

 

12.8

 

Financial services income

 

305.3

 

279.5

 

25.8

 

9.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

22.7

 

17.6

 

5.1

 

28.9

 

Operating expenses

 

94.0

 

94.0

 

0.0

 

 

Financial services expense

 

116.7

 

111.6

 

5.1

 

4.5

 

Operating income from financial services

 

$

188.6

 

$

167.9

 

$

20.7

 

12.3

%

 

The increase in operating income from financial services in 2004 was driven by continued strong marketplace acceptance of HDFS’ finance and insurance products.

 

During 2004, income from securitizations was up slightly over 2003 as the increase in income on investment in retained securitization interests was mostly offset by lower gains on current year securitization transactions.

During 2004, income on investment in retained securitization interests was $56.8 million, an increase of $24.6 million over 2003, due primarily to higher income on prior years’ securitization transactions.

 

During 2004, HDFS sold $1.88 billion of retail motorcycle loans through securitization transactions resulting in gains of $58.3 million.  During 2003, HDFS sold approximately $1.75 billion of retail motorcycle loans resulting in gains of $82.2 million.  The gain as a percentage of the amount of loans securitized was lower when compared with the prior year’s gain due to rising market interest rates during 2004 and the cost of an enhanced dealer participation program that was introduced in May 2004.

 

Changes in the allowance for credit losses during 2004 and 2003 were as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

31.3

 

$

31.0

 

Provision for credit losses

 

3.1

 

4.1

 

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

 

(4.1

)

(3.8

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

30.3

 

$

31.3

 

 

37



 

HDFS’ periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is generally based on HDFS’ past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, and current economic conditions.  HDFS believes the allowance is adequate to cover the losses of principal and accrued interest in the existing portfolio.

 

Included in charge-offs, net of recoveries are $3.7 million and $1.3 million of recoveries in 2004 and 2003, respectively, received by HDFS from HDMC.  These recoveries relate to guarantees provided by HDMC on wholesale loans to independent European Harley-Davidson dealers.

 

Operating Expenses

 

The following table includes operating expenses for the Motorcycles segment and Corporate for 2004 and 2003 (in millions):

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Increase

 

%
Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Motorcycles

 

$

710.0

 

$

668.7

 

$

41.3

 

6.2

%

Corporate

 

16.6

 

15.5

 

1.1

 

7.3

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

726.6

 

$

684.2

 

$

42.4

 

6.2

%

 

The increase in operating expenses in 2004 was driven by overall growth in the Motorcycles business combined with the Company’s ongoing investment in specific initiatives designed to support its growth objectives. Operating expenses, which include selling, administrative and engineering expenses, were 14.5% and 14.8% of net revenue for 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Investment Income, net

 

Investment income, net in 2004 was $23.1 million, even with $23.1 million in 2003.  In connection with the Company’s capacity expansion efforts, $3.9 million of interest cost was capitalized during 2003; no amounts were capitalized during 2004.

 

Other, net

 

Other, net expense was $5.1 million and $6.3 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively.  Other, net expense consists primarily of charitable contributions in 2004 and 2003.

 

Consolidated Income Taxes

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate was 35.5% and 34.7.% during 2004 and 2003, respectively.  The Company’s effective income tax rate increased as pretax income grew faster than certain permanent tax differences.

 

38



 

Other Matters

 

Accounting Changes

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company began expensing the cost of stock options on January 1, 2005, when it adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment.”  The Company’s total 2005 stock compensation expense, including stock option and nonvested stock awards, was $23.0 million, or $14.5 million net of taxes.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The Company’s financial statements are based on the selection and application of significant accounting policies, which require management to make significant estimates and assumptions. Management believes that the following are some of the more critical judgment areas in the application of accounting policies that currently affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

Finance Receivable Securitizations - The Company sells retail motorcycle loans through securitization transactions utilizing qualifying special purpose entities (QSPEs) as defined by SFAS No. 140 “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.”  Upon sale of retail loans in a securitization transaction, HDFS receives cash and retains an interest in excess cash flows, servicing rights and cash reserve account deposits, all of which are collectively referred to as retained interests in the securitized receivables. Retained interests are carried at fair value and periodically reviewed for impairment. Market value quotes are generally not available for retained interests; therefore, HDFS estimates fair value based on the present value of future expected cash flows using management’s best estimates of the key assumptions for credit losses, prepayment speeds and discount rates. The impact of changes to key assumptions is shown in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Gains on current year securitizations from the sale of retail loans are recorded as a component of financial services income and are based in part on certain assumptions including expected credit losses, prepayment speed, and discount rates. Gains on sales of retail loans also depend on the original carrying amount of the retail loans, which is allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair value at the date of transfer.

 

Finance Receivable Credit Losses - The allowance for uncollectible accounts is maintained at a level management believes is adequate to cover the losses of principal and accrued interest in the existing finance receivables portfolio. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is generally based on HDFS’ past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, current economic conditions, specific borrower’s ability to repay and the estimated value of any underlying collateral.

 

Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits - Retirement Plan (Pension, SERPA and Postretirement health care) obligations and costs are developed from actuarial valuations.  The valuation of benefit obligations and net periodic benefit costs relies on key assumptions including discount rates, long-term expected return on plan assets, future compensation and healthcare cost trend rates.  The Company evaluates and updates all of its assumptions annually on September 30, the actuarial measurement date.  As of its most recent measurement date the Company lowered its discount rate assumption from 6.25% to 5.5%, and reset its assumption for healthcare cost trend rates.  These changes were reflected immediately in the benefit obligation and will be amortized into net periodic benefit costs over future periods, resulting in an increase in future service and interest costs.

 

39



 

Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (continued) - The discount rate and healthcare cost trend rate assumptions are impacted by short-term changes in external economic factors and as result they can be volatile. The Company’s 2006 Retirement Plan costs have already been determined in connection with the September 30, 2005 measurement process.  However, a change in either of these two assumptions could have an impact on the valuation of costs as of the Company’s next measurement date, September 30, 2006.  The following information is provided to illustrate the sensitivity of these obligations and costs to changes in these major assumptions (in thousands).

 

 

 

Amounts based on
current
assumptions

 

Impact of a 1%
decrease in the
discount rate

 

Impact of a 1%
increase in the
healthcare cost
trend rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005 Net periodic benefit costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension and SERPA

 

$

47,845

 

$

19,004

 

n/a

 

Postretirement healthcare

 

$

24,521

 

$

3,626

 

$

1,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005 Benefit obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension and SERPA

 

$

963,824

 

$

166,366

 

n/a

 

Postretirement healthcare

 

$

298,340

 

$

38,820

 

$

15,639

 

 

This information should not be viewed as predictive of future amounts.  The calculation of Retirement Plan obligations and costs is based on many factors in addition to those discussed here.  This information should be considered in combination with the information provided in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

A summary of the Company’s expected payments for significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2006

 

2007-
2008

 

2009-
2010

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal payments on finance debt

 

$

204,973

 

$

415,288

 

$

584,712

 

$

 

$

1,204,973

 

Interest payments on finance debt

 

49,999

 

86,337

 

30,415

 

 

166,751

 

Operating lease payments

 

7,449

 

8,055

 

6,669

 

12,852

 

35,025

 

 

 

$

262,421

 

$

509,680

 

$

621,796

 

$

12,852

 

$

1,406,749

 

 

                  As described in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, as of December 31, 2005, long term finance debt issued by HDFS included outstanding commercial paper and advances under the Global Credit Facility totaling $385 million. The amount classified as long term is supported by the Global Credit Facility, due September 2009; accordingly, the Company has assumed that this amount will be repaid in 2009.

                  Interest obligations include the impact of interest rate hedges outstanding as of December 31, 2005. Interest for floating rate instruments, as calculated above, assumes December 31, 2005 rates remain constant.

                  As of December 31, 2005, the Company had no material purchase obligations other than those created in the ordinary course of business related to inventory and property, plant and equipment which generally have terms of less than 90 days.

                  The Company has long-term obligations related to its pension and postretirement plans at December 31, 2005. Due to the current funded status of the pension plans, the Company has no minimum funding requirements for 2006.  The Company’s expected future contributions to these plans are provided in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

40



 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As part of its securitization program, HDFS transfers retail motorcycle loans to a special purpose bankruptcy-remote wholly-owned subsidiary.  The subsidiary sells the retail loans to a securitization trust in exchange for the proceeds from asset-backed securities issued by the securitization trust.  The asset-backed securities, usually notes with various maturities and interest rates, are secured by future collections of the purchased retail installment loans.  Activities of the securitization trust are limited to acquiring retail loans, issuing asset-backed securities and making payments on securities to investors.  Due to the nature of the assets held by the securitization trust and the limited nature of its activities, the securitization trusts are considered QSPEs as defined by SFAS No. 140.  In accordance with SFAS No. 140, assets and liabilities of the QSPEs are not consolidated in the financial statements of the Company.

 

HDFS does not guarantee payments on the securities issued by the securitization trusts or the projected cash flows from the related loans purchased from HDFS.  The Company’s retained securitization interests, excluding servicing rights, are subordinate to the interests of securitization trust investors.  Such investors have priority interests in the cash collections on the retail loans sold to the securitization trust (after payment of servicing fees) and in the cash reserve account deposits.  These priority interests ultimately could impact the value of the Company’s investment in retained securitization interests.  Investors also do not have recourse to assets of HDFS for failure of the obligors on the retail loans to pay when due.  Total investment in retained securitization interests at December 31, 2005 was $349.7 million. The securitization trusts have a limited life and generally terminate upon final distribution of amounts owed to the investors in the asset-backed securities.  See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of HDFS’ securitization program.

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company is subject to lawsuits and other claims related to environmental, product and other matters. In determining required reserves related to these items, the Company carefully analyzes cases and considers the likelihood of adverse judgments or outcomes, as well as the potential range of possible loss.  The required reserves are monitored on an ongoing basis and are updated based on new developments or new information in each matter.

 

Shareholder Lawsuits :

A number of shareholder class action lawsuits were filed between May 18, 2005 and July 1, 2005 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin against the Company and some or all of the following Company officers:  Jeffrey L. Bleustein, James M. Brostowitz, Jon R. Flickinger, John A. Hevey, Ronald M. Hutchinson, Gail A. Lione, James A. McCaslin, W. Kenneth Sutton, Jr., Donna F. Zarcone and James L. Ziemer. The complaints allege securities law violations and seek unspecified damages relating generally to the Company’s April 13, 2005 announcement that it was reducing short-term production growth and planned increases of motorcycle shipments from 317,000 units in 2004 to a new 2005 target of 329,000 units (compared to its original target of 339,000 units).

 

Three shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin on June 3, 2005, October 25, 2005 (this lawsuit was later voluntarily dismissed) and December 2, 2005 and two shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in Milwaukee County Circuit Court on July 22, 2005 and November 16, 2005 against some or all of the following directors and officers of the Company:  Jeffrey L. Bleustein, James L. Ziemer, James M. Brostowitz, Barry K. Allen, Richard I. Beattie, George H. Conrades, Judson C. Green, Donald A. James, Sara L. Levinson, George L. Miles, Jr., James A. Norling, James A. McCaslin, Donna F. Zarcone, Jon R. Flickinger, Gail A. Lione, Ronald M. Hutchinson, W. Kenneth Sutton, Jr., and John A. Hevey.  The lawsuits also name the Company as a nominal defendant.  In general, the shareholder derivative complaints include factual allegations similar to those in the class action complaints and allegations that officers and directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Company.

 

On July 11, 2005, the staff of the Enforcement Division of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) advised the Company that it is inquiring into matters relating generally to the Company’s April 13, 2005 announcement and certain allegations contained in the shareholder complaints.  The Company is cooperating with the SEC.

 

41



 

Shareholder Lawsuits (continued) :

On August 25, 2005, a class action lawsuit alleging violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin against the Company, the Administrative Committee of Harley-Davidson, Inc., and the following Company employees, officers, and directors:  Harold A. Scott, James M. Brostowitz, James L. Ziemer, Gail A. Lione, Barry K. Allen, Richard I. Beattie, Jeffrey L. Bleustein, George H. Conrades, Judson C. Green, Donald A. James, Sara L. Levinson, George L. Miles, Jr., and James A. Norling.  In general, the ERISA complaint includes factual allegations similar to those in the shareholder class action lawsuits and alleges on behalf of participants in certain Harley-Davidson retirement savings plans that the plan fiduciaries breached their ERISA fiduciary duties.

 

The Company believes the allegations against all of the defendants in the lawsuits against the Company are without merit and it intends to vigorously defend against them.  Since all of these matters are in the preliminary stages, the Company is unable to predict the scope or outcome or quantify their eventual impact, if any, on the Company.  At this time the Company is also unable to estimate associated expenses or possible losses.  The Company maintains insurance that may limit its financial exposure for defense costs and liability for an unfavorable outcome, should it not prevail, for claims covered by the insurance coverage.

 

Cam Bearing Lawsuits :

In January 2001, the Company, on its own initiative, notified each owner of 1999 and early-2000 model year Harley-Davidson motorcycles equipped with Twin Cam 88® and Twin Cam 88B™ engines that the Company was extending the warranty for a rear cam bearing to 5 years or 50,000 miles. Subsequently, on June 28, 2001, a putative nationwide class action was filed against the Company in state court in Milwaukee County, Wisconsin, which was amended by a complaint filed September 28, 2001. The complaint alleged that this cam bearing is defective and asserted various legal theories. The complaint sought unspecified compensatory and punitive damages for affected owners, an order compelling the Company to repair the engines, and other relief. On February 27, 2002, the Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint was granted by the Court and the amended complaint was dismissed in its entirety. An appeal was filed with the Wisconsin Court of Appeals. On April 12, 2002, the same attorneys filed a second putative nationwide class action against the Company in state court in Milwaukee County, Wisconsin relating to this cam bearing issue and asserting different legal theories than in the first action. The complaint sought unspecified compensatory damages, an order compelling the Company to repair the engines and other relief. On September 23, 2002, the Company’s motion to dismiss was granted by the Court, the complaint was dismissed in its entirety, and no appeal was taken.  On January 14, 2003, the Wisconsin Court of Appeals reversed the trial court’s February 27, 2002 dismissal of the complaint in the first action, and the Company petitioned the Wisconsin Supreme Court for review. On March 26, 2004, the Wisconsin Supreme Court reversed the Court of Appeals and dismissed the remaining claims in the action.  On April 12, 2004, the same attorneys filed a third action in the state court in Milwaukee County, on behalf of the same plaintiffs from the action dismissed by the Wisconsin Supreme Court.  This third action was dismissed by the court on July 26, 2004.  In addition, the plaintiffs in the original case moved to reopen that matter and amend the complaint to add new causes of action.  On September 9, 2004, Milwaukee County Circuit Court refused to allow the reopening or amendment.  Plaintiffs again appealed to the Wisconsin Court of Appeals, and on December 13, 2005, the Court of Appeals again reversed the trial court.  The Company has filed a petition for review with the Wisconsin Supreme Court, asking it to reinstate the trial court’s decision.  The Company believes that the 5-year/50,000 mile warranty extension it announced in January 2001 adequately addressed the condition for affected owners, and the Company intends to continue to vigorously defend this matter.

 

Environmental Matters :

The Company is involved with government agencies and groups of potentially responsible parties in various environmental matters, including a matter involving the cleanup of soil and groundwater contamination at its York, Pennsylvania, facility. The York facility was formerly used by the U.S. Navy and AMF prior to the purchase of the York facility by the Company from AMF in 1981. Although the Company is not certain as to the full extent of the environmental contamination at the York facility, it has been working with the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) since 1986 in undertaking environmental investigation and remediation activities, including an ongoing site-wide remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS).

 

42



 

In January 1995, the Company entered into a settlement agreement (the Agreement) with the Navy.  The Agreement calls for the Navy and the Company to contribute amounts into a trust equal to 53% and 47%, respectively, of future costs associated with environmental investigation and remediation activities at the York facility (Response Costs). The trust administers the payment of the Response Costs incurred at the York facility as covered by the Agreement.

 

In February 2002, the Company was advised by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) that it considers some of the Company’s remediation activities at the York facility to be subject to the EPA’s corrective action program under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and offered the Company the option of addressing corrective action under a RCRA facility lead agreement.  In July 2005, the York facility was designated as the first site in Pennsylvania to be addressed under the “One Cleanup Program.”  The program provides a more streamlined and efficient oversight of voluntary remediation by both PADEP and EPA and will be carried out consistent with the Agreement with the Navy.  As a result, the RCRA facility lead agreement has been superseded.

 

Although the RI/FS is still under way and substantial uncertainty exists concerning the nature and scope of the additional environmental investigation and remediation that will ultimately be required at the York facility, the Company estimates that its share of the future Response Costs at the York facility will be approximately $7.0 million.  The Company has established reserves for this amount, which are included in Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

The estimate of the Company’s future Response Costs that will be incurred at the York facility is based on reports of independent environmental consultants retained by the Company, the actual costs incurred to date, and the estimated costs to complete the necessary investigation and remediation activities.  Response Costs related to the remediation of soil are expected to be incurred over a period of several years ending in 2010.  Response Costs related to ground water remediation may continue for some time beyond 2010.  However, these Response Costs are expected to be much lower than those related to the remediation of soil.

 

Under the terms of the sale of the Commercial Vehicles Division in 1996, the Company has agreed to indemnify Utilimaster Corporation, until 2008, for certain claims related to environmental contamination present at the date of sale, up to $20.0 million.  Based on the environmental studies performed the Company does not expect to incur any material expenditures under this indemnification.

 

Product Liability Matters :

Additionally, the Company is involved in product liability suits related to the operation of its business. The Company accrues for claim exposures that are probable of occurrence and can be reasonably estimated.  The Company also maintains insurance coverage for product liability exposures.  The Company believes that its accruals and insurance coverage are adequate and that product liability will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

43



 

Liquidity and Capital Resources as of December 31, 2005

 

The Company’s financial condition and cash-generating capability are fundamental strengths and provide substantial flexibility in meeting the operating, investing and financing needs of the Company. This flexibility allows the Company to pursue its growth strategies and to enhance shareholder value through repurchasing common stock and paying dividends.  The Company also has a commercial paper program, credit facilities and debt instruments in place to support the on going cash requirements of its Financial Services business.

 

Cash and Marketable Securities

 

Cash and marketable securities totaled $1.05 billion as of December 31, 2005 compared to $1.61 billion as of December 31, 2004. The decline is primarily attributable to common stock repurchases, higher dividend payments and benefit plan funding, all of which are discussed in more detail below.  The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are invested in short-term securities to provide for immediate operating cash needs. The Company also invests in marketable securities consisting primarily of investment-grade debt instruments such as corporate bonds and government backed securities with contractual maturities of approximately 1 year. Marketable securities also include auction rate securities which have contractual maturities of up to 30 years, but have interest re-set dates that occur every 90 days or less and can be actively marketed at ongoing auctions that occur every 90 days or less.

 

Operating Activities

 

The Company’s primary source of on going liquidity is cash flow from operations.  The Company generated $960.5 million of cash from operating activities during 2005 compared to $832.2 million in 2004.  In 2005, cash flows from operating activities included the impact of Company payments totaling $296.9 million to fund pension and postretirement healthcare benefits.

 

The Company’s cash flow from operating activities includes cash flows related to finance receivables held for sale.  Prior to December 2005, the Company classified the cash flow effects of finance receivables held for sale as an investing activity in its Statements of Cash Flows.  All prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.  The effect of the reclassification on prior year net cash provided by operating activities and net cash used in investing activities is summarized in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

During 2005 and 2004, HDFS originated $2.45 billion and $2.07 billion, respectively, of finance receivables that were classified as held for sale.  Collections on finance receivables held for sale and proceeds from the sale of finance receivables resulted in cash inflows of $2.6 billion and $1.9 billion during 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

Investing Activities

 

The Company’s investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures, finance receivables activity and net changes in marketable securities.  Net cash provided by investing activities was $177.1 million in 2005, compared to a use of $570.2 million during 2004.

 

Sales and redemptions of marketable securities net of purchases provided $431.1 million during 2005. Marketable securities balances were reduced during 2005 primarily for the purpose of funding a portion of the Company’s repurchase of common stock during the year.  During 2004, the Company increased its investment in marketable securities resulting in a reduction to cash of $349.0 million.

 

Capital expenditures were $198.4 million and $213.6 million during 2005 and 2004, respectively.  The Company estimates that total capital expenditures required in 2006 will be in the range of $250.0 to $275.0 million.(1)  The Company anticipates it will have the ability to fund all capital expenditures in 2006 with internally generated funds.(1)

 

44



 

Financing Activities

 

The Company’s financing activities consist primarily of stock transactions, dividend payments and finance debt activity.  Net cash used in financing activities during 2005 and 2004 was $1.27 billion and $316.1 million, respectively.

 

During 2005, the Company repurchased 21.4 million shares of its common stock at a total cost of $1.05 billion.  The Company repurchased 20.0 million shares under a general authorization received from the Company’s Board of Directors in 2004.  The remaining 1.4 million shares were repurchased under an authorization from the Company’s Board of Directors that is designed to provide the Company with continuing authority to repurchase shares to offset dilution caused by the exercise of stock options.  On April 30, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors separately authorized the Company to buy back up to 20.0 million shares of its common stock with no dollar limit or expiration date.  No repurchases had been made under this authorization as of the end of 2005. Please see Part II, Item 5. Market for Harley-Davidson, Inc. Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters for additional detail regarding the Company’s share repurchase activity and authorizations. During 2004, the Company repurchased 10.6 million shares of its common stock at a total cost of $564.1 million.

 

The Company paid four dividends of $.125 per share, $.16 per share, $.16 per share and $.18 per share during 2005, at a total cost of $173.8 million, compared to dividends of $.08 per share, $.10 per share, $.10 per share and $.125 per share totaling $119.2 million during 2004.

 

In addition to operating cash flow and asset-backed securitizations, HDFS is financed by the issuance of commercial paper, borrowings under the revolving credit facility, medium-term notes, senior subordinated debt and borrowings from the Company.  HDFS’ outstanding debt consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Commercial paper

 

$

416,797

 

$

702,147

 

Credit facilities

 

172,965

 

168,309

 

 

 

589,762

 

870,456

 

Medium-term notes

 

585,211

 

394,985

 

Senior subordinated notes

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

 

 

$

1,204,973

 

$

1,295,441

 

 

Credit Facilities - HDFS has a $1.10 billion revolving credit facility (Global Credit Facility) due September 2009. Subject to certain limitations, HDFS has the option to borrow in various currencies.  Interest is based on London interbank offered rates (LIBOR), European interbank offered rates or other short-term indices, depending on the type of advance.  The Global Credit Facility is a committed facility and HDFS pays a fee for its availability.

 

Commercial Paper - Subject to limitations, HDFS may issue commercial paper of up to $1.10 billion.  Maturities may range up to 365 days from the issuance date.   Outstanding commercial paper may not exceed the unused portion of the Global Credit Facility. As a result, the combined total of commercial paper and borrowings under the Global Credit Facility was limited to $1.10 billion as of December 31, 2005.

 

Medium-Term Notes - HDFS has $400.0 million of 3.63% medium-term notes outstanding which are due in December 2008, and during December 2005, issued $200.0 million of 5% medium-term notes due in December 2010 (collectively referred to as “Notes”).  The Notes provide for semi-annual interest payments and principal due at maturity. At December 31, 2005, the Notes included a fair value adjustment reducing the balance by $14.7 million due to interest rate swap agreements designated as fair value hedges. The effect of the interest rate swap agreements is to convert the interest rate on the Notes from a fixed to a floating rate, which is based on 3-month LIBOR.

 

Senior Subordinated Debt - HDFS has $30.0 million of 10 year senior subordinated notes outstanding which are due in 2007.

 

45



 

Intercompany Borrowing - HDFS has a revolving credit line with the Company whereby HDFS may borrow up to $210.0 million from the Company at a market interest rate. As of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, HDFS had no outstanding borrowings owed to the Company under this agreement.

 

The Company has a support agreement with HDFS whereby, if required, the Company agrees to provide HDFS with financial support in order to maintain certain financial covenants. Support may be provided at the Company’s option as capital contributions or loans. Accordingly, certain debt covenants may restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw funds from HDFS outside the normal course of business.  No amount has ever been provided to HDFS under the support agreement.

 

HDFS is subject to various operating and financial covenants related to the Global Credit Facility and the Notes and remains in compliance at December 31, 2005.

 

The Company expects that future activities of HDFS will be financed from funds internally generated by HDFS, the sale of loans through securitization programs, issuance of commercial paper and medium-term notes, borrowings under revolving credit facilities, advances or loans from the Company and subordinated debt. (1)

 

Cautionary Statements

 

The Company’s ability to meet the targets and expectations noted in this Form 10-K depends upon, among other factors, the Company’s ability to (i) continue to realize production efficiencies at its production facilities and effectively manage operating costs including materials, labor and overhead; (ii) successfully manage production capacity and production changes; (iii) avoid unexpected supply chain issues; (iv) provide products, services and experiences that are successful in the marketplace; (v) develop and implement sales and marketing plans that retain existing customers and attract new customers in an increasingly competitive marketplace; (vi) sell all of its motorcycles and related products and services to its independent dealers and distributors; (vii) continue to develop the capacity of its distributor and dealer network; (viii) avoid unexpected changes and prepare for known requirements in legislative and regulatory environments for its products and operations; (ix) successfully adjust to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices; (x) adjust to worldwide economic and political conditions, including changes in fuel prices and interest rates; (xi) successfully manage the credit quality and recovery rates of HDFS’s loan portfolio; (xii) retain and attract talented employees and (xiii) detect any defects in our motorcycles to minimize delays in new model launches, recall campaigns, increased warranty costs or litigation. In addition, the Company could experience delays in the operation of manufacturing facilities as a result of work stoppages, natural causes, terrorism or other factors. These risks, potential delays and uncertainties regarding the costs could also adversely impact the Company’s capital expenditure estimates (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section).

 

In addition, see “Risk Factors” under Item 1A. which includes a discussion of additional risk factors and a more complete discussion of some of the cautionary statements noted above.

 

46



 

Item 7a.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates.  To reduce such risks, the Company selectively uses derivative financial instruments.  All hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to regularly reviewed policies and procedures, which prohibit the use of financial instruments for trading purposes.  Sensitivity analysis is used to manage and monitor foreign exchange and interest rate risk.

 

A discussion of the Company’s accounting policies for derivative financial instruments is included in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and further disclosure relating to the fair value of derivative financial instruments is included in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The Company sells its products internationally and in most markets those sales are made in the foreign country’s local currency.  As a result, the Company’s earnings can be affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currency.  The Company utilizes foreign currency contracts to mitigate the effect of these fluctuations on earnings. The foreign currency contracts are entered into with banks and allow the Company to exchange a specified amount of foreign currency for U.S. dollars at a future date, based on a fixed exchange rate. At December 31, 2005, these contracts represented a combined U.S. dollar equivalent of $150.0 million.  The Company estimates that a uniform 10% weakening in the value of the dollar relative to the currency underlying these contracts would result in a decrease in the fair value of the contracts of approximately $17.9 million as of December 31, 2005.

 

The Company’s exposure to the Japanese yen is substantially offset by the existence of a natural hedge, which is sustained through offsetting yen cash inflows from sales with yen cash outflows for motorcycle component purchases and other operating expenses.

 

HDFS’ earnings are affected by changes in interest rates.  HDFS utilizes interest rate swaps to reduce the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on its securitization transactions and debt.  As of December 31, 2005, HDFS had interest rate swaps outstanding with a notional value of $976.2 million.  HDFS estimates that a 10% increase in interest rates would result in a $4.8 million decrease in the fair value of the agreements.

 

47



 

Item 8.   Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

 

 

 

 

Management Certifications

 

 

 

 

 

Report of the Audit Committee

 

 

 

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of income

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated balance sheets

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

Supplementary data

 

 

Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

 

 

 

48



 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on management’s evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2005.  Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

 

February 8, 2006

 

 

 

James L. Ziemer

James M. Brostowitz

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Vice President, Treasurer and

 

 

Acting Chief Financial Officer

 

MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATIONS

 

The Company has filed as exhibits to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the certifications of the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

The Company has submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the Annual Chief Executive Officer Certification required by Section 303A.12(a) of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.

 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews the Company’s financial reporting process, the audit process and the process for monitoring compliance with laws and regulations.  All of the Audit Committee members are independent in accordance with the Audit Committee requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has reviewed and discussed with management its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control system over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. Management has concluded that the internal control system was effective.  This assessment was also audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the 2005 fiscal year.  The audited financial statements of the Company for the 2005 fiscal year were also reviewed and discussed with management as well as with representatives of Ernst & Young LLP.  The Audit Committee has also discussed with Ernst & Young LLP, the matters required to be discussed by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 61, other professional standards and regulatory requirements currently in effect.  The Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent registered public accounting firm required by Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1, as currently in effect, and has discussed with representatives of Ernst & Young LLP the independence of Ernst & Young LLP.  Based on the review and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee has recommended to the Board of Directors that the audited financial statements for the 2005 fiscal year be included in the Company’s Annual Report.

 

February 14, 2006

 

 

 

Audit Committee of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

Richard I. Beattie

Judson C. Green

George L. Miles, Jr.

James A. Norling, Chairman

 

49



 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Harley-Davidson, Inc.:

 

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting, that Harley-Davidson, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Harley-Davidson, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Harley-Davidson, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria.  Also, in our opinion, Harley-Davidson, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Harley-Davidson, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 of Harley-Davidson, Inc. and our report dated February 8, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Ernst & Young LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

February 8, 2006

 

50



 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Harley-Davidson, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Harley-Davidson, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005.  Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index at item 15(a).  These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Harley-Davidson, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2005, the Company changed its method of accounting for share-based awards.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Harley-Davidson, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 8, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Ernst & Young LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

February 8, 2006

 

51



 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

5,342,214

 

$

5,015,190

 

$

4,624,274

 

Cost of goods sold

 

3,301,715

 

3,115,655

 

2,958,708

 

Gross profit

 

2,040,499

 

1,899,535

 

1,665,566

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial services income

 

331,618

 

305,262

 

279,459

 

Financial services expense

 

139,998

 

116,662

 

111,586

 

Operating income from financial services

 

191,620

 

188,600

 

167,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, administrative and engineering expense

 

762,108

 

726,644

 

684,175

 

Income from operations

 

1,470,011

 

1,361,491

 

1,149,264

 

Investment income, net

 

22,797

 

23,101

 

23,088

 

Other, net

 

(5,049

)

(5,106

)

(6,317

)

Income before provision for income taxes

 

1,487,759

 

1,379,486

 

1,166,035

 

Provision for income taxes

 

528,155

 

489,720

 

405,107

 

Net income

 

$

959,604

 

$

889,766

 

$

760,928

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

3.42

 

$

3.02

 

$

2.52

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

3.41

 

$

3.00

 

$

2.50

 

Cash dividends per common share

 

$

.625

 

$

.405

 

$

.195

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

52



 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2005 and 2004
(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

140,975

 

$

275,159

 

Marketable securities

 

905,197

 

1,336,909

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

122,087

 

121,333

 

Finance receivables held for sale

 

299,373

 

456,516

 

Finance receivables held for investment, net

 

1,342,393

 

1,167,522

 

Inventories

 

221,418

 

226,893

 

Deferred income taxes

 

61,285

 

60,517

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

52,509

 

38,337

 

Total current assets

 

3,145,237

 

3,683,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance receivables held for investment, net

 

600,831

 

488,262

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

1,011,612

 

1,024,665

 

Prepaid pension costs

 

368,165

 

133,322

 

Goodwill

 

56,563

 

59,456

 

Other assets

 

72,801

 

94,402

 

 

 

$

5,255,209

 

$

5,483,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

270,614

 

$

244,202

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

397,525

 

433,053

 

Current portion of finance debt

 

204,973

 

495,441

 

Total current liabilities

 

873,112

 

1,172,696

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance debt

 

1,000,000

 

800,000

 

Deferred income taxes

 

155,236

 

51,432

 

Postretirement healthcare benefits

 

60,975

 

149,848

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

82,281

 

90,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Junior participating preferred stock, none issued

 

 

 

Common stock, 330,961,869 and 329,908,165 shares issued in 2005 and 2004, respectively

 

3,310

 

3,300

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

596,239

 

533,068

 

Retained earnings

 

4,630,390

 

3,844,571

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

58,653

 

(12,096

)

 

 

5,288,592

 

4,368,843

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock (56,960,213 and 35,597,360 shares in 2005 and 2004, respectively), at cost

 

(2,204,987

)

(1,150,372

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

3,083,605

 

3,218,471

 

 

 

$

5,255,209

 

$

5,483,293

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

53



 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
(In thousands)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

959,604

 

$

889,766

 

$

760,928

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

205,705

 

214,112

 

196,918

 

Provision for long-term employee benefits

 

71,354

 

62,806

 

76,422

 

Provision for share-based payments

 

22,974

 

 

 

Gain on current year securitizations

 

(46,581

)

(58,302

)

(82,221

)

Net change in wholesale finance receivables

 

(161,342

)

(154,124

)

(154,788

)

Origination of retail finance receivables held for sale

 

(2,447,320

)

(2,069,713

)

(1,897,719

)

Collections on retail finance receivables held for sale

 

124,462

 

84,310

 

107,510

 

Proceeds from securitization of retail finance receivables

 

2,450,920

 

1,847,895

 

1,724,060

 

Contributions to pension and postretirement plans

 

(296,859

)

 

(192,000

)

Tax benefit from the exercise of stock options

 

 

51,476

 

13,805

 

Deferred income taxes

 

48,289

 

(41,513

)

42,105

 

Other, net

 

34,389

 

30,371

 

20,127

 

Net changes in current assets and current liabilities

 

(5,085

)

(24,866

)

(18,644

)

Total adjustments

 

906

 

(57,548

)

(164,425

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

960,510

 

832,218

 

596,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

(198,389

)

(213,550

)

(227,230

)

Origination of finance receivables held for investment

 

(336,412

)

(324,931

)

(192,482

)

Collections on finance receivables held for investment

 

179,974

 

190,360

 

145,195

 

Collection of retained securitization interests

 

115,346

 

125,732

 

118,113

 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

(1,352,428

)

(1,091,326

)

(1,538,548

)

Sales and redemptions of marketable securities

 

1,783,503

 

742,284

 

1,145,000

 

Purchase of remaining interest in joint venture

 

 

(9,500

)

 

Other, net

 

(14,497

)

10,689

 

9,690

 

Net cash provided by (used) in investing activities

 

177,097

 

(570,242

)

(540,262

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of medium term notes

 

199,974

 

 

399,953

 

Net (decrease) increase in finance-credit facilities and commercial paper

 

(280,694

)

305,047

 

(175,835

)

Dividends paid

 

(173,785

)

(119,232

)

(58,986

)

Purchase of common stock for treasury

 

(1,054,615

)

(564,132

)

(103,880

)

Excess tax benefits from share-based payments

 

6,065

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock option plans

 

31,264

 

62,171

 

19,378

 

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

 

(1,271,791

)

(316,146

)

80,630

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(134,184

)

(54,170

)

136,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At beginning of year

 

275,159

 

329,329

 

192,458

 

At end of year

 

$

140,975

 

$

275,159

 

$

329,329

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

54



 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Additional

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued
Shares

 

Balance

 

paid-in
capital

 

Retained
Earnings

 

comprehensive
income (loss)

 

Treasury
Balance

 

Unearned
compensation

 

Total

 

Balance December 31, 2002

 

325,298,404

 

$

3,254

 

$

386,284

 

$

2,372,095

 

$

(46,266

)

$

(482,360

)

$

(92

)

$

2,232,915

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

760,928

 

 

 

 

760,928

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

19,609

 

 

 

19,609

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of taxes of $(45,383)

 

 

 

 

 

74,361

 

 

 

74,361

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in retained securitization interests, net of taxes of $(3,266)

 

 

 

 

 

6,220

 

 

 

6,220

 

Derivative financial instruments, net of tax benefit of $3,057

 

 

 

 

 

(4,596

)

 

 

(4,596

)

Marketable securities, net of tax benefit of $1,333

 

 

 

 

 

(2,154

)

 

 

(2,154

)

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

854,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

(58,986

)

 

 

 

(58,986

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(103,880

)

 

(103,880

)

Amortization of unearned compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

92

 

Exercise of stock options

 

1,190,887

 

12

 

19,366

 

 

 

 

 

19,378

 

Tax benefit of stock options

 

 

 

13,805

 

 

 

 

 

13,805

 

Balance December 31, 2003

 

326,489,291

 

$

3,266

 

$

419,455

 

$

3,074,037

 

$

47,174

 

$

(586,240

)

$

 

$

2,957,692

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

889,766

 

 

 

 

889,766

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

9,399

 

 

 

9,399

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax benefit of $38,230

 

 

 

 

 

(62,110

)

 

 

(62,110

)

Change in net unrealized gains (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in retained securitization interests, net of tax benefit of $367

 

 

 

 

 

(691

)

 

 

(691

)

Derivative financial instruments, net of tax benefit of $1,766

 

 

 

 

 

(2,479

)

 

 

(2,479

)

Marketable securities, net of tax benefit of $2,075

 

 

 

 

 

(3,389

)

 

 

(3,389

)

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

830,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

(119,232

)

 

 

 

(119,232

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(564,132

)

 

(564,132

)

Exercise of stock options

 

3,418,874

 

34

 

62,137

 

 

 

 

 

62,171

 

Tax benefit of stock options

 

 

 

51,476

 

 

 

 

 

51,476

 

Balance December 31, 2004

 

329,908,165

 

$

3,300

 

$

533,068

 

$

3,844,571

 

$

(12,096

)

$

(1,150,372

)

$

 

$

3,218,471

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

959,604

 

 

 

 

959,604

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

(18,005

)

 

 

(18,005

)

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of taxes of $(37,025)

 

 

 

 

 

60,155

 

 

 

60,155

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in retained securitization interests, net of taxes of $(2,179)

 

 

 

 

 

4,001

 

 

 

4,001

 

Derivative financial instruments, net of taxes of $(15,353)

 

 

 

 

 

24,992

 

 

 

24,992

 

Marketable securities, net of tax benefit of $243

 

 

 

 

 

(394

)

 

 

(394

)

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,030,353

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

(173,785

)

 

 

 

(173,785

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,054,615

)

 

(1,054,615

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

24,117

 

 

 

 

 

24,117

 

Issuance of nonvested stock

 

115,801

 

1

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

937,903

 

9

 

31,255

 

 

 

 

 

31,264

 

Excess tax benefit of stock option exercises

 

 

 

7,800

 

 

 

 

 

7,800

 

Balance December 31, 2005

 

330,961,869

 

$

3,310

 

$

596,239

 

$

4,630,390

 

$

58,653

 

$

(2,204,987

)

$

 

$

3,083,605

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

55



 

HARLEY—DAVIDSON, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Harley-Davidson, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company), including the accounts of the groups of companies doing business as Harley-Davidson Motor Company (HDMC), Buell Motorcycle Company (BMC) and Harley-Davidson Financial Services (HDFS).

 

All of the Company’s subsidiaries are wholly owned and are included in the consolidated financial statements. All of the Company’s international subsidiaries use the respective local currency as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities of international subsidiaries have been translated at period-end exchange rates, and income and expenses have been translated using average exchange rates for the period.

 

During 2003, the Company participated in a joint venture with Porsche AG, of which the Company owned a 51% share. The accounts of the joint venture with Porsche AG were included in the Company’s 2003 consolidated financial statements, adjusted to reflect Porsche AG’s interest in operating results and net assets. In January 2004, the Company increased its ownership share to 100% by purchasing Porsche AG’s 49% interest in the joint venture. See Note 3 for additional detail.

 

In connection with securitization transactions, HDFS utilizes Qualifying Special Purpose Entities (QSPEs) as defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 140 “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” Assets and liabilities of the QSPEs are not consolidated in the financial statements of the Company.  For further discussion of QSPEs and securitization transactions see “Finance receivable securitizations,” which follows.

 

The Company operates in two principal business segments: Motorcycles and Related Products (Motorcycles) and Financial Services (Financial Services). All intercompany accounts and material transactions are eliminated, except for amounts related primarily to: (1) interest paid by HDMC to HDFS on behalf of HDMC’s independent dealers as a way to manage seasonal increases in inventory; and (2) amounts paid by HDMC to reimburse HDFS for certain European wholesale finance receivables credit losses. See Note 4 for additional detail related to these items.

 

Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

Marketable Securities - The Company has investments in marketable securities consisting primarily of investment-grade debt instruments such as corporate bonds and government backed securities of $535.9 million and $522.8 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, with contractual maturities of approximately 1 year. Marketable securities also include auction rate securities of $369.3 million and $814.1 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, with contractual maturities of up to 30 years. The auction rate securities have interest re-set dates that occur every 90 days or less and can be actively marketed at ongoing auctions that occur every 90 days or less.

 

56



 

The Company classifies its investments in marketable securities as available for sale, thus requiring the Company to carry them at their fair value with any unrealized gains or losses reported in other comprehensive income. Net unrealized losses, net of taxes, included in other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $5.3 million and $4.9 million, respectively. Gains and losses realized on sales of marketable securities are included in investment income and were not significant.

 

Finance Receivables Credit Losses - The provision for credit losses on finance receivables is charged to earnings in amounts sufficient to maintain the allowance for uncollectible accounts at a level HDFS believes is adequate to cover the losses of principal and accrued interest in the existing portfolio. HDFS’ periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is generally based on HDFS’ past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, and current economic conditions.  HDFS’ wholesale and other large loan charge-off policy is based on a loan-by-loan review which considers the specific borrower’s ability to repay and the estimated value of any collateral.

 

Retail loans are generally charged-off at 120 days contractually past due.  All finance receivables accrue interest until either collected or charged-off.  Accordingly, as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, all finance receivables are accounted for as interest-earning receivables.

 

Finance Receivables Held for Sale - U.S. retail motorcycle loans intended for securitization at origination are classified as finance receivables held for sale. These finance receivables held for sale in the aggregate are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. Finance receivables held for sale are held for a short period of time prior to being securitized, and have a cost basis that approximates fair value. Cash flows related to finance receivables held for sale are included in cash flows from operating activities.

 

Reclassification of Finance Receivables Held for Sale - In prior years, finance receivables held for sale were not separately classified; therefore, prior years’ balance sheets have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. In addition cash flows relating to finance receivables held for sale were previously reported in cash flows from investing activities and have been reclassified to cash flows from operating activities to conform to the current presentation. As a result of the reclassifications, cash flows from operating activities were decreased by $137.5 million and $66.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, offset by increases in cash flows from investing activities in the same amounts.

 

Finance Receivables Securitizations - HDFS sells retail motorcycle loans through securitization transactions.  Under the terms of securitization transactions, HDFS sells retail loans to a securitization trust utilizing the two-step process described below.  The securitization trust issues notes to investors, with various maturities and interest rates, secured by future collections of purchased retail loans.  The proceeds from the issuance of the asset-backed securities are utilized by the securitization trust to purchase retail loans from HDFS.

 

Upon sale of the retail loans to the securitization trust, HDFS receives cash and also retains an interest in excess cash flows, servicing rights, and the right to receive cash reserve account deposits in the future, collectively referred to as “investment in retained securitization interests.”  The investment in retained securitization interests is included with finance receivables in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

The interest in excess cash flows equals the cash flows arising from retail loans sold to the securitization trust less servicing fees and contracted payment obligations due to securitization trust investors.  Key assumptions in determining the present value of projected excess cash flows are prepayments, credit losses and discount

 

57



 

rate.  HDFS retains servicing rights under retail loans that it has sold to the securitization trust and receives a servicing fee.  The servicing fee paid to HDFS is considered adequate compensation for the services provided and is included in financial services income as earned.

 

Reserve account deposits held by the securitization trust represent interest-earning cash deposits collateralizing trust securities.  The funds are not available for use by HDFS until the reserve account balances exceed thresholds specified in the securitization agreements.  Accordingly, they are carried at the present value of the amounts expected to be received in the future.

 

Gains on current year securitizations on the sale of the retail loans are recognized in the period in which the sale occurs. The amount of the gain depends on the proceeds received and the original carrying amount of the transferred retail loans, allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer.

 

Investments in retained securitization interests are recorded at fair value and are periodically reviewed for impairment.  Market quotes of fair value are generally not available for retained interests; therefore, HDFS estimates fair value based on the present value of future expected cash flows using HDFS’ best estimates of key assumptions for credit losses, prepayments and discount rate commensurate with the risks involved.  Unrealized gains and losses on investments in retained securitization interests are recorded in other comprehensive income, and as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $64.3 million and $58.1 million before income taxes, or $41.6 million and $37.6 million net of taxes, respectively.

 

HDFS does not guarantee payments on the securities issued by the securitization trusts or the projected cash flows from the retail loans purchased from HDFS.  The Company’s retained securitization interests, excluding servicing rights, are subordinate to the interests of securitization trust investors. Such investors have priority interests in the cash collections on the retail loans sold to the securitization trust (after payment of servicing fees) and in the cash reserve account deposits. These priority interests ultimately could impact the value of the Company’s investment in retained securitization interests. Investors also do not have recourse to the assets of HDFS for failure of the obligors on the retail loans to pay when due.

 

HDFS utilizes a two-step process to transfer retail loans to a securitization trust. Loans are initially transferred to a special purpose, bankruptcy remote, wholly owned subsidiary which in turn sells the retail loans to the securitization trust. HDFS has surrendered control of retail loans sold to the securitization trust. Securitization transactions have been structured such that: (1) transferred assets have been isolated from HDFS by being put presumptively beyond the reach of HDFS and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) each holder of a beneficial interest in the securitization trust has the right to pledge or exchange their interest; and (3) HDFS does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that both entitles and obligates HDFS to repurchase or redeem the transferred assets before their maturity other than for breaches of certain representations, warranties and covenants relating to the transferred assets, or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets, other than through a customary cleanup call.

 

58



 

Activities of the securitization trust are limited to acquiring retail loans, issuing asset-backed securities and making payments on securities to investors. Securitization trusts have a limited life and generally terminate upon final distribution of amounts owed to the investors in the asset-backed securities.  Historically, the life of securitization trusts purchasing retail loans from HDFS has approximated four years.

 

Due to the overall structure of the securitization transaction, the nature of the assets held by the securitization trust and the limited nature of its activities, the securitization trusts are considered QSPEs.  Accordingly, gain on sale is recognized upon transfer of retail loans to a QSPE and assets and liabilities of the QSPEs are not consolidated in the financial statements of HDFS.  See Note 4 for further discussion of HDFS’ securitization program.

 

Inventories - Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Substantially all inventories located in the United States are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. Other inventories totaling $77.4 million at December 31, 2005, and $79.2 million at December 31, 2004 are valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment - Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is determined on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The following useful lives are used to depreciate the various classes of property, plant and equipment: buildings - 30 years; building equipment and land improvements - 7 years; and machinery and equipment - 3 to 10 years. Accelerated methods of depreciation are used for income tax purposes.

 

Internal-use Software - The Company’s policy is to capitalize costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining software for internal use. The Company’s policy explicitly excludes certain types of costs from capitalization, such as costs incurred for enhancements, maintenance, project definition, data conversion, research and development, and training. Costs capitalized by the Company include amounts paid to outside consulting firms for materials or services used in developing or obtaining computer software for internal use, wages and benefits paid to employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to developing or obtaining computer software for internal use, and interest costs incurred during the period of development of software for internal use. During 2005, 2004 and 2003 the Company capitalized $17.0 million, $15.0 million and $16.5 million, respectively, of costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining software for internal use. The Company depreciates costs capitalized in connection with developing or obtaining software for internal use on a straight-line basis over three years.

 

Goodwill - Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of the net assets purchased. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually based on financial data related to the reporting unit to which it has been assigned. The Company has assigned goodwill to reporting units based on specific review of each purchase transaction. During 2005 and 2004, the Company tested its goodwill balances for impairment and no adjustments were recorded to goodwill as a result of those reviews.

 

Long-lived Assets - The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used and long-lived assets held for sale, when events and circumstances warrant such review. If the carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of the long-lived asset for assets to be held and used, or the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value less cost to sell for assets held for sale. Fair market value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved.

 

59



 

Product Warranty - The Company provides a standard two-year limited warranty on all new motorcycles sold. The warranty coverage includes parts and labor and begins when the motorcycle is sold to a retail customer.              The Company maintains reserves for future warranty claims using an estimated cost per unit sold, which is based on historical Company claim information. Changes in the Company’s warranty liability were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

39,998

 

$

30,475

 

$

28,890

 

Warranties issued during the period

 

37,043

 

41,434

 

35,324

 

Settlements made during the period

 

(36,372

)

(33,842

)

(32,701

)

Changes to the liability for pre-existing warranties during the period

 

(6,350

)

1,931

 

(1,038

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

34,319

 

$

39,998

 

$

30,475

 

 

Derivative Financial Instruments – The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate risk. The Company’s policy specifically prohibits the use of derivatives for speculative purposes. The fair values of the Company’s derivative financial instruments are discussed in Note 11.

 

All derivative instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges, along with the gain or loss on the hedged item, are recorded in current period earnings. For derivative instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of gains and losses that result from changes in the fair value of derivative instruments is initially recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedged transaction affects income. Any ineffective portion is immediately recognized in earnings. No component of a hedging derivative instrument’s gain or loss is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

 

The Company sells its products internationally and in most markets those sales are made in the foreign country’s local currency. As a result, the Company’s earnings can be affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currency. The Company utilizes foreign currency contracts to mitigate the effect of these fluctuations on earnings. The foreign currency contracts are entered into with banks and allow the Company to exchange a specified amount of foreign currency for U.S. dollars at a future date, based on a fixed exchange rate. The Company’s foreign currency contracts, which generally have maturities of less than one year, are designated as cash flow hedges. The effectiveness of these hedges is measured based on changes in the fair value of the contract attributable to changes in the forward exchange rate and are highly effective. The fair value of foreign currency contracts is reflected in current assets or liabilities, realized gains and losses are recorded in cost of goods sold and the related cash flows are included in cash flows from operations.

 

HDFS enters into interest rate swap agreements to reduce the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on its securitization transactions. HDFS originates fixed-rate retail loans on an ongoing basis.  Eligible loans are pooled and sold through securitization transactions on a periodic basis.  HDFS utilizes interest rate swap agreements to hedge anticipated cash flows from the securitization of retail motorcycle loans.

 

In addition, HDFS enters into interest rate swap agreements to reduce the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on its fixed and floating rate debt.

 

60



 

At inception, HDFS designates each interest rate swap as a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (fair value hedge) or a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge).

 

Revenue Recognition – Sales are recorded when products are shipped to customers (independent dealers and distributors) and ownership is transferred. The Company offers sales incentive programs to its dealers and distributors. The total costs of these programs are recognized as revenue reductions and are accrued at the later of the date the related sales are recorded or the date the incentive program is both approved and communicated.

 

Financial Services Income Recognition - Interest income on finance receivables is recorded as earned and is based on the average outstanding daily balance for wholesale and retail receivables. Accrued interest is classified with finance receivables.  Loan origination payments made to dealers for certain retail loans are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the contract.

 

Research and Development Expenses - Research and development expenses were $178.5 million, $170.7 million and $150.3 million for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Advertising Costs - The Company expenses the production cost of advertising the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs relate to the Company’s efforts to promote its products and brands through the use of media. During 2005, 2004 and 2003 the Company incurred $66.5 million, $48.8 million and $50.8 million in advertising costs, respectively.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs – The Company classifies shipping and handling costs as a component of cost of goods sold.

 

Foreign Currency Transactions – Net transaction losses due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates including gains and losses on foreign currency contracts were $22.1 million and $13.7 million, during 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

Reclassifications – Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

Stock Compensation Costs - On January 1, 2005 the Company early adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” which requires the Company to recognize the cost of its employee stock option awards in its income statement. According to SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), t he total cost of the Company’s share-based awards is equal to their grant date fair value and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the service periods of the awards. The Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) using the modified-prospective-transition method. Under that transition method, compensation cost recognized in 2005 includes: (a) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004). Results for prior periods have not been restated. Total stock compensation expense recognized by the Company during 2005, including stock option and nonvested stock awards, was $23.0 million, or $14.5 million net of taxes.

 

61



 

As a result of adopting SFAS No. 123 ( revised 2004 ) on January 1, 2005, the Company’s income before income taxes and net income for 2005 were $21.1 million and $13.0 million lower, respectively, than if it had continued to account for stock option awards under APB Opinion 25 , “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related Interpretations. Basic and diluted earnings per share for 2005 would have been $3.47 and $3.46, respectively, if the Company had not adopted SFAS No. 123 ( revised 2004 ), compared to reported basic and diluted earnings per share of $3.42 and $3.41, respectively. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123 ( revised 2004 ), the Company presented all tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the Statement of Cash Flows. Beginning on January 1, 2005 the Company changed its cash flow presentation in accordance with SFAS No. 123 ( revised 2004 ) which requires the cash flows of the realized tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. The $6.1 million excess tax benefit classified as a financing cash inflow in 2005 would have been classified as an operating cash inflow if the Company had not adopted SFAS No. 123 ( revised 2004 ).

 

Prior to January 1, 2005, the Company accounted for its stock option plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and related Interpretations, as permitted by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” No stock option-based employee compensation cost was recognized in the income statement prior to 2005, as all stock options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The Company estimated the fair value of its option awards granted prior to January 1, 2005 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing formula. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used with the following weighted-average assumptions for grants made in the following years:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Fair value of options granted during the period

 

$

17

 

$

14

 

Expected term (in years)

 

4.9

 

4.7

 

Expected volatility

 

34

%

36

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.6

%

0.3

%

Risk free rate

 

3.2

%

2.7

%

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to its stock options during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. For purposes of this pro forma disclosure, the value of the options is amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a four-year vesting period and forfeitures are recognized as they occur. The Company’s pro forma information follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

889,766

 

$

760,928

 

Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all option awards, net of related tax effects

 

(13,932

)

(13,415

)

Pro forma net income

 

$

875,834

 

$

747,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share as reported

 

$

3.02

 

$

2.52

 

Basic earnings per share pro forma

 

$

2.97

 

$

2.47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share as reported

 

$

3.00

 

$

2.50

 

Diluted earnings per share pro forma

 

$

2.96

 

$

2.46

 

 

62



 

2. Additional Balance Sheet and Cash Flow Information

 

The following information represents additional detail for selected line items included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31 and the statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31.

 

Balance Sheet Information :

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Accounts receivable, net (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$

21,154

 

$

16,485

 

Foreign

 

100,933

 

104,848

 

 

 

$

122,087

 

$

121,333

 

 

The Company’s sales of motorcycles and related products in the United States, Canada and a portion of its sales in Europe are financed by the purchasing dealers or distributors through HDFS, and the related receivables are included in finance receivables in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s remaining foreign sales are sold on open account, letter of credit, draft, and payment in advance or financed by the purchasing dealers. The allowance for doubtful accounts deducted from total accounts receivable was $8.5 million and $10.3 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Inventories, net (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Components at the lower of FIFO cost or market:

 

 

 

 

 

Raw materials and work in process

 

$

90,955

 

$

78,750

 

Motorcycle finished goods

 

73,736

 

75,839

 

Parts and accessories and general merchandise

 

80,017

 

93,933

 

Inventory at lower of FIFO cost or market

 

244,708

 

248,522

 

Excess of FIFO over LIFO cost

 

23,290

 

21,629

 

 

 

$

221,418

 

$

226,893

 

 

Inventory obsolescence reserves deducted from FIFO cost were $16.7 million and $14.5 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

Property, plant and equipment, at cost (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Land and related improvements

 

$

44,669

 

$

40,867

 

Buildings and related improvements

 

378,614

 

355,479

 

Machinery and equipment

 

1,797,322

 

1,628,667

 

Construction in progress

 

113,493

 

168,389

 

 

 

2,334,098

 

2,193,402

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

1,322,486

 

1,168,737

 

 

 

$

1,011,612

 

$

1,024,665

 

 

63



 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Payroll, performance incentives and related expenses

 

$

125,886

 

$

151,833

 

Warranty and recalls

 

43,137

 

45,285

 

Sales incentive programs

 

65,612

 

70,776

 

Income taxes

 

58,075

 

53,547

 

Fair value of derivative financial instruments

 

15,119

 

39,701

 

Other

 

89,696

 

71,911

 

 

 

$

397,525

 

$

433,053

 

 

Components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment

 

$

15,532

 

$

33,537

 

Unrealized gain on investment in retained securitization interest

 

41,634

 

37,633

 

Unrealized net gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments

 

8,761

 

(16,231

)

Unrealized net (loss) on marketable securities

 

(5,319

)

(4,925

)

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

(1,955

)

(62,110

)

 

 

$

58,653

 

$

(12,096

)

 

Cash Flow Information:

 

Net changes in current assets and current liabilities (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

(754

)

$

(8,927

)

$

(3,712

)

Inventories

 

5,475

 

(19,167

)

10,430

 

Finance receivables – accrued interest and other

 

(16,252

)

(27,443

)

(54,796

)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

15,464

 

39,569

 

15,545

 

Other

 

(9,018

)

(8,898

)

13,889

 

 

 

$

(5,085

)

$

(24,866

)

$

(18,644

)

 

Cash paid during the period for interest and income taxes (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Interest

 

$

34,417

 

$

21,346

 

$

17,024

 

Income taxes

 

$

471,613

 

$

469,658

 

$

370,597

 

 

Interest paid represents interest payments of HDFS which are included in financial services expense. The Company capitalized approximately $3.9 million of interest expense in 2003 in connection with expansion projects.

 

Non-cash investing activity during the period (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Investment in retained securitization interests received in connection with securitizations during the year

 

$

176,640

 

$

154,569

 

$

164,286

 

 

64



 

3.    Acquisition

 

On January 1, 2004, the Company acquired the remaining interest in its joint venture with Porsche AG, of which the Company previously owned a 51% share. The purchase price for the remaining interest in the joint venture was approximately $9.5 million. The acquisition was funded with cash on hand. Goodwill of $4.1 million was recorded under the Motorcycles segment as a result of this transaction.

 

4. Financial Services

 

HDFS is engaged in the business of financing and servicing wholesale inventory receivables and retail loans, primarily for the purchase of motorcycles.  HDFS is responsible for all credit and collection activities for the Motorcycles segment’s domestic dealer receivables and many of its European dealer receivables.  HDFS conducts business in the United States, Canada and Europe.

 

The condensed statements of operations relating to the Financial Services segment, for the years ended December 31, were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Interest income

 

$

129,869

 

$

102,177

 

$

87,048

 

Income from securitizations

 

123,136

 

115,104

 

114,402

 

Other income

 

78,613

 

87,981

 

78,009

 

Financial services income

 

331,618

 

305,262

 

279,459

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

36,154

 

22,723

 

17,635

 

Operating expenses

 

103,844

 

93,939

 

93,951

 

Financial services expense

 

139,998

 

116,662

 

111,586

 

Operating income from financial services

 

$

191,620

 

$

188,600

 

$

167,873

 

 

Interest income includes approximately $16.0 million, $11.8 million and $9.2 million of interest on wholesale finance receivables paid by HDMC to HDFS in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  This interest is paid on behalf of HDMC’s independent dealers as a way to manage seasonal increases in inventory.  These interest transactions between the Motorcycles and Financial Services segments are not eliminated.

 

Income from securitizations includes gains on current year securitization transactions of $46.6 million, $58.3 million and $82.2 million during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and income on investment in retained securitization interests of $76.6 million, $56.8 million and $32.2 million during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

65



 

Finance Receivables :

 

Finance receivables held for investment at December 31 for the past five years were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Wholesale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

1,040,220

 

$

870,640

 

$

690,662

 

$

574,489

 

$

527,513

 

Europe

 

59,960

 

73,231

 

91,987

 

91,137

 

 

Canada

 

50,097

 

51,945

 

59,171

 

42,236

 

40,793

 

Total Wholesale

 

1,150,277

 

995,816

 

841,820

 

707,862

 

568,306

 

Retail

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

319,856

 

287,841

 

233,079

 

202,193

 

177,147

 

Canada

 

149,597

 

120,217

 

92,740

 

60,921

 

52,241

 

Total Retail

 

469,453

 

408,058

 

325,819

 

263,114

 

299,388

 

 

 

1,619,730

 

1,403,874

 

1,167,639

 

970,976

 

797,694

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

26,165

 

30,277

 

31,311

 

31,045

 

28,684

 

 

 

1,593,565

 

1,373,597

 

1,136,328

 

939,931

 

769,010

 

Investment in retained securitization interests

 

349,659

 

282,187

 

254,409

 

198,748

 

152,097

 

 

 

$

1,943,224

 

$

1,655,784

 

$

1,390,737

 

$

1,138,679

 

$

921,107

 

 

Finance receivables held for sale at December 31 for the past five years were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Retail

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

299,373

 

$

456,516

 

$

347,112

 

$

306,901

 

$

114,649

 

 

HDFS provides wholesale financing to the Company’s independent dealers. Wholesale loans to dealers are generally secured by financed inventory or property and are originated in the U.S., Canada and Europe.

 

HDFS provides retail financial services to customers of the Company’s independent dealers in the United States and Canada.  The origination of retail loans is a separate and distinct transaction between HDFS and the retail customer, unrelated to the Company’s sale of product to its dealers.  Retail loans consist of secured promissory notes and installment loans.  HDFS either holds titles or liens on titles to vehicles financed by promissory notes and installment loans.  As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, approximately 10% of gross outstanding finance receivables were originated in Canada and 10% were originated in California, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, unused lines of credit extended to HDFS’ wholesale finance customers totaled $714 million and $700 million, respectively.  Approved but unfunded retail finance loans totaled $457 million and $343 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

66



 

Wholesale finance receivables are related primarily to motorcycles and related parts and accessories sales to independent dealers and are generally contractually due within one year.  Retail finance receivables are primarily related to sales of motorcycles to the dealers’ customers, the end consumers. On December 31, 2005, contractual maturities of finance receivables held for investment (excluding retained securitization interests) were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

United States

 

Europe

 

Canada

 

Total

 

2006

 

$

1,076,580

 

$

59,960

 

$

68,221

 

$

1,204,761

 

2007

 

15,356

 

 

19,502

 

34,858

 

2008

 

16,826

 

 

21,743

 

38,569

 

2009

 

18,445

 

 

24,242

 

42,687

 

2010

 

20,229

 

 

27,027

 

47,256

 

Thereafter

 

212,640

 

 

38,959

 

251,599

 

Total

 

$

1,360,076

 

$

59,960

 

$

199,694

 

$

1,619,730

 

 

As of December 31, 2005, all finance receivables due after one year were at fixed interest rates.

 

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of individual components relating to wholesale and retail finance receivables.  Changes in the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

30,277

 

$

31,311

 

$

31,045

 

Provision for finance credit losses

 

3,263

 

3,070

 

4,076

 

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

 

(7,375

)

(4,104

)

(3,810

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

26,165

 

$

30,277

 

$

31,311

 

 

Included in charge-offs, net of recoveries are $1.8 million, $3.7 million and $1.3 million of recoveries in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, received by HDFS from HDMC.  These recoveries relate to certain guarantees provided by HDMC on wholesale loans to European Harley-Davidson dealers.  At December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, HDMC has $0.3 million, $3.3 million and $3.5 million, respectively, included in its allowance for doubtful accounts related to outstanding guarantees.

 

The carrying value of retail and wholesale finance receivables contractually past due 90 days or more at December 31 for the past five years were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

United States

 

$

2,574

 

$

1,906

 

$

2,012

 

$

1,724

 

$

2,262

 

Canada

 

1,442

 

994

 

639

 

523

 

365

 

Europe

 

283

 

3,688

 

4,126

 

5,307

 

 

Total

 

$

4,299

 

$

6,588

 

$

6,777

 

$

7,554

 

$

2,627

 

 

67



 

Securitization Transactions :

 

During 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company sold $2.48 billion, $1.88 billion and $1.75 billion, respectively, of retail motorcycle loans through securitization transactions utilizing QSPEs (see Note 1). These sales resulted in cash proceeds of $2.45 billion, $1.85 billion and $1.72 billion during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company retains an interest in excess cash flows, servicing rights and cash reserve account deposits, collectively referred to as investment in retained securitization interests. The total securitization interests retained during the year for the last three years are disclosed under non-cash investing activities in Note 2.  In conjunction with current and prior year sales, HDFS had investments in retained securitization interests of $349.7 million and $282.2 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  The Company receives annual servicing fees approximating 1% of the outstanding securitized retail loans. HDFS serviced $3.9 billion and $3.1 billion of securitized retail loans as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

The Company’s retained securitization interests, excluding servicing rights, are subordinate to the interests of securitization trust investors. Such investors have priority interests in the cash collections on the retail loans sold to the securitization trust (after payment of servicing fees) and in the cash reserve account deposits. These priority interests ultimately could impact the value of the Company’s investment in retained securitization interests. Investors also do not have recourse to the assets of HDFS for failure of the obligors on the retail loans to pay when due.  Key assumptions in the valuation of the investment in retained securitization interests and in calculating the gain on current year securitizations are credit losses, prepayments and discount rate.

 

At the date of the transaction, the following key assumptions were used to calculate the gain on securitizations completed in 2005, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Prepayment speed (Single Monthly Mortality)

 

2.50

%

2.50

%

2.50

%

Weighted-average life (in years)

 

1.93

 

1.94

 

1.93

 

Expected cumulative net credit losses

 

2.60

%

2.60

%

2.60

%

Residual cash flows discount rate

 

12.00

%

12.00

%

12.00

%

 

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, the following key assumptions were used to value the investment in retained securitization interests:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Prepayment speed (Single Monthly Mortality)

 

2.50

%

2.50

%

Weighted-average life (in years)

 

2.02

 

2.00

 

Expected cumulative net credit losses

 

2.57

%

2.55

%

Residual cash flows discount rate

 

12.00

%

12.00

%

 

Expected cumulative net credit losses are a key assumption in the valuation of retained securitization interests. As of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, weighted average expected net credit losses for all active securitizations were 2.57%, 2.55% and 2.48%.  The table below summarizes, as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, expected cumulative net credit losses by year of securitization, expressed as a percentage of the original balance of loans securitized for all securitizations completed during the years noted.

 

Expected cumulative net

 

Loans Securitized in

 

Credit Losses (%) as of:

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

December 31, 2005

 

2.60

%

2.60

%

2.52

%

2.44

%

2.16

%

December 31, 2004

 

 

2.60

%

2.60

%

2.39

%

2.30

%

December 31, 2003

 

 

 

2.60

%

2.39

%

2.25

%

 

68



 

Detailed below at December 31, 2005 and 2004, is the sensitivity of the fair value to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in the weighted-average key assumptions for all retained securitization interests (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Carrying amount/fair value of retained interests

 

$

349,659

 

$

282,187

 

Weighted-average life (in years)

 

2.02

 

2.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayment speed assumption (monthly rate)

 

2.50

%

2.50

%

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

$

(9,400

)

$

(7,800

)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

$

(18,300

)

$

(15,100

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected cumulative net credit losses

 

2.57

%

2.55

%

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

$

(18,800

)

$

(14,800

)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

$

(37,600

)

$

(29,600

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residual cash flows discount rate (annual)

 

12.00

%

12.00

%

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

$

(6,400

)

$

(5,100

)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

$

(12,600

)

$

(10,100

)

 

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of change in assumption to change in fair value may not be linear.  Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated independently from any change in another assumption.  In reality, changes in one factor may contribute to changes in another, which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities.  Furthermore, the estimated fair values as disclosed should not be considered indicative of future earnings on these assets.

 

The table below provides information regarding certain cash flows received from and paid to all motorcycle loan securitization trusts during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Proceeds from new securitizations

 

$

2,450,920

 

$

1,847,895

 

Servicing fees received

 

36,662

 

30,504

 

Other cash flows received on retained interests

 

182,278

 

178,181

 

10% Clean-up call repurchase option

 

(61,859

)

(36,620

)

 

Managed retail motorcycle loans consist of all retail motorcycle installment loans serviced by HDFS including those held by securitization trusts and those held by HDFS.  As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, managed retail motorcycle loans totaled $4.4 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively, of which $3.9 billion and $3.1 billion, respectively, were securitized.  The principal amount of motorcycle managed loans 60 days or more past due was $61.2 million and $40.0 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  Managed loans 60 days or more past due exclude loans reclassified as repossessed inventory.  Credit losses, net of recoveries, of the motorcycle managed loans were $53.0 million, $33.0 million and $27.0 million during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

69



 

Finance Debt :

 

HDFS’ debt as of December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Commercial paper

 

$

416,797

 

$

702,147

 

Credit facilities

 

172,965

 

168,309

 

 

 

589,762

 

870,456

 

Medium-term notes

 

585,211

 

394,985

 

Senior subordinated notes

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

 

 

$

1,204,973

 

$

1,295,441

 

 

Credit Facilities - HDFS has a $1.10 billion revolving credit facility (Global Credit Facility) due September 2009.  The primary use of the Global Credit Facility is to provide liquidity to the unsecured commercial paper program and to fund domestic and foreign operations.  Subject to certain limitations, HDFS has the option to borrow in various currencies.  Interest is based on London interbank offered rates (LIBOR), European interbank offered rates or other short-term indices, depending on the type of advance.  The Global Credit Facility is a committed facility, and HDFS pays a fee for its availability.

 

Commercial Paper - Subject to limitations, HDFS may issue commercial paper of up to $1.10 billion. Maturities may range up to 365 days from the issuance date.  Outstanding commercial paper may not exceed the unused portion of the Global Credit Facility.  As a result, the combined total of commercial paper and borrowings under the Global Credit Facility was limited to $1.10 billion as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. The weighted-average interest rate of outstanding commercial paper balances was 4.18% and 2.29% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  The December 31, 2005 and 2004 weighted-average interest rates include the impact of interest rate swap agreements.

 

Medium-Term Notes - HDFS has $400.0 million of 3.63% medium-term notes outstanding which are due in December 2008 and during December 2005, HDFS issued $200.0 million of 5% medium-term notes due in December 2010 (collectively referred to as “Notes”). The Notes provide for semi-annual interest payments and principal due at maturity.  HDFS entered into swap agreements, the effect of which is to convert the interest rates on $550.0 million of the Notes from fixed rates to floating rates, which are based on 3-month LIBOR.  The weighted-average interest rates on the Notes for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were 3.5% and 1.6%, respectively, which include the impact of interest rate swap agreements.  At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Notes reflect $14.7 million and $5.0 million decreases, respectively, due to fair value adjustments related to the impact of the interest rate swap agreements.

 

Senior Subordinated Debt - At December 31, 2005 and 2004, HDFS had $30.0 million of 6.79% senior subordinated notes outstanding due in 2007. The senior subordinated notes provide for semi-annual interest payments and principal at maturity.

 

70



 

Intercompany Borrowings - HDFS has a revolving credit line with the Company whereby HDFS may borrow up to $210.0 million at market rates of interest.  As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, HDFS had no borrowings owed to the Company under the revolving credit agreement.

 

The Company has classified the $585.0 million of medium-term notes and the $30.0 million senior subordinated notes as long-term finance debt at December 31, 2005.  Additionally, the Company has classified $385.0 million related to its Commercial Paper and its Global Credit Facilities as long-term finance debt as of December 31, 2005.  This amount has been excluded from current liabilities because it is supported by the Global Credit Facility and will remain outstanding for an uninterrupted period extending beyond one year from the balance sheet date.

 

The Company and HDFS have entered into a support agreement wherein, if required, the Company agrees to provide HDFS certain financial support to maintain certain financial covenants.  Support may be provided either as capital contributions or loans at the Company’s option.  No amount has ever been provided to HDFS under the support agreement.

 

HDFS is subject to various operating and financial covenants related to the Global Credit Facility and the Notes and remains in compliance at December 31, 2005.

 

71



 

5. Income Taxes

 

Provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

421,760

 

$

466,476

 

$

324,960

 

State

 

47,605

 

61,982

 

33,461

 

Foreign

 

10,501

 

2,775

 

4,581

 

 

 

479,866

 

531,233

 

363,002

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

47,718

 

(38,332

)

39,902

 

State

 

4,577

 

(5,261

)

5,040

 

Foreign

 

(4,006

)

2,080

 

(2,837

)

 

 

48,289

 

(41,513

)

42,105

 

Total

 

$

528,155

 

$

489,720

 

$

405,107

 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount that would be provided by applying the statutory U.S. corporate income tax rate due to the following items for the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Provision at statutory rate

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

Foreign income taxes

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

0.1

 

Foreign tax credits

 

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

2.3

 

2.5

 

2.1

 

Extraterritorial income exclusion

 

(0.6

)

(0.7

)

(0.5

)

Manufacturing deduction

 

(0.4

)

 

 

Research and development credit

 

(0.6

)

(0.5

)

(0.5

)

Other

 

(0.2

)

(0.8

)

(1.4

)

Provision for income taxes

 

35.5

%

35.5

%

34.7

%

 

Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between the recognition of revenues and expenses for financial statements and income tax returns. The principal components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 include the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Accruals not yet tax deductible

 

$

58,436

 

$

76,192

 

Postretirement healthcare benefit obligation

 

25,862

 

58,455

 

Supplemental employee retirement plan agreements obligation

 

11,834

 

19,387

 

Minimum pension liability

 

1,205

 

38,230

 

Other, net

 

49,659

 

19,535

 

 

 

146,996

 

211,799

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, tax in excess of book

 

(66,273

)

(76,385

)

Prepaid pension costs

 

(138,706

)

(96,163

)

Unrealized gain on investment in retained securitization interests

 

(22,631

)

(20,452

)

Other, net

 

(13,337

)

(9,714

)

 

 

(240,947

)

(202,714

)

Net deferred tax (liability) asset

 

$

(93,951

)

$

9,085

 

 

72



 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company is subject to lawsuits and other claims related to environmental, product and other matters. In determining required reserves related to these items, the Company carefully analyzes cases and considers the likelihood of adverse judgments or outcomes, as well as the potential range of possible loss. The required reserves are monitored on an ongoing basis and are updated based on new developments or new information in each matter.

 

Shareholder Lawsuits

 

A number of shareholder class action lawsuits were filed between May 18, 2005 and July 1, 2005 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin against the Company and some or all of the following Company officers: Jeffrey L. Bleustein, James M. Brostowitz, Jon R. Flickinger, John A. Hevey, Ronald M. Hutchinson, Gail A. Lione, James A. McCaslin, W. Kenneth Sutton, Jr., Donna F. Zarcone and James L. Ziemer. The complaints allege securities law violations and seek unspecified damages relating generally to the Company’s April 13, 2005 announcement that it was reducing short-term production growth and planned increases of motorcycle shipments from 317,000 units in 2004 to a new 2005 target of 329,000 units (compared to its original target of 339,000 units).

 

Three shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin on June 3, 2005, October 25, 2005 (this lawsuit was later voluntarily dismissed) and December 2, 2005 and two shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in Milwaukee County Circuit Court on July 22, 2005 and November 16, 2005 against some or all of the following directors and officers of the Company:  Jeffrey L. Bleustein, James L. Ziemer, James M. Brostowitz, Barry K. Allen, Richard I. Beattie, George H. Conrades, Judson C. Green, Donald A. James, Sara L. Levinson, George L. Miles, Jr., James A. Norling, James A. McCaslin, Donna F. Zarcone, Jon R. Flickinger, Gail A. Lione, Ronald M. Hutchinson, W. Kenneth Sutton, Jr., and John A. Hevey.  The lawsuits also name the Company as a nominal defendant.  In general, the shareholder derivative complaints include factual allegations similar to those in the class action complaints and allegations that officers and directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Company.

 

On July 11, 2005, the staff of the Enforcement Division of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) advised the Company that it is inquiring into matters relating generally to the Company’s April 13, 2005 announcement and certain allegations contained in the shareholder complaints. The Company is cooperating with the SEC.

 

On August 25, 2005, a class action lawsuit alleging violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin against the Company, the Administrative Committee of Harley-Davidson, Inc., and the following Company employees, officers, and directors:  Harold A. Scott, James M. Brostowitz, James L. Ziemer, Gail A. Lione, Barry K. Allen, Richard I. Beattie, Jeffrey L. Bleustein, George H. Conrades, Judson C. Green, Donald A. James, Sara L. Levinson, George L. Miles, Jr., and James A. Norling.  In general, the ERISA complaint includes factual allegations similar to those in the shareholder class action lawsuits and alleges on behalf of participants in certain Harley-Davidson retirement savings plans that the plan fiduciaries breached their ERISA fiduciary duties.

 

The Company believes the allegations against all of the defendants in the lawsuits against the Company are without merit and it intends to vigorously defend against them. Since all of these matters are in the preliminary stages, the Company is unable to predict the scope or outcome or quantify their eventual impact, if any, on the Company. At this time the Company is also unable to estimate associated expenses or possible losses. The Company maintains insurance that may limit its financial exposure for defense costs and liability

 

73



 

for an unfavorable outcome, should it not prevail, for claims covered by the insurance coverage.

 

Cam Bearing Lawsuit :

 

In January 2001, the Company, on its own initiative, notified each owner of 1999 and early-2000 model year Harley-Davidson motorcycles equipped with Twin Cam 88® and Twin Cam 88B™ engines that the Company was extending the warranty for a rear cam bearing to 5 years or 50,000 miles. Subsequently, on June 28, 2001, a putative nationwide class action was filed against the Company in state court in Milwaukee County, Wisconsin, which was amended by a complaint filed September 28, 2001. The complaint alleged that this cam bearing is defective and asserted various legal theories. The complaint sought unspecified compensatory and punitive damages for affected owners, an order compelling the Company to repair the engines, and other relief. On February 27, 2002, the Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint was granted by the Court and the amended complaint was dismissed in its entirety. An appeal was filed with the Wisconsin Court of Appeals. On April 12, 2002, the same attorneys filed a second putative nationwide class action against the Company in state court in Milwaukee County, Wisconsin relating to this cam bearing issue and asserting different legal theories than in the first action. The complaint sought unspecified compensatory damages, an order compelling the Company to repair the engines and other relief. On September 23, 2002, the Company’s motion to dismiss was granted by the Court, the complaint was dismissed in its entirety, and no appeal was taken. On January 14, 2003, the Wisconsin Court of Appeals reversed the trial court’s February 27, 2002 dismissal of the complaint in the first action, and the Company petitioned the Wisconsin Supreme Court for review. On March 26, 2004, the Wisconsin Supreme Court reversed the Court of Appeals and dismissed the remaining claims in the action. On April 12, 2004, the same attorneys filed a third action in the state court in Milwaukee County, on behalf of the same plaintiffs from the action dismissed by the Wisconsin Supreme Court. This third action was dismissed by the court on July 26, 2004. In addition, the plaintiffs in the original case moved to reopen that matter and amend the complaint to add new causes of action. On September 9, 2004, Milwaukee County Circuit Court refused to allow the reopening or amendment.  Plaintiffs again appealed to the Wisconsin Court of Appeals, and on December 13, 2005, the Court of Appeals again reversed the trial court.  The Company has filed a petition for review with the Wisconsin Supreme Court, asking it to reinstate the trial court’s decision.  The Company believes that the 5-year/50,000 mile warranty extension it announced in January 2001 adequately addressed the condition for affected owners, and the Company intends to continue to vigorously defend this matter.

 

Environmental Matters :

 

The Company is involved with government agencies and groups of potentially responsible parties in various environmental matters, including a matter involving the cleanup of soil and groundwater contamination at its York, Pennsylvania, facility. The York facility was formerly used by the U.S. Navy and AMF prior to the purchase of the York facility by the Company from AMF in 1981. Although the Company is not certain as to the full extent of the environmental contamination at the York facility, it has been working with the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP) since 1986 in undertaking environmental investigation and remediation activities, including an ongoing site-wide remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS).

 

In January 1995, the Company entered into a settlement agreement (the Agreement) with the Navy. The Agreement calls for the Navy and the Company to contribute amounts into a trust equal to 53% and 47%, respectively, of future costs associated with environmental investigation and remediation activities at the York facility (Response Costs). The trust administers the payment of the Response Costs incurred at the York facility as covered by the Agreement.

 

74



 

In February 2002, the Company was advised by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) that it considers some of the Company’s remediation activities at the York facility to be subject to the EPA’s corrective action program under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and offered the Company the option of addressing corrective action under a RCRA facility lead agreement. In July 2005, the

York facility was designated as the first site in Pennsylvania to be addressed under the “One Cleanup Program.” The program provides a more streamlined and efficient oversight of voluntary remediation by both PADEP and EPA and will be carried out consistent with the Agreement with the Navy. As a result, the RCRA facility lead agreement has been superseded.

 

Although the RI/FS is still under way and substantial uncertainty exists concerning the nature and scope of the additional environmental investigation and remediation that will ultimately be required at the York facility, the Company estimates that its share of the future Response Costs at the York facility will be approximately $7.0 million. The Company has established reserves for this amount, which are included in Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

The estimate of the Company’s future Response Costs that will be incurred at the York facility is based on reports of independent environmental consultants retained by the Company, the actual costs incurred to date, and the estimated costs to complete the necessary investigation and remediation activities. Response Costs related to the remediation of soil are expected to be incurred over a period of several years ending in 2010. Response Costs related to ground water remediation may continue for some time beyond 2010. However, these Response Costs are expected to be much lower than those related to the remediation of soil.

 

Under the terms of the sale of the Commercial Vehicles Division in 1996, the Company has agreed to indemnify Utilimaster Corporation, until 2008, for certain claims related to environmental contamination present at the date of sale, up to $20 million. Based on the environmental studies performed the Company does not expect to incur any material expenditures under this indemnification.

 

Product liability Matters :

 

Additionally, the Company is involved in product liability suits related to the operation of its business. The Company accrues for claim exposures that are probable of occurrence and can be reasonably estimated. The Company also maintains insurance coverage for product liability exposures. The Company believes that its accruals and insurance coverage are adequate and that product liability will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

7. Employee Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits

 

The Company has several defined benefit pension plans and several postretirement healthcare benefit plans, which cover substantially all employees of the Motorcycles segment. The Company also has unfunded supplemental employee retirement plan agreements (SERPA) with certain employees which were instituted to replace benefits lost under the Tax Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993.

 

75



 

Pension benefits are based primarily on years of service and, for certain plans, levels of compensation. Employees are eligible to receive postretirement healthcare benefits upon attaining age 55 after rendering at least 10 years of service to the Company. Some of the plans require employee contributions to offset benefit costs.

 

Obligations and Funded Status:

 

The information following provides detail of changes in the benefit obligations, changes in the fair value of plan assets and funded status as of the Company’s September 30 measurement date (in thousands).

 

 

 

Pension and
SERPA

 

Postretirement
Healthcare Benefits

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation, October 1

 

$

816,998

 

$

711,357

 

$

241,345

 

$

250,863

 

Service cost

 

40,371

 

36,863

 

10,536

 

11,367

 

Interest cost

 

49,944

 

45,852

 

14,738

 

14,994

 

Plan amendments

 

 

 

 

(22,366

)

Actuarial losses (gains)

 

100,726

 

39,024

 

42,256

 

(4,870

)

Plan participant contributions

 

6,627

 

6,524

 

107

 

43

 

Benefits paid

 

(50,842

)

(22,622

)

(10,642

)

(8,686

)

Benefit obligation, September 30

 

963,824

 

816,998

 

298,340

 

241,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets, October 1

 

712,183

 

650,428

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

70,886

 

76,141

 

7,011

 

 

Company contributions

 

183,384

 

1,712

 

112,785

 

8,643

 

Plan participant contributions

 

6,627

 

6,524

 

107

 

43

 

Benefits paid

 

(50,842

)

(22,622

)

(10,642

)

(8,686

)

Fair value of plan assets, September 30

 

922,238

 

712,183

 

109,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status of the plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation over plan assets

 

(41,586

)

(104,815

)

(189,079

)

(241,345

)

Unrecognized prior service cost

 

47,924

 

54,959

 

(10,524

)

(11,841

)

Unrecognized net loss

 

336,070

 

257,227

 

135,723

 

101,042

 

Minimum pension liability:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible asset

 

 

(22,043

)

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(3,162

)

(100,340

)

 

 

Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost, September 30

 

339,246

 

84,988

 

(63,880

)

(152,144

)

Fourth quarter contributions

 

241

 

155

 

2,905

 

2,296

 

Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost, December 31

 

$

339,487

 

$

85,143

 

$

(60,975

)

$

(149,848

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued benefit liability (other long-term liabilities)

 

$

(28,678

)

$

(48,179

)

$

(60,975

)

$

(149,848

)

Prepaid benefit cost (other long-term assets)

 

368,165

 

133,322

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

339,487

 

$

85,143

 

$

(60,975

)

$

(149,848

)

 

76



 

Benefit Costs :

 

Components of net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Pension and
SERPA

 

Postretirement Healthcare
Benefits

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Service cost

 

$

40,371

 

$

36,863

 

$

35,282

 

$

10,536

 

$

11,367

 

$

12,145

 

Interest cost

 

49,944

 

45,852

 

41,979

 

14,738

 

14,994

 

13,462

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(62,566

)

(59,193

)

(39,500

)

(4,430

)

 

 

Amortization of unrecognized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service cost

 

7,036

 

7,081

 

7,098

 

(1,317

)

(1,025

)

546

 

Net loss

 

13,060

 

10,145

 

9,609

 

4,994

 

5,691

 

4,296

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

47,845

 

$

40,748

 

$

54,468

 

$

24,521

 

$

31,027

 

$

30,449

 

 

Assumptions

 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of September 30 and weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended September 30 are as follows:

 

 

 

Pension and
SERPA

 

Postretirement Healthcare
Benefits

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Assumptions for benefit obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

5.50

%

6.25

%

6.50

%

5.50

%

6.25

%

6.50

%

Rate of compensation

 

3.20

%

3.50

%

4.00

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assumptions for net periodic benefit cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

6.25

%

6.50

%

6.50

%

6.25

%

6.50

%

6.50

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

8.50

%

8.50

%

8.50

%

8.50

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

3.50

%

4.00

%

5.00

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

Pension and SERPA Accumulated Benefit Obligation :

 

Each of the Company’s pension and SERPA plans has a separately determined accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) and plan asset value. The ABO is the actuarial present value of benefits based on service rendered and current and past compensation levels. This differs from the projected benefit obligation (PBO) in that it includes no assumption about future compensation levels. The total ABO for all the Company’s pension and SERPA plans combined was $886.0 million and $719.7 million as of September 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

77



 

The following table summarizes information related to Company pension plans with an ABO or PBO in excess of the fair value of plan assets as of September 30 (in millions).

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Pension plans with ABOs in excess of fair value of plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

ABO

 

none

 

$

270.2

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

none

 

$

268.2

 

Number of plans

 

none

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension plans with PBOs in excess of fair value of plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

PBO

 

$

591.5

 

$

510.3

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

$

568.0

 

$

458.9

 

Number of plans

 

2

 

2

 

 

The Company’s SERPA plans, which can only be funded as claims are paid, had projected and accumulated benefit obligations of $31.1 million and $27.7 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2005 and $56.8 million and $44.8 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2004.

 

Plan Assets :

 

The Company’s asset allocations at September 30, 2005 and 2004, by asset category are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Pension

 

Postretirement Health
Care Benefits

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

Equity securities (excluding Company stock)

 

65

%

71

%

78

%

 

Debt securities

 

11

 

14

 

11

 

 

Company common stock

 

7

 

11

 

 

 

Other

 

2

 

 

7

 

 

Cash

 

15

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

 

The Company employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed-income investments is used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by maximizing investment returns within that prudent level of risk. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed-income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S and non-U.S. stocks as well as growth, value, and small and large capitalizations. The Company’s targeted asset allocation ranges at September 30, 2005 as a percentage of total market value were as follows: equity securities, 60% to 80%; debt securities, 10% to 20%; other 10% to 15% and Company stock not to exceed 25%. Additionally, cash balances are maintained at levels adequate to meet near term plan expenses and benefit payments. The allocation of pension investments at September 30, 2005 was not reflective of the Company’s targets as a result of a $150.0 million contribution made on September 30, 2005 which had not been fully allocated from cash. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews.

 

78



 

The fair value of pension plan assets was approximately $932.0 million and $760.0 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Included in the pension plan assets are 1,273,592 shares of the Company’s common stock at December 31, 2005 and 2004. The market value of these shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $65.6 million and $77.4 million, respectively. Company policy limits the value of its stock to 25% of the total value of plan assets.

 

The fair value of postretirement healthcare plan assets was $111.0 million as of December 31, 2005.

 

The Company’s overall expected long-term rate of return on assets is 8.5%. The expected long-term rate of return is based on the portfolio as a whole and not on the sum of the returns on individual asset categories. The return is based on historical returns adjusted to reflect the current view of the long-term investment market.

 

Postretirement Healthcare Cost :

 

The weighted-average health care cost trend rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation of the health care plans was as follows:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Healthcare cost trend rate for next year

 

10.0

%

12.0

%

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate rate)

 

5.0

%

5.0

%

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

 

2010

 

2007

 

 

This healthcare cost trend rate assumption can have a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rate would have the following effects (in thousands):

 

 

 

One
Percent
Increase

 

One
Percent
Decrease

 

Total of service and interest cost components in 2005

 

$

824

 

$

(725

)

Accumulated benefit obligation as of September 30, 2005

 

$

15,616

 

$

(13,530

)

 

Future Contributions and Benefit Payments :

 

Based on the Company’s recent contributions to its pension and postretirement healthcare plans it does not expect to make additional contributions to further pre-fund these plans during 2006. During 2006, the Company expects to continue its practice of funding the SERPA and postretirement healthcare plans in amounts equal to benefits paid during the year. The expected benefit payments and Medicare subsidy receipts for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Pension
Benefits

 

SERPA
Benefits

 

Postretirement
Healthcare
Benefits

 

Medicare
Subsidy
Receipts

 

2006

 

$

26,910

 

$

2,288

 

$

12,813

 

$

619

 

2007

 

29,940

 

2,149

 

14,739

 

703

 

2008

 

35,174

 

2,837

 

19,134

 

816

 

2009

 

40,227

 

3,365

 

21,114

 

943

 

2010

 

43,083

 

4,132

 

22,384

 

1,080

 

2011-2015

 

267,009

 

22,411

 

128,443

 

7,938

 

 

79



 

Defined Contribution Plans :

 

The Company has various defined contribution benefit plans that in total cover substantially all full-time employees. Employees can make voluntary contributions in accordance with the provisions of their respective plan, which includes a 401(k) tax deferral option. The Company expensed $7.5 million, $8.2 million and $7.8 million for matching contributions during 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

8. Capital Stock

 

Common Stock :

 

The Company is authorized to issue 800,000,000 shares of common stock of $.01 par value. There were 274.0 million and 294.3 million common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

During 2005 and 2004, the Company repurchased 21.4 million and 10.6 million shares of its common stock at weighted-average prices of $49 and $53, respectively. These repurchases were made pursuant to the following authorizations (in millions of shares):

 

 

 

Shares Repurchased

 

Authorization
Remaining at
December 31,

 

Board of Directors’ Authorization

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

1990 Authorization

 

 

7.8

 

 

1997 Authorization

 

1.4

 

2.8

 

3.1

 

2004 Authorization

 

20.0

 

 

 

2005 Authorization

 

 

 

20.0

 

Total

 

21.4

 

10.6

 

23.1

 

 

1990 Authorization - The Company had a separate authorization from the Company’s Board of Directors originally approved in 1990. The original authorization provided for the repurchase of 16 million shares of common stock (adjusted for two 2-for-1 stock splits) and contained no dollar limit or expiration date. As of the completion of the 2004 repurchases there were no remaining shares available under this authorization.

 

1997 Authorization - The Company has an authorization from its Board of Directors (originally adopted December 1997) to repurchase shares of its outstanding common stock under which the cumulative number of shares repurchased, at the time of any repurchase, shall not exceed the sum of (1) the number of shares issued in connection with the exercise of stock options occurring on or after January 1, 2004, plus (2) 1% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company on January 1 of the current year, adjusted for any stock split.

 

2004 Authorization - In 2004, the Company received a separate authorization from its Board of Directors which provided for the repurchase of up to 20 million shares of its common stock (adjusted for two 2-for-1 stock splits) and contained no dollar limit or expiration date. This authorization was exhausted during 2005.

 

2005 Authorization - On April 30, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors separately authorized the Company to buy back up to 20 million shares of its common stock with no dollar limit or expiration date. No repurchases have been made under this authorization as of the end of 2005.

 

80



 

Preferred Stock :

 

The Company is authorized to issue 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock of $1.00 par value. The Company has designated 500,000 of the 2,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock as Series A Junior Participating preferred stock (Preferred Stock). The Preferred Stock has a par value of $1 per share. Each share of Preferred Stock, none of which is outstanding, is entitled to 10,000 votes per share (subject to adjustment) and other rights such that the value of a one ten-thousandth interest in a share of Preferred Stock should approximate the value of one share of common stock.

 

The Preferred Stock is reserved for issuance in connection with the Company’s outstanding Preferred Stock purchase rights (Rights). On February 17, 2000, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a dividend of one Right for each outstanding share of common stock payable upon the close of business on August 20, 2000 to the shareholders of record on that date. Under certain conditions, each Right entitles the holder to purchase one ten-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $175, subject to adjustment. The Rights are only exercisable if a person or group has: (1) acquired 15% or more of the outstanding common stock or (2) has announced an intention to acquire 25% or more of the outstanding common stock (either (1) or (2) are a “Triggering Event”). If there is a 15% acquiring party, then each holder of a Right, other than the acquiring party, will be entitled to purchase, at the exercise price, Preferred Stock having a market value of two times the exercise price.

 

In addition, prior to the acquisition of 50% or more of the outstanding common stock by an acquiring party, the Board of Directors of the Company may exchange the Rights (other than the Rights of an acquiring party which have become void), in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one share of common stock or one ten-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock (or a share of the Company’s preferred stock having equivalent rights, privileges, and preferences) per Right, subject to adjustment. The Rights expire upon the close of business on August 20, 2010, subject to extension.

 

9. Stock Compensation

 

The Company has a stock compensation plan which was approved by its Shareholders in April 2004 (Plan) under which the Board of Directors may grant to employees nonqualified stock options and shares of nonvested stock. The options granted under the Plan have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant and vest ratably over a four-year period with the first 25% becoming exercisable one year after the date of grant. The options expire 10 years from the date of grant. Shares of nonvested stock that have been issued under the Plan generally vest over periods ranging from 4 to 5 years with certain of the shares generally subject to accelerated vesting should the Company meet certain performance conditions. Dividends are paid on shares of nonvested stock. At December 31, 2005, there were 12.5 million shares of common stock available for future awards under the Plan.

 

81



 

Stock Options :

 

As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) on January 1, 2005, which requires the Company to recognize the cost of its employee stock option awards in its income statement based on the fair value of the award. The Company estimates the fair value of its option awards granted after January 1, 2005, using a lattice-based option valuation model. The Company believes that the lattice-based option valuation model provides a more precise estimate of fair value than the Black-Scholes option pricing model used in prior years. Lattice-based option valuation models utilize ranges of assumptions over the expected term of the options. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Assumptions used in calculating the lattice-based fair value of options granted during 2005 were as follows:

 

 

 

2005

 

Expected average term (in years)

 

4.5

 

Expected volatility

 

16 - 36

%

Weighted average volatility

 

30

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.8

%

Risk-free rate

 

2.4- 4.1

%

 

The following table summarizes the stock option transactions for the years ended December (in thousands except for per share amounts):

 

 

 

2005
Options

 

2005
Weighted
Average
Price

 

2004
Options

 

2004
Weighted
Average
Price

 

2003
Options

 

2003
Weighted
Average
Price

 

Options outstanding at January 1

 

6,895

 

$

41

 

9,029

 

$

31

 

8,683

 

$

27

 

Options granted

 

905

 

$

60

 

1,419

 

$

52

 

1,652

 

$

41

 

Options exercised

 

(938

)

$

33

 

(3,418

)

$

18

 

(1,191

)

$

16

 

Options forfeited

 

(77

)

$

51

 

(135

)

$

47

 

(115

)

$

44

 

Options outstanding at December 31

 

6,785

 

$

45

 

6,895

 

$

41

 

9,029

 

$

31

 

Exercisable at December 31

 

4,159

 

$

40

 

3,482

 

$

35

 

5,561

 

$

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

 

$

16

 

 

 

$

17

 

 

 

$

14

 

 

 

 

82



 

The following table summarizes the aggregate intrinsic value related to options outstanding, exercisable and exercised as of and for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Exercised

 

$

23,355

 

$

135,752

 

$

34,057

 

Outstanding

 

$

46,564

 

$

135,652

 

$

151,290

 

Exercisable

 

$

47,594

 

$

94,974

 

$

137,393

 

 

The Company’s policy is to issue new shares of common stock upon the exercise of employee stock options. The Company has a continuing authorization from its Board of Directors to repurchase shares to offset dilution caused by the exercise of stock options, see Note 8.

 

Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2005 (options in thousands):

 

Price Range

 

Weighted-Average
Contractual life

 

Options

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

 

$9

 

0.1

 

31

 

$

9

 

$10.01 to $20

 

1.9

 

317

 

13

 

$20.01 to $30

 

3.2

 

413

 

26

 

$30.01 to $40

 

4.3

 

709

 

35

 

$40.01 to $50

 

6.5

 

2,194

 

42

 

$50.01 to $60

 

7.3

 

2,330

 

52

 

$60.01 to $70

 

9.1

 

791

 

61

 

Options Outstanding

 

6.3

 

6,785

 

45

 

Options Exercisable

 

5.3

 

4,159

 

40

 

 

Nonvested Stock :

 

The fair value of nonvested shares is determined based on the market price of the Company’s shares on the grant date. A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares as of December 31, 2005, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2005, is as follows (shares in thousands) :

 

 

 

Shares

 

Fair Value
Per Share

 

Nonvested at January 1

 

 

 

Granted

 

115

 

$

60

 

Vested

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(3

)

$

60

 

Nonvested at December 31

 

112

 

$

60

 

 

As of December, 2005, there was $4.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.1 years.

 

83



 

10. Earnings Per Share

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31 (In thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Numerator:

 

$

959,604

 

$

889,766

 

$

760,928

 

Net income used in computing basic and diluted earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

280,303

 

295,008

 

302,271

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share- weighted-average common shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of dilutive securities – employee stock compensation plan

 

732

 

1,844

 

2,199

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share – adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding

 

281,035

 

296,852

 

304,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

3.42

 

$

3.02

 

$

2.52

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

3.41

 

$

3.00

 

$

2.50

 

 

Options to purchase 2.6 million shares of common stock outstanding during 2005 were not included in the Company’s computation of dilutive securities because the exercise price was greater than the market price and therefore the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, trade receivables, finance receivables, finance receivables held for sale, trade payables, finance debt, foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Trade Receivables, and Trade Payables - The book values for these amounts are estimated to approximate their respective fair values due to the short maturity of these instruments.

 

Marketable Securities - The carrying value of marketable securities approximates fair value. The fair value of marketable securities is based primarily on quoted market prices. Changes in fair value are recorded, net of tax, as other comprehensive income and included as a component of shareholder’s equity.

 

Finance Receivables, Net - The carrying value of retail finance receivables approximates fair value. The carrying value of wholesale finance receivables approximates fair value because they are either short-term or have interest rates that adjust with changes in market interest rates.

 

The fair value of investment in retained securitization interests is estimated based on the present value of future expected cash flows using management’s best estimates of the key assumptions. Changes in fair value are recorded, net of tax, as other comprehensive income and included as a component of shareholder’s equity.

 

Finance Receivables Held for Sale - The carrying value of finance receivables held for sale approximates fair value as finance receivables held for sale are held for only a short period of time prior to being securitized.

 

 

84



 

Finance Debt -The carrying value of debt provided under the credit facilities approximates fair value since the interest rates charged under this facility are tied directly to market rates and fluctuate as market rates change. The carrying value of commercial paper approximates fair value due to their short maturity.

 

Medium-term notes are carried at fair value and include a fair value adjustment due to the interest rate swap agreement which effectively converts the majority of the notes from a fixed to a floating interest rate.

 

The carrying value of senior subordinated notes approximates fair value and is estimated based upon rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

Foreign Currency Contracts - During 2005 and 2004, the Company utilized foreign currency contracts to hedge its sales transactions denominated in the euro. The foreign currency contracts were designated as cash flow hedges and generally had lives less than one year. The Company bases the fair value of its foreign currency contracts on quoted market prices. Information related to the Company’s foreign currency contracts as of December 31 is as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Euro value

 

150.0

 

235.0

 

Notional U.S. dollar value

 

$

186.9

 

$

284.7

 

Fair value of contracts recorded as current assets (liabilities)

 

$

7.7

 

$

(34.7

)

Unrealized gain (loss) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

$

4.1

 

$

(20.4

)

 

During 2005 and 2004, the hedges were highly effective and, as a result, the amount of hedge ineffectiveness recognized during the year was insignificant. The total net unrealized loss, net of taxes, related to foreign currency contracts reclassified to earnings during 2005 was $5.4 million. The Company expects that the unrealized gains, net of taxes, as of December 31, 2005, of $4.1 million will be reclassified to earnings within one year.

 

Interest Rate Swaps – Securitization Transactions - During 2005 and 2004, HDFS utilized interest rate swaps to reduce the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on its securitization transactions. These interest rate derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and generally have a life of less than six months. Information related to these swap agreements as of December 31 is as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Notional value

 

$

226.2

 

$

323.0

 

Fair value of swaps recorded as current (liabilities) assets

 

$

(0.4

)

$

0.9

 

Unrealized (loss) gain recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

$

(0.2

)

$

0.5

 

 

During 2005 and 2004, the hedges were highly effective and, as a result, the amount of hedge ineffectiveness recognized during the year was insignificant. Unrealized gains of $0.5 million, net of taxes, as of December 31, 2004, were reclassified to earnings during 2005 upon the sale of the respective retail motorcycle loans. HDFS expects to reclassify $0.2 million of the unrealized losses, net of taxes, as of December 31, 2005, to earnings within one year when HDFS completes a securitization of retail motorcycle loans.

 

85



 

Interest Rate Swaps – Commercial Paper - HDFS has entered into interest rate swap agreements that effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate basis for periods of four years, ending in 2007 and 2008. The differential paid or received on these swaps is recognized on an accrual basis as an adjustment to interest expense. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the agreements were designated as cash flow hedges. Information related to the swap agreements as of December 31 is as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Notional value

 

$

200.0

 

$

200.0

 

Fair value of swap recorded as current assets

 

$

7.6

 

$

5.8

 

Unrealized gain recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

$

4.8

 

$

3.7

 

 

During 2005 and 2004, the hedges were highly effective, and as a result, the amount of hedge ineffectiveness recognized during the year was insignificant. Unrealized gains of $1.2 million, net of taxes, as of December 31, 2004, were reclassified to earnings during 2005 upon payment of the related interest. HDFS expects to reclassify $3.0 million of the unrealized gains, net of taxes, as of December 31, 2005, to earnings within one year. The unrealized gains will be offset by the payment of variable interest associated with the floating rate debt.

 

Interest Rate Swaps – Medium-Term Notes - During 2005 and 2003, HDFS entered into interest rate swap agreements that effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate debt to a floating-rate basis for a period of five years. The differential paid or received on these swaps is recognized on an accrual basis as an adjustment to interest expense. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the agreements were designated as fair value hedges. During 2005 and 2004, the hedges were highly effective and, as a result, there was no ineffectiveness recognized on these hedges during the year. Information related to these swap agreements as of December 31 is as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Notional value

 

$

550.0

 

$

400.0

 

Fair value of swap recorded as current liabilities

 

$

(14.7

)

$

(5.0

)

 

No ready market exists for swaps utilized by HDFS. Fair value is determined by an independent third party using established valuation methods.

 

86



 

12. Business Segments and Foreign Operations

 

Business Segments

The Company operates in two business segments: Motorcycles and Financial Services. The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. They are managed separately based on the fundamental differences in their operations.

 

The Motorcycles segment consists primarily of the group of companies doing business as Harley-Davidson Motor Company and Buell Motorcycle Company. The Motorcycles segment designs, manufactures and sells primarily heavyweight (engine displacement of 651+cc) touring, custom and sport motorcycles and a broad range of related products which include motorcycle parts and accessories and riding apparel.

 

The Financial Services segment consists of Harley-Davidson Financial Services. HDFS provides wholesale and retail financing and insurance programs primarily to Harley-Davidson and Buell dealers and customers. HDFS conducts business in the United States, Canada and Europe.

 

Information by industry segment is set forth below for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Motorcycles net revenue and Financial Services income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Motorcycles net revenue

 

$

5,342,214

 

$

5,015,190

 

$

4,624,274

 

Financial Services income

 

331,618

 

305,262

 

279,459

 

 

 

$

5,673,832

 

$

5,320,452

 

$

4,903,733

 

Income from operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Motorcycles

 

$

1,299,865

 

$

1,189,519

 

$

996,889

 

Financial Services

 

191,620

 

188,600

 

167,873

 

General corporate expenses

 

(21,474

)

(16,628

)

(15,498

)

 

 

$

1,470,011

 

$

1,361,491

 

$

1,149,264

 

 

Information by industry segment is set forth below as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Motorcycles

 

Financial
Services

 

Corporate

 

Consolidated

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable assets

 

$

1,845,802

 

$

2,363,235

 

$

1,046,172

 

$

5,255,209

 

Depreciation

 

198,833

 

6,872

 

 

205,705

 

Net capital expenditures

 

188,078

 

10,311

 

 

198,389

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable assets

 

$

1,646,251

 

$

2,223,796

 

$

1,613,246

 

$

5,483,293

 

Depreciation

 

206,420

 

7,536

 

156

 

214,112

 

Net capital expenditures

 

188,122

 

25,171

 

257

 

213,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable assets

 

$

1,778,566

 

$

1,821,142

 

$

1,323,380

 

$

4,923,088

 

Depreciation

 

191,118

 

5,555

 

245

 

196,918

 

Net capital expenditures

 

219,592

 

7,263

 

375

 

227,230

 

 

87



 

Geographic Information

 

Included in the consolidated financial statements are the following amounts relating to geographic locations for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Motorcycles net revenue (a):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

4,304,865

 

$

4,097,882

 

$

3,807,707

 

Europe

 

530,124

 

477,962

 

419,052

 

Japan

 

192,268

 

192,720

 

173,547

 

Canada

 

143,204

 

136,721

 

134,319

 

Other foreign countries

 

171,753

 

109,905

 

89,649

 

 

 

$

5,342,214

 

$

5,015,190

 

$

4,624,274

 

Financial Services income(a):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

308,341

 

$

283,837

 

$

260,551

 

Europe

 

9,135

 

9,538

 

8,834

 

Canada

 

14,142

 

11,887

 

10,074

 

 

 

$

331,618

 

$

305,262

 

$

279,459

 

Long-lived assets (b):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

1,450,278

 

$

1,246,808

 

$

1,400,772

 

Other foreign countries

 

38,002

 

44,300

 

41,804

 

 

 

$

1,488,280

 

$

1,291,108

 

$

1,442,576

 

 


(a) Net revenue and income is attributed to geographic regions based on location of customer.

(b)     Long-lived assets include all long-term assets except those specifically excluded under SFAS No. 131, such as deferred income taxes and finance receivables.

 

13. Related Party Transactions

 

The Company has the following material related party transactions. A director of the Company is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and an equity owner of Fred Deeley Imports Ltd. (Deeley Imports), the exclusive distributor of the Company’s motorcycles in Canada. During 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company recorded revenue and financial services income from Deeley Imports of $145.1 million, $137.6 million and $135.2 million, respectively, and had accounts receivables balances due from Deeley Imports of $14.8 million and $13.1 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. All such products were provided in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions that the Company believes are the same as those that would result from arm’s-length negotiations between unrelated parties.

 

88



 

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

(In millions, except per share data)

 

 

 

1st Quarter

 

2nd Quarter

 

3rd Quarter

 

4th Quarter

 

 

 

Mar 27,

 

Mar 28,

 

June 26,

 

June 27,

 

Sep 25,

 

Sep 26,

 

Dec 31

 

Dec 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

Net revenue

 

$

1,235.5

 

$

1,165.7

 

$

1,333.3

 

$

1,327.8

 

$

1,431.2

 

$

1,300.7

 

$

1,342.2

 

$

1,221.0

 

Gross profit

 

464.3

 

440.1

 

500.4

 

503.4

 

561.3

 

494.6

 

514.5

 

461.4

 

Income before taxes

 

352.3

 

317.2

 

368.0

 

383.3

 

410.8

 

355.0

 

356.7

 

323.9

 

Net income

 

$

227.2

 

$

204.6

 

$

237.4

 

$

247.2

 

$

265.0

 

$

229.0

 

$

230.0

 

$

209.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

.78

 

$

.69

 

$

.85

 

$

.84

 

$

.97

 

$

.78

 

$

.84

 

$

.71

 

Diluted

 

$

.77

 

$

.68

 

$

.84

 

$

.83

 

$

.96

 

$

.77

 

$

.84

 

$

.71

 

 

89



 

Item 9 .   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None

 

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s management evaluated, with the participation of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Vice President, Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based upon their evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Vice President, Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the date of such evaluation to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, was made known to them by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Annual Report on Form 10-K was being prepared.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

The report of management required under this Item 9A is contained in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.”

 

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The attestation report required under this Item 9A is contained in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.”

 

Changes in Internal Controls

 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2005 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

90



 

PART III

 

Item 10 .                 Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The information included or to be included in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2006 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed on or about March 27, 2006 (the Proxy Statement) under the captions “Election of Directors”, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Audit Committee Report” is incorporated by reference herein.

 

The Company has adopted the Harley-Davidson, Inc. Financial Code of Ethics applicable to the Company’s chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the principal accounting officer and the controller and other persons performing similar functions. The Company has posted a copy of the Harley-Davidson, Inc. Financial Code of Ethics on the Company’s website at www.harley-davidson.com. The Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 10 of Form 8-K regarding amendments to, or waivers from, the Harley-Davidson, Inc. Financial Code of Ethics by posting such information on its website at www.harley-davidson.com. The Company is not including the information contained on or available through its website as a part of, or incorporating such information by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Item 11 .                 Executive Compensation

 

The information included or to be included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Executive Compensation” up to, but not including the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated by reference herein.

 

91



 

Item 12 .                 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

Information included or to be included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” is incorporated by reference herein.

 

The following table provides information about the Company’s equity compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) as of December 31, 2005.

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities to
be issued upon
the exercise of
outstanding options

 

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
the first column)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management employees

 

6,614,919

 

$

44.80

 

12,521,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not submitted to shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Union employees - Kansas City, MO

 

7,669

 

$

21.19

 

24,468

 

York, PA

 

133,520

 

$

38.88

 

51,375

 

Non employees - Board of Directors

 

29,300

 

$

38.27

 

127,010

 

 

 

170,489

 

$

37.98

 

202,853

 

Total all plans

 

6,785,408

 

$

44.63

 

12,724,221

 

 

Plan documents for each of the Company’s equity compensation plans have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on a timely basis and are included in the list of exhibits to this annual report on Form 10-K. Equity compensation plans not submitted to shareholders for approval were adopted prior to current regulations requiring such approval and have not been materially altered since adoption.

 

The material features of the union employees’ stock option awards are the same as those of the management employees’ stock option awards. Under the Company’s management and union plans, stock options have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant, expire ten years from the date of grant and vest ratably over a four-year period, with the first 25 percent becoming exercisable one year after the date of grant.

 

Effective December 31, 2002, non-employee directors of the Company’s Board of Directors were no longer eligible to receive stock options. Prior to December 31, 2002, under the Board of Directors’ plan, each non-employee director who served as a member of the Board immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders was automatically granted an immediately exercisable stock option for the purchase of such number of shares of Common Stock equal to three times the annual retainer fee for directors divided by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the day of grant (rounded up to the nearest multiple of 100). Board of Director stock options have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant.

 

92



 

In addition, a non-employee Director may elect to receive 50% or 100% of the annual fee to be paid in each calendar year in the form of Common Stock based upon the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the annual meeting of shareholders. Directors must receive a minimum of one-half of their annual retainer in Company Common Stock until the Director reaches the Director stock ownership guidelines, defined below.

 

In August 2002, the Board approved “Director and Senior Executive Stock Ownership Guidelines” (Ownership Guidelines) which were revised in August 2004. The Ownership Guidelines stipulate that all directors hold 5,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock and senior executives hold from 5,000 to 30,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock depending on their level. The directors and senior executives have five years from January 2003 or the date they are elected a director or promoted to a senior executive to accumulate the appropriate number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

 

Item 13 .                 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

The information included or to be included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Certain Transactions” is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 14 .                 Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The information included or to be included in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Fees Paid to Ernst & Young LLP” is incorporated by reference herein.

 

93



 

PART IV

 

Item 15 .                 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

 

 

(a)

 

1.

Financial statements - The financial statements listed in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules are filed as part of this annual report and such Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Financial statement schedules - The financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules is filed as part of this annual report and such Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Exhibits - The exhibits listed on the accompanying List of Exhibits are filed as part of this annual report and such List of Exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

 

94



 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

[Item 15(a) 1 and 2]

 

Consolidated statements of income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2005 and 2004

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

Consolidated financial statement schedules for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

II - Valuation and qualifying accounts

 

 

All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules.

 

95



 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

[Items 15(a)(3) and 15(c)]

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

3.1

 

Restated Articles of Incorporation

 

 

 

3.2

 

By-Laws as amended April 30, 2005

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Rights Agreement between the Registrant and Firstar Bank, N.A. dated February 17, 2000

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of Rights Agent Agreement between the Registrant and Computershare Investor Services, LLC

 

 

 

4.3

 

Harley-Davidson Financial Services $1.1 Billion Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility (the Registrant has instruments that define the rights of holders of long-term debt that are not being filed with this Annual Report in reliance upon Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, copies of these instruments)

 

 

 

4.4

 

Indenture to provide for the issuance of indebtedness dated as of November 21, 2003 between Harley-Davidson Funding Corp., Issuer, Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc. and Harley-Davidson Credit Corp., Guarantors, to BNY Midwest Trust Company, Trustee

 

 

 

10.1*

 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mr. Bleustein

 

 

 

10.2*

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc 1995 Stock Option Plan as amended through February 15, 2006.

 

 

 

10.3*

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. Director Stock Plan

 

 

 

10.4*

 

Form of Transition Agreement between the Registrant and Ms. Lione and Ms. Zarcone and each of Messrs. Bleustein, Brostowitz, Eberle, Hutchinson, McCaslin, Sutton and Ziemer

 

 

 

10.5*

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

 

 

10.6*

 

Form of Life Insurance Agreement between the Registrant and Ms. Lione and each of Messrs. Bleustein, Brostowitz, Hutchinson, McCaslin and Ziemer and Ms. Lione

 

 

 

10.7*

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. Corporate Short Term Incentive Plan as amended April 24, 2004

 


*        Represents a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement in which a director or named executive officer of the Company participated.

 

96



 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.8*

 

Form of Severance Benefits Agreement between the Registrant and Ms Bischmann and Ms. Lione and each of Messrs. Bleustein, Brostowitz, Eberle, Flickinger, Hutchinson, McCaslin, Sutton and Ziemer

 

 

 

10.9*

 

Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between the Registrant and each of Mssrs. Bleustein, McCaslin and Ziemer

 

 

 

10.10*

 

Harley-Davidson Pension Benefit Restoration Plan

 

 

 

10.11*

 

Description of Post-Retirement Life Insurance Equivalent

 

 

 

10.12

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1998 Non-Exempt Employee Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

10.13*

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ms. Zarcone

 

 

 

10.14

 

2001 York Hourly- Paid Employees Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

10.15*

 

Deferred Long-Term Incentive Plan approved May 4, 2002

 

 

 

10.16*

 

Director Compensation Policy effective May 3, 2003

 

 

 

10.17*

 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors initially effective May 1, 1995 amended and restated May 1, 2001 and amended May 3, 2003

 

 

 

10.18*

 

Split Dollar Agreement between HDFS and the Donna Josephine Frett Zarcone Irrevocable Trust dated March 30, 1999

 

 

 

10.19*

 

Amendment to Split Dollar Agreement between HDFS and the Donna Josephine Frett Zarcone Irrevocable Trust dated December 19, 2002

 

 

 

10.20*

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan as amended on February 15, 2006

 

 

 

10.21*

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Option Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc. under the Harley-Davidson Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan and the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan as amended February 14, 2006

 

 

 

10.22*

 

Form of Notice of Special Grant of Stock Options and Option Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc under the Harley-Davidson Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan and the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan as amended February 14, 2006

 


*        Represents a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement in which a director or named executive officer of the Company participated.

 

97



 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.23*

 

Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc. under the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan as amended February 14, 2006

 

 

 

10.24*

 

Form of Notice of Special Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc. under the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan as amended February 14, 2006

 

 

 

10.25*

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc. under the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan

 

 

 

10.26*

 

Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Stock Unit and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc. under the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan

 

 

 

10.27*

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. Employee Short-Term Incentive Plan

 

 

 

21

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

31.1

 

Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

31.2

 

Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

32

 

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350

 


*        Represents a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement in which a director or named executive officer of the Company participated.

 

98



 

Schedule II

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.

CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(In thousands)

 

Classification

 

Balance at
Beginning
of year

 

Additions
charged to
expense

 

Deductions(1)

 

Balance
at end
of year

 

Accounts receivable- Allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

$

10,295

 

$

(1,330

)

$

(473

)

$

8,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

$

9,368

 

2,462

 

(1,535

)

10,295

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

4,259

 

6,485

 

(1,376

)

9,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance receivables- Allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

$

30,277

 

$

3,263

 

$

(7,375

)

$

26,165

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

31,311

 

3,070

 

(4,104

)

30,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

31,045

 

4,076

 

(3,810

)

31,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories- Allowance for obsolescence(2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

$

14,451

 

$

7,597

 

$

(5,379

)

$

16,669

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

$

16,956

 

$

8,410

 

$

(10,915

)

$

14,451

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

17,150

 

8,311

 

(8,505

)

16,956

 

 


(1)                       Deductions represent amounts written off to the reserve, net of recoveries. Included in the Finance receivables recoveries are $1.8 million, $3.7 million and $1.3 million of recoveries in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, received by HDFS from HDMC. These recoveries relate to certain guarantees provided by HDMC on wholesale loans to European Harley-Davidson dealers. At December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, HDMC has $0.3 million, $3.3 million and $3.5 million, respectively, included in the accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts related to outstanding guarantees.

 

(2)                       Inventory obsolescence reserves deducted from cost determined on first-in first-out (FIFO) basis, before deductions for last-in, first-out (LIFO) valuation reserves.

 

99



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13, or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 3, 2006.

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: /S/ James L. Ziemer

 

 

 

James L. Ziemer

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 3, 2006.

 

Name

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ James L. Ziemer

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

James L. Ziemer

 

(Principal executive officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ James M. Brostowitz

 

 

Vice-President and Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer

 

 

James M. Brostowitz

 

(Principal financial and accounting officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Barry K. Allen

 

 

Director

 

 

Barry K. Allen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Richard I. Beattie

 

 

Director

 

 

Richard I. Beattie

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Jeffrey L. Bleustein

 

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

Jeffrey L. Bleustein

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ George H. Conrades

 

 

Director

 

 

George H. Conrades

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Judson C. Green

 

 

Director

 

 

Judson C. Green

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Donald A. James

 

 

Director

 

 

Donald A. James

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Sara L. Levinson

 

 

Director

 

 

Sara L. Levinson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ George L. Miles

 

 

Director

 

 

George L. Miles, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ James A. Norling

 

 

Director

 

 

James A. Norling

 

 

 

 

 

100



 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

[Items 15(a)(3) and 15(c)]

 

Exhibit No

 

Description

 

 

 

3.1

 

Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

3.2

 

By-Laws as amended April 30, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on form 8-K filed May 5, 2005 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Rights Agreement between the Registrant and Firstar Bank, N.A. dated February 17, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-A dated February 18, 2000 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of Rights Agent Agreement between the Registrant and Computershare Investor Services, LLC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

4.3

 

Harley-Davidson Financial Services $1.1 Billion Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility (the Registrant has instruments that define the rights of holders of long-term debt that are not being filed with this Annual Report in reliance upon Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, copies of these instruments) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

4.4

 

Indenture to provide for the issuance of indebtedness dated as of November 21, 2003 between Harley-Davidson Funding Corp., Issuer, Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc. and Harley-Davidson Credit Corp., Guarantors, to BNY Midwest Trust Company, Trustee

 

 

 

10.1*

 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mr. Bleustein (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-5871))

 

 

 

10.2*

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan as amended through February 15, 2006

 

 

 

10.3*

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. Director Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 29, 2003 (File No. 1-9183))

 


*Represents a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement in which a director or named executive officer of the Company participated

 

101



 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.4*

 

Form of Transition Agreement between the Registrant and Ms. Lione and Ms. Zarcone and each of Messrs. Bleustein, Brostowitz, Eberle, Hutchinson, McCaslin, Sutton and Ziemer. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.5*

 

Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.6*

 

Form of Life Insurance Agreement between the Registrant and Ms. Lione and each of Messrs. Bleustein, Brostowitz, Hutchinson, McCaslin and Ziemer and Ms. Lione (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.7*

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. Corporate Short Term Incentive Plan as amended April 24, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 28, 2004 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.8*

 

Form of Severance Benefits Agreement between the Registrant and Ms. Bischmann and Ms. Lione. and each of Messrs. Bleustein, Brostowitz, Eberle, Flickinger, Hutchinson, McCaslin, Sutton and Ziemer (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.9*

 

Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between the Registrant and each of Messrs. Bleustein, McCaslin and Ziemer (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1996 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.10*

 

Harley-Davidson Pension Benefit Restoration Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1996 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.11*

 

Description of Post-Retirement Life Insurance Equivalent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (File No. 1-9183))

 


*Represents a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement in which a director or named executive officer of the Company participated

 

102



 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.12

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1998 Non-Exempt Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants’ Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-75347))

 

 

 

10.13*

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ms. Zarcone (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrants’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.14

 

2001 York Hourly- Paid Employees Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.15*

 

Deferred Long-Term Incentive Plan approved May 4, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2002 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.16*

 

Director Compensation Policy effective May 3, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.17*

 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors initially effective May 1, 1995 amended and restated May 1, 2001 and amended May 3, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 29, 2003 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.18*

 

Split Dollar Agreement between HDFS and the Donna Josephine Frett Zarcone Irrevocable Trust dated March 30, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrants’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2002 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.19*

 

Amendment to Split Dollar Agreement between HDFS and the Donna Josephine Frett Zarcone Irrevocable Trust dated December 19, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

10.20*

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan as amended on February 15, 2006

 


*            Represents a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement in which a director or named executive officer of the Company participated.

 

103



 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.21*

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Option Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc. under the Harley-Davidson Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan and the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan as amended on February 14, 2006

 

 

 

10.22*

 

Form of Notice of Special Grant of Stock Options and Option Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc under the Harley-Davidson Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan and the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan as amended on February 14, 2006

 

 

 

10.23*

 

Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc. under the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan as amended on February 14, 2006

 

 

 

10.24*

 

Form of Notice of Special Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc. under the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan as amended on February 14, 2006

 

 

 

10.25*

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc. under the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan

 

 

 

10.26*

 

Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Stock Unit and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement of Harley-Davidson, Inc. under the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan

 

 

 

10.27*

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc. Employee Short-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s form 10-Q filed May 2, 2005 (File No. 1-9183))

 

 

 

21

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

31.1

 

Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

31.2

 

Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

32

 

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350

 


*            Represents a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement in which a director or named executive officer of the Company participated.

 

104


Exhibit 4.4

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP.,

Issuer,

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

 

AND

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON CREDIT CORP.,

Guarantors,

 

TO

 

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY,
Trustee

 


 

INDENTURE

 

 

Dated as of November 21, 2003

 


 



 

Reconciliation and Tie between
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Trust Indenture Act”)
and Indenture

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

 

Indenture Section

Section 310(a)(1)

 

603

(a)(2)

 

607

(b)

 

608

Section 312(a)

 

701

(b)

 

702

(c)

 

702

Section 313(a)

 

703

(b)(2)

 

703

(c)

 

703

(d)

 

703

Section 314(a)

 

704

(c)(1)

 

102

(c)(2)

 

102

(e)

 

102

(f)

 

102

Section 316(a) (last sentence)

 

101

(a)(1)(A)

 

502, 512

(a)(1)(B)

 

513

(b)

 

508

Section 317(a)(1)

 

503

(a)(2)

 

504

(b)

 

1003

Section 318(a)

 

108

 


Note:                    This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

i



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

 

 

 

SECTION 101.

Definitions

2

SECTION 102.

Compliance Certificates and Opinions

12

SECTION 103.

Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

12

SECTION 104.

Acts of Holders

13

SECTION 105.

Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company and Guarantors

15

SECTION 106.

Notice to Holders of Securities; Waiver

15

SECTION 107.

Language of Notice, Etc

16

SECTION 108.

Trust Indenture Act

16

SECTION 109.

Effect of Headings And Table of Contents

16

SECTION 110.

Successors and Assigns

16

SECTION 111.

Separability Clause

17

SECTION 112.

Benefits of Indenture

17

SECTION 113.

Governing Law

17

SECTION 114.

Legal Holidays

17

SECTION 115.

Corporate Obligation

17

SECTION 116.

Judgment Currency

18

SECTION 117.

Counterparts

18

SECTION 118.

Waiver of Jury Trial

18

SECTION 119.

Force Majeure

18

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES FORMS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 201.

Forms Generally

19

SECTION 202.

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

20

SECTION 203.

Securities in Global Form

20

 

 

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

 

 

 

THE SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 301.

Amount Unlimited: Issuable in Series

21

SECTION 302.

Denominations

27

SECTION 303.

Execution; Authentication; Delivery and Dating

28

SECTION 304.

Temporary Securities; Exchange of Temporary Securities

29

SECTION 305.

Registration. Registration of Transfer and Exchange

30

SECTION 306.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities and Coupons

33

 

i



 

SECTION 307.

Payment of Interest and Certain Additional Amounts; Rights to Interest and Certain Additional Amounts Preserved

34

SECTION 308.

Persons Deemed Owners

35

SECTION 309.

Cancellation

36

SECTION 310.

Computation of Interest

36

SECTION 311.

Support Agreement

36

SECTION 312.

CUSIP Numbers

36

 

 

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

 

 

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

 

 

 

SECTION 401.

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

37

SECTION 402.

Application of Trust Money

38

SECTION 403.

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

38

SECTION 404.

Reinstatement

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

 

 

 

REMEDIES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 501.

Events of Default

43

SECTION 502.

Acceleration of Maturity: Rescission and Annulment

46

SECTION 503.

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

47

SECTION 504.

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

48

SECTION 505.

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities or Coupons

48

SECTION 506.

Application of Money Collected

49

SECTION 507.

Limitation on Suits

49

SECTION 508.

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium, Interest and Additional Amounts

50

SECTION 509.

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

50

SECTION 510.

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

50

SECTION 511.

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

50

SECTION 512.

Control by Holders of Securities

51

SECTION 513.

Waiver of Past Defaults

51

SECTION 514.

Undertaking for Costs

51

SECTION 515.

Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws

52

 

 

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

 

 

 

THE TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

SECTION 601.

Notice of Defaults

52

SECTION 602.

Certain Rights of Trustee

52

SECTION 603.

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities

54

SECTION 604.

May Hold Securities

55

 

ii



 

SECTION 605.

Money Held in Trust

55

SECTION 606.

Compensation and Reimbursement

55

SECTION 607.

Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility

56

SECTION 608.

Disqualification, Conflicting Interests

56

SECTION 609.

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

56

SECTION 610.

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

58

SECTION 611.

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

59

SECTION 612.

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company and the Guarantors

60

SECTION 613.

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

60

 

 

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

 

 

 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE, COMPANY AND GUARANTORS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 701.

Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders

62

SECTION 702.

Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders

62

SECTION 703.

Reports by Trustee

63

SECTION 704.

Reports by Company and the Guarantors

63

 

 

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

 

 

 

 

SECTION 801.

Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

65

SECTION 802.

Successor Person Substituted for Company

66

SECTION 803.

Each Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc, Only on Certain Terms

66

SECTION 804.

Successor Person Substituted for a Guarantor

67

 

 

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 901.

Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders

67

SECTION 902.

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders

69

SECTION 903.

Execution of Supplemental Indentures

70

SECTION 904.

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

70

SECTION 905.

Conformity with Trust Indenture Act

70

SECTION 906.

Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures

70

 

 

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

 

 

 

COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1001.

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

71

SECTION 1002.

Maintenance of Office or Agency

71

SECTION 1003.

Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust

72

SECTION 1004.

Additional Amounts

74

 

iii



 

SECTION 1005.

Limitation on Liens

75

SECTION 1006.

Existence

76

SECTION 1007.

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

77

SECTION 1008.

Change in Nature of Business

77

SECTION 1009.

Accounting Changes

77

SECTION 1010.

Waiver of Certain Covenants

77

SECTION 1011.

Calculation of Original Issue Discount

77

 

 

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

 

 

 

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1101.

Applicability of Article

78

SECTION 1102.

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

78

SECTION 1103.

Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed

78

SECTION 1104.

Notice of Redemption

79

SECTION 1105.

Deposit of Redemption Price

80

SECTION 1106.

Securities Payable on Redemption Date

80

SECTION 1107.

Securities Redeemed in Part

81

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

 

 

 

SINKING FUNDS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1201.

Applicability of Article

82

SECTION 1202.

Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities

82

SECTION 1203.

Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund

83

 

 

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

 

 

 

 

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1301.

Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called

83

SECTION 1302.

Call, Notice and Place of Meetings

83

SECTION 1303.

Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings

84

SECTION 1304.

Quorum; Action

84

SECTION 1305.

Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings

85

SECTION 1306.

Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings

86

 

 

 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

 

 

 

 

GUARANTEES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1401.

Guarantees

86

SECTION 1402.

Operation of Guarantees

88

SECTION 1403.

Release of Guarantee

89

 

iv



 

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1501.

Applicability of Article

89

 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

Form of 144A Global Note

 

Exhibit A-2

Form of Regulation S Temporary Global Note

 

Exhibit B

Form of Certificate of Transfer

 

Exhibit C

Form of Certificate Of Form Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor

 

Exhibit D

Form of Certificate To Be Given By Person Entitled To Receive Bearer Security

 

 

v



 

THIS INDENTURE, dated as of November 21, 2003 (the “Indenture”) among HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada (herein called the “Company”), having its principal office at 4150 Technology Way, Carson City, Nevada 89706, HARLEY-DAVIDSON FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (“HDFS”), having its principal office at 150 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, HARLEY-DAVIDSON CREDIT CORP., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada (“HDCC”), having its principal office at 4150 Technology Way, Carson City, Nevada 89706 (HDFS and HDCC are each referred to as a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), and BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY, an Illinois trust company, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”), the office of the trustee at which at the date hereof its corporate trust business is principally administered being 2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020, Chicago, Illinois 60602.

 

RECITALS

 

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its senior unsecured notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter called the “Securities”), unlimited as to principal amount, to be issued in one or more series and to have such other provisions as in this Indenture provided.

 

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

For value received, each Guarantor named herein has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the Guarantees of the Securities provided for herein.  All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of each such Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder that are required to be part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, shall be governed by such provisions.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders (hereinafter defined) thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

SECTION 101.                                                                     Definitions.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                   the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

 

(2)                                   all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

 

(3)                                   all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “GAAP” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States of America at the date of such computation; and

 

(4)                                   the words, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

Certain terms, used principally in certain Articles hereof, are defined in those Articles.

 

“Accountant” means any Person engaged in the practice of accounting who (except when this Indenture provides that an Accountant must be Independent) may be employed by or affiliated with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

“Act”, when used with respect to any holder of a Security, has the meaning specified in Section 104.

 

“Additional Amounts” means any additional amounts which are required hereby or by any Security, under circumstances specified herein or therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges imposed on Holders specified therein and which are owing to such Holders.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting Securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

2



 

“Authenticating Agent” means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 613 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.

 

“Authorized Newspaper” means a newspaper, in the English language or in an official language of the country of publication, customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, and of general circulation in each place in which publication is required under the terms hereof or under the terms of the Securities of a particular series or in the financial community of such place.  Where successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made in the same or in different Authorized Newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any day that is a Business Day in the place of publication.

 

“Bearer Security” means any Security in the form established pursuant to Section 201 which is payable to bearer including, without limitation, unless the context otherwise indicates, a Security in temporary or permanent global bearer form.

 

“Business Day”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other particular location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment, The City of New York, or other location are authorized or obligated by or pursuant to law or executive order to close.

 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP; and the stated maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, including, without limitation, all common stock and preferred stock.

 

“Clearstream, Luxembourg” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg, a corporation organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

 

“Company Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board of directors.

 

3



 

“Company Board Resolution” means a copy of one or more resolutions certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, to have been duly adopted by the Company Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Company Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by (i) the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President of the Company, and (ii) the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Company Order” or “Company Request” means a written order or request, as the case may be, signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President, a Vice President, its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Controller, an Assistant Controller, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Consolidated” refers to the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the consolidated total assets of HDFS and its subsidiaries taken as one enterprise as reflected in the HDFS’ most recent consolidated balance sheet preceding the date of determination prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, less (a) all current liabilities, excluding current maturities of long-term debt and Capital Lease Obligations, and (b) all goodwill, tradenames, trademarks, patents, minority interests of others, unamortized debt discount and expense and other similar intangible assets, excluding any investments in permits or licenses.

 

“Conversion Event” means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country or the confederation which issued such Foreign Currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community, (ii) the Euro both within the EMU and for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the EMU or (iii) any currency unit or composite currency other than the Euro for the purposes for which it was established.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee in Chicago, Illinois, at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is that indicated in the introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

“Corporation” means a corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, other company, business trust or statutory trust.

 

“Coupon” means any interest coupon appertaining to a Bearer Security.

 

“CUSIP number” means the alphanumeric designation assigned to a Security by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., CUSIP Service Bureau.

 

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307.

 

4



 

“Depository” means, with respect to any Security issuable or issued in the form of one or more global Securities, the Person designated as depository by the Company in or pursuant to this Indenture, and, unless otherwise provided with respect to any Security, any successor to such Person.  If at any time there is more than one such Person, “Depository” shall mean, with respect to any Securities, the depository which has been appointed with respect to such Securities.

 

“Dollar” or “$” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

“EC Treaty” means the Treaty establishing the European Communities (signed in Rome on 25 March 1957), as amended by the Treaty on European Union, as amended (signed in Maastricht on 7 February 1992).

 

“EMU” means European Economic and Monetary Union.

 

“Euro” means the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the EC Treaty.

 

“Euroclear” means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, or its successor, as operator of the Euroclear System.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Foreign Currency” means any currency, currency unit or composite currency issued by the government of one or more countries other than the United States of America or by any recognized confederation or association of such government.

 

“Government Obligations” means securities which are (i) direct obligations of the United States or the other government or governments in the confederation which issued the Foreign Currency in which the principal of or any premium or interest on such Security or any Additional Amounts in respect thereof shall be payable, in each case where the payment or payments thereunder are supported by the full faith and credit of such government or governments or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States or such other government or governments, in each case where the timely payment or payments thereunder are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States or such other government or governments, and which, in the case of (i) or (ii), are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer or issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount with respect to any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount with respect to the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

5



 

“Guarantee” or “Guarantees” means the unconditional and irrevocable guarantee of the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to, the Securities by each Guarantor, as more fully set forth in Article Fourteen.

 

“Guarantor” or “Guarantors” means each Person named as “Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Guarantor” shall mean such successor Person.

 

“Guarantor’s Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Guarantor, the board of directors of such Guarantor or any committee of that board duly authorized to act generally or in any particular respect for such Guarantor hereunder.

 

“Guarantor’s Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Guarantor, a copy of one or more resolutions, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Guarantor to have been duly adopted by such Guarantor’s Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, is delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Guarantor, a certificate signed by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of such Guarantor, that complies with the requirements of Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act and is delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Guarantor Request” and “Guarantor Order” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of a Guarantor by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, any such Guarantor, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“HDI” means Harley-Davidson, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal office at 3700 West Juneau Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53208.

 

“Holder”, in the case of a Registered Security, means the Person in whose name the Security is registered in the Security Register and, in the case of a Bearer Security, means the bearer thereof and, in the case of any Coupon, means the bearer thereof.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, (without duplication) (a) any liability of such Person (1) for borrowed money, or under any reimbursement obligation relating to a letter of credit, or (2) evidenced by a bond, note, debenture or similar instrument (including a purchase money obligation arising in connection with the acquisition of any businesses, properties or assets of any kind) if and to the extent any of the foregoing would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than a trade payable or a current liability arising in the ordinary course of business), or (3) for the payment of money relating to any Capital Lease Obligations; (b) any liability of others described in the preceding clause (a) that the Person has guaranteed or that is otherwise its legal liability; (c) any amendment, supplement, modification, deferral, renewal, extension or refunding of any liability of the types referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above; and (d) in the case of any

 

6



 

Subsidiary, the aggregate preference in respect of amounts payable on the issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock of such Subsidiary in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up (excluding any such preference attributable to such shares of preferred stock that are owned by the Guarantors or any Subsidiary thereof).

 

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and by the terms and conditions of such Security and any Coupon appertaining thereto established pursuant to Section 301 (as such terms and provisions may be amended pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof); provided, however, that, if at any time more than one Person is acting as Trustee under this instrument, “Indenture” shall mean, with respect to any one or more series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of those particular series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee established pursuant to Section 301, exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms which relate solely to other series of Securities for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were adopted.

 

“Independent”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means such a Person who is in fact independent of the Company and either Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Securities, does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Company, in any Guarantor or in any such other obligor or in an Affiliate of the Company and either Guarantor or such other obligor and is not connected with the Company, either Guarantor or any such other obligor as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions. Whenever it is herein provided that an opinion or certificate of any Independent Person shall be furnished to the Trustee, such Person shall be appointed by Company Order and approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read this definition and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof.

 

“interest”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

 

“Interest Payment Date”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

 

“Judgment Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 116.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, charge or other encumbrance or preferential arrangement (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof other than a title retention agreement in connection with the purchase of goods in the ordinary course of business which is outstanding for not more than 90 days).

 

“Maturity”, with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided,

 

7



 

whether at the Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, upon any redemption or otherwise and includes the Redemption Date.

 

“New York Banking Day” has the meaning specified in Section 116.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Company or a Guarantor or other counsel who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and, where applicable, the Company and the Guarantors and, that, if required by the Trust Indenture Act, complies with the requirements of Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

“Original Issue Discount Security” means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

 

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to any Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all such Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(i)                                      any such Security theretofore cancelled by the Security Registrar or the Trustee or delivered to the Security Registrar or the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(ii)                                   any such Security for whose payment at the Maturity thereof or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited pursuant hereto (other than pursuant to Section 403) with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company or any Guarantor) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company or Guarantor (if the Company or any Guarantor shall act as Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities and any Coupons appertaining thereto; provided, that if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

 

(iii)                                any such Security with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance or covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 403, except to the extent provided in Section 403; and

 

(iv)                               any such Security which has been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Security in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Security is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Security is a valid obligation of the Company;

 

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder are present at a meeting of Holders of Securities for quorum purposes, (a) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that may be counted in making such determination and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be the principal amount thereof that, pursuant to the terms of such Original Issue Discount Security, would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon acceleration of the Maturity thereof

 

8



 

pursuant to Section 502, (b) the principal amount of a Security denominated in a Foreign Currency shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined on the date of original issuance of such Security by the Company in good faith, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined on the date of original issuance of such Security, of the amount determined as provided in (a) above), of such Security, and (c) Securities owned by the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company, any Guarantor or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or upon any such determination as to the presence of a quorum, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company, any Guarantor or such other obligor.

 

“Paying Agent” means any Person, including the Company, authorized by the Company to pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to, any Security on behalf of the Company.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint venture, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Place of Payment”, when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or such place or places specified in a supplemental indenture where, subject to the provisions of Section 1002, the principal of, premium, if any, interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to the Securities of that series are payable as provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or such Securities.

 

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same indebtedness as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or a Security to which a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertains shall be deemed to evidence the same indebtedness as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or the Security to which the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertains, as the case may be.

 

“Property” means any asset, revenue or any other property, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal, including, without limitation, any right to receive income.

 

“Redemption Date”, when used with respect to any Security or portion thereof to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture or such Security.

 

9



 

“Redemption Price”, when used with respect to any Security or portion thereof to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture or such Security.

 

“Registered Security” means any Security established pursuant to Section 201 which is registered in the Security Register.

 

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date therefor means the date, if any, specified in or pursuant to this Indenture or such Security as the record date for the payment of such interest.

 

“Required Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 116.

 

“Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department (or any successor group of the Trustee), including any vice president, any assistant vice president, any assistant secretary, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Security” or “Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any note or notes, bond or bonds or any other evidences of indebtedness, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered from time to time under this Indenture; provided, however, that, if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, “Securities”, with respect to any such Person, shall mean Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of Securities of any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Security Register” has the meaning specified in Section 305.

 

“Security Registrar” means the Person appointed by the Company to register Registered Securities and transfers of Registered Securities as provided in Section 305.

 

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of any series means the date determined pursuant to Section 307.

 

“Stated Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon or any Additional Amounts with respect thereto, means the date established by or pursuant to this Indenture or specified in such Security or a Coupon representing such installment of interest as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is, or such Additional Amounts with respect thereto are, due and payable.

 

“Subsidiary” means (i) any Corporation more than 50% of the outstanding securities having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be owned or controlled, directly or

 

10



 

indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) any association, joint venture or similar business organization more than 50% of the ownership interests having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be so owned or controlled.

 

“Support Agreement” means the agreement dated September 26, 1996 (and all amendments and supplements thereto), by and between HDFS and HDI, whereby, under certain circumstances, HDI agrees to provide HDFS certain financial support.

 

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such with respect to one or more series of Securities pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and any reference herein to the Trust Indenture Act or a particular provision thereof shall mean such Act or provision, as the case may be, as amended or replaced from time to time or as supplemented from time to time by rule or regulations adopted by the Commission under or in furtherance of the purposes of such Act or provision, as the case may be.

 

“United States” means the United States of America (including the states thereof and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

“United States Alien” means any Person who, for United States Federal income tax purposes, is a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual, a non-resident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, or a foreign partnership one or more of the members of which is, for United States Federal income tax purposes, a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual or a non-resident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.

 

“U.S. Depositary” means, with respect to any Security issuable or issued in the form of one or more global Securities, the Person designated as U.S. Depositary by the Company pursuant to Section 301, which must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, if so provided pursuant to Section 301 with respect to any Security, any successor to such Person.  If at any time there is more than one such Person, “U.S. Depositary” shall mean, with respect to any Securities, the qualifying entity which has been appointed with respect to such Securities.

 

“Vice President”, when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”.

 

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even if the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

 

11



 

SECTION 102.                                                                     Compliance Certificates and Opinions .

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, upon any application or request by the Company or any Guarantors (i) to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture or (ii) to any Authenticating Agent to authenticate Securities of any series upon original issuance, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent (with a copy to the Trustee) a Company Officers’ Certificate or a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate, as the case may be, stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, and, in the case of conditions precedent compliance with which is subject to verification by Accountants, engineers, appraisers or other experts, a certificate or opinion of an Accountant, engineer, appraiser or other expert (which Accountant, engineer, appraiser or other expert shall be Independent if required by the Trust Indenture Act), except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance by the Company or any Guarantor with a condition or covenant provided for in or pursuant to this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)                                   a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(2)                                   a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)                                   a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)                                   a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

SECTION 103.                                                                     Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company or any Guarantor may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the opinion with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such Opinion of Counsel may be

 

12



 

based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company or any Guarantor stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. Any Opinion of Counsel may be based on the written opinion of other counsel, in which event such Opinion of Counsel shall be accompanied by a copy of such other counsel’s opinion and shall include a statement to the effect that such counsel believes that such counsel and the Trustee may reasonably rely upon the opinion of such other counsel.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

SECTION 104.                                                                     Acts of Holders .

 

(a)                                   Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by or pursuant to this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in or pursuant to this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of such series may, alternatively, be embodied in and evidenced by the record of Holders of Securities of such series voting in favor thereof, either in person or by proxies duly appointed in writing, at any meeting of Holders of Securities of such series duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article Thirteen, or a combination of such instruments and any such record.  Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company and the Guarantors. Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments and so voting at any such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act) conclusive in favor of the Trustee or the Company and the Guarantors and any agent of the Trustee or the Company and the Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section. The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 1306.

 

Without limiting the generality of this Section 104, unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, a Holder, including a Depository that is a Holder of a global Security, may make, give or take, by a proxy, or proxies, duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in or pursuant to this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depository that is a Holder of a global Security may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such global Security through such Depository’s standing instructions and customary practices.

 

13



 

(b)                                  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any reasonable manner which the Trustee deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may determine; and the Trustee may in any instance require further proof with respect to any of the matters referred to in this Section.

 

(c)                                   The ownership, principal amount and serial numbers of Registered Securities held by any Person, and the date of commencement and the date of termination of holding the same, shall be proved by the Security Register.

 

(d)                                  The ownership, principal amount and serial numbers of Bearer Securities held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, may be proved by the production of such Bearer Securities or by a certificate executed, as depositary, by any trust company, bank, banker or other depositary reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Guarantors, wherever situated, if such certificate shall be deemed by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee to be satisfactory, showing that at the date therein mentioned such Person had on deposit with such depositary, or exhibited to it, the Bearer Securities therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person holding such Bearer Securities, if such certificate or affidavit is deemed by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee to be satisfactory. The Trustee, the Guarantors and the Company may assume that such ownership of any Bearer Security continues until (1) another certificate or affidavit bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Bearer Security is produced, or (2) such Bearer Security is produced to the Trustee by some other Person, or (3) such Bearer Security is surrendered in exchange for a Registered Security, or (4) such Bearer Security is no longer Outstanding. The ownership, principal amount and serial numbers of Bearer Securities held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Company and the Trustee deem sufficient.

 

(e)                                   If the Company or any Guarantor shall solicit from the Holders of any Registered Securities any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, may at its option (but is not obligated to), by Company Board Resolution or Guarantor’s Board Resolution, as the case may be, fix in advance a record date, which shall be not more than 60 days prior to the first solicitation of such Holders, for the determination of Holders of Registered Securities entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of Registered Securities of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purpose of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

 

14



 

(f)                                     Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Guarantor or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

 

SECTION 105.                                                                     Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company and Guarantors .

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

 

(1)                                   the Trustee by any Holder, any Guarantor or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing (which may include a facsimile transmission) to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

 

(2)                                   the Company or any Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or delivered by facsimile transmission to the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, addressed to it to the attention of its Treasurer at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 106.                                                                     Notice to Holders of Securities; Waiver .

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of Securities of any event,

 

(1)                                   such notice shall be sufficiently given to Holders of Registered Securities if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Registered Security affected by such event, at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice; and

 

(2)                                   such notice shall be sufficiently given to Holders of Bearer Securities if published on a Business Day in an Authorized Newspaper in The City of New York and in such other city or cities as may be specified in such Securities, at least twice, each such publication to be not earlier than the earliest date, and not later than the latest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.

 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice to Holders of Registered Securities by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. In any case where notice to Holders of

 

15



 

Registered Securities is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder of a Registered Security, shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Bearer Securities given as provided herein.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given or provided.

 

In case by reason of the suspension of publication of any Authorized Newspaper or Authorized Newspapers or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to publish any notice to Holders of Bearer Securities as provided above, then such notification to Holders of Bearer Securities as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice to such Holders for every purpose hereunder. Neither the failure to give notice by publication to Holders of Bearer Securities as provided above, nor any defect in any notice so published, shall affect the sufficiency of any notice mailed to holders of Registered Securities given as provided herein.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders of Securities shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

SECTION 107.                                                                     Language of Notice, Etc .

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that, if the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, so elect, any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

 

SECTION 108.                                                                     Trust Indenture Act .

 

The parties hereto agree that this Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of an Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, and that all provisions which the Trust Indenture Act provides as automatically deemed to be included in an indenture to be qualified thereunder shall be included herein.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and any required provision of the Trust Indenture Act, such required provision of the Trust Indenture Act shall control.

 

SECTION 109.                                                                     Effect of Headings And Table of Contents .

 

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

SECTION 110.                                                                     Successors and Assigns .

 

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company and the Guarantors shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

16



 

SECTION 111.                                                                     Separability Clause .

 

In case any provision in this Indenture, any Securities or any Coupon shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 112.                                                                     Benefits of Indenture .

 

Nothing in this Indenture, any Securities or any Coupon, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, their successors hereunder and the Holders of Securities or Coupons, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 113.                                                                     Governing Law .

 

Pursuant to New York General Obligations Law 5-1401, this Indenture and the Securities and Coupons shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made or instruments entered into and, in each case, performed in such state.

 

SECTION 114.                                                                     Legal Holidays .

 

Except as specified pursuant to Section 301, in any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, or where any date on which notice is required to be mailed or published shall not be a Business Day at the Corporate Trust Office, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities or Coupons other than a provision in the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section) payment of interest or principal, or premium, if any, or mailing or publication of such notice need not be made at such Place of Payment or at such Corporate Trust Office on such date, but such payment may be made, mailed or published on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment or at such Corporate Trust Office with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, or other required date for the mailing or publication of such notice, as the case may be, and in the case of payment to be made on any such Security, no interest shall accrue or be payable as a result of the making of such payment after any such nominal date, provided such payment is made in full on such next succeeding Business Day.

 

SECTION 115.                                                                     Corporate Obligation .

 

No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, against any incorporator, subscriber to the capital stock, stockholder, officer, director or employee of the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee or of any predecessor or successor of the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee with respect to, under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, in any Security, or because of indebtedness evidenced thereby.

 

17



 

SECTION 116.                                                                     Judgment Currency

 

Each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of, or premium or interest, if any, or Additional Amounts on the Securities of any series (the “Required Currency”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “Judgment Currency”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding that on which a final unappealable judgment is given and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with clause (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture.  For purposes of the foregoing, “New York Banking Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.  The provisions of this Section 116 shall not be applicable with respect to any payment due on a Security which is payable in Dollars.

 

SECTION 117.                                                                     Counterparts

 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 118.                                                                     Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 119.                                                                     Force Majeure .

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or act of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are

 

18



 

consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

SECURITIES FORMS

 

SECTION 201.                                                                     Forms Generally .

 

The Registered Securities, if any, of each series and the Bearer Securities, if any, of each series and related Coupons shall be in such form (including temporary or permanent global form as attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2) as set forth in a Company Officer’s Certificate, the officers executing such Company Officer’s Certificate to be duly authorized pursuant to a Company Board Resolution, or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by or pursuant to this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with any applicable law, rule regulation or with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers of the Company executing such Securities or Coupons, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities or Coupons.

 

Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Securities, the Securities shall be issuable in registered form without Coupons.  Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, Bearer Securities other than Bearer Securities in global form shall have interest Coupons attached.

 

The definitive Securities and Coupons, if any, shall be printed, typewritten, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities or Coupons.

 

If Article Fourteen is to be applicable to Securities of any series, established as contemplated by Section 301, then Securities of each such series shall bear Guarantees in substantially the form set forth in Section 1401.  For any other series of Securities, the Guarantees shall be endorsed on the Securities and shall be substantially in the form set forth in a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate of each Guarantor, the officers executing such Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate to be duly authorized pursuant to Guarantors’ Board Resolutions, or one or more indentures supplemental hereto.  If the form of the Guarantees to be endorsed on the Securities of any series is established by action taken pursuant to the Guarantors’ Board Resolutions, a copy of such Guarantors’ Board Resolutions certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each of the Guarantors shall be delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery by the Company of the written order contemplated by Section 303 hereof for the authentication and delivery of such Securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantees to be endorsed on the Securities of any series may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other corrections from the forms thereof referred to above as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification

 

19



 

and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation or with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing the same, in each case as evidenced by such execution.

 

SECTION 202.                                                                     Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .

 

The Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

By

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

SECTION 203.                                                                     Securities in Global Form .

 

Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Securities, the Securities shall be issuable in temporary or permanent global form. If Securities of a series are issuable in global form, then any such Security may provide that it or any number of such Securities shall represent such of the Outstanding Securities of such series from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series (or such lesser amount as is permitted by the terms thereof) represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, of outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Security Registrar in such manner and upon instructions given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified in such Security or in a Company Order delivered to the Security Registrar with such Security. Subject to the provisions of Section 303 and, if applicable, Section 304, the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent shall deliver and redeliver, in each case at the Company’s expense, any Security in permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons specified in such Security or in a Company Order delivered pursuant to Section 303 or Section 304, as applicable. If a Company Order pursuant to Section 303 or Section 304 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement or delivery or redelivery of a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, in the event a global Security is exchangeable for definitive Securities as provided in Section 305, then, unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series, the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent shall deliver and redeliver such global Security to the extent necessary to effect such exchanges, shall endorse such global Security to reflect any decrease in the principal amount thereto resulting from such exchanges and shall take such other actions, all as contemplated by Section 305.

 

20



 

The provisions of the last sentence of Section 303 shall apply to any Security in global form if such Security was never issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers to the Security Registrar the Security in global form together with written instructions (which need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) (a copy of which instructions shall be delivered to the Trustee) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of Securities represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the last sentence of Section 303.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 307, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on and Additional Amounts in respect of any Security in permanent global form shall be made to the Holder thereof.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 308 and except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Guarantors or of the Trustee shall treat a Person as the Holder of such principal amount of Outstanding Securities represented by a global Security (i) in the case of a permanent global Security in registered form, the Holder of such permanent global Security in registered form, or (ii) in the case of a permanent global Security in Bearer form, the Person or Persons specified pursuant to Section 301.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

THE SECURITIES

 

SECTION 301.                                                                     Amount Unlimited: Issuable in Series .

 

(a)                                   The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The Securities may be issued in one or more series.  With respect to Securities to be authenticated and delivered hereunder, there shall be established in or pursuant to one or more Company Board Resolutions, and set forth in a Company Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto:

 

(1)                                   the title of the Securities of the series in which such Securities shall be included;
 
(2)                                   any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 906 or 1107 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 303, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder), and if such series may be reopened from time to time for the issuance of additional Securities of such series or to establish additional terms of such series;

 

21



 

(3)                                   whether Securities of the series are to be issuable as Registered Securities, Bearer Securities or both, whether Securities of the series are to be issuable with or without Coupons or both, and any restrictions applicable to the offer, sale or delivery of the Bearer Securities and the terms, if any, upon which Bearer Securities may be exchanged for Registered Securities;
 
(4)                                   if any of such Securities are to be issuable in global form, when any of such Securities are to be issuable in global form and (i) whether such Securities are to be issued in temporary or permanent global form or both, (ii) whether beneficial owners of interests in any such global Security may exchange such interests for Securities of the same series and of like tenor and of any authorized form and denomination, and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may occur, if other than in the manner specified in Section 305, (iii) the name of the Depository with respect to any such global Security and (iv) if applicable and in addition to the Persons specified in Section 305, the Person or Persons who shall be entitled to make any endorsements on any such global Security and to give the instructions and take the other actions with respect to such global Security contemplated by the first paragraph of Section 203;
 
(5)                                   if any of such Securities are to be issuable as Bearer Securities, the date as of which any such Bearer Security shall be dated (if other than the date of original issuance of the first of such Securities to be issued);
 
(6)                                   if any of such Securities are to be issuable as Bearer Securities, whether interest in respect of any portion of a temporary Bearer Security in global form payable in respect of an Interest Payment Date therefor prior to the exchange, if any, of such temporary Bearer Security for definitive Securities shall be paid to any clearing organization with respect to the portion of such temporary Bearer Security held for its account and, in such event, the terms and conditions (including any certification requirements) upon which any such interest payment received by a clearing organization will be credited to the Persons entitled to interest payable on such Interest Payment Date;
 
(7)                                   (i) the Person to whom any interest on any Registered Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, (ii) the manner in which, or the Person to whom, any interest on any Bearer Security of the series shall be payable, if otherwise than upon presentation and surrender of the Coupons appertaining thereto as they severally mature, and (iii) the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 304;
 
(8)                                   the date or dates, or the method or methods, if any, by which such date or dates shall be determined on which the principal, and premium, if any, of the Securities of the series is payable;
 
(9)                                   the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method or methods, if any, pursuant to which such rate or rates shall be

 

22



 

determined, the date or dates from which any such interest shall accrue or the method or methods, if any, by which such date or dates are to be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable, the Regular Record Date, if any, for any interest payable on any Registered Securities on any Interest Payment Date, whether and under what circumstances Additional Amounts on such Securities or any of them shall be payable, and the basis upon which interest shall be calculated, if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;
 
(10)                             the place or places where, subject to the provisions of Section 1002, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on Securities of the series shall be payable, any Registered Securities of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, Securities of the series may be surrendered for exchange, notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of the series and this Indenture may be served and where notice to Holders pursuant to Section 106 will be published;
 
(11)                             whether the Securities of a series or any of them are to be redeemable at the option of the Company and, if so, the date or dates on which, the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;
 
(12)                             whether the Company is obligated to redeem or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the date or dates on which, the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation and any provision for the remarketing of the Securities of the series so redeemed or purchased;
 
(13)                             the denominations in which any Registered Securities of the series shall be issuable, if other than the denominations provided in Section 302, and the denomination or denominations in which any Bearer Securities of the series shall be issuable, if other than the denominations provided in Section 302;
 
(14)                             if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of the Securities of the series or any of them which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 or the method by which such portion is to be determined;
 
(15)                             if other than such coin or currency of the United States is at the time of payment legal tender for payment of public or private debts, the coin or currency, composite currencies or currency unit or units in which payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on or any Additional Amounts in respect of the Securities of the series or any of them shall be payable;
 
(16)                             if the principal of, premium, if any or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to the Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of

 

23



 

the Company or a Holder thereof, in a coin or currency, composite currencies or currency unit or units other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the currency in which payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to the Securities of such series as to which such election is made shall be payable, and the periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which such election is to be made;
 
(17)                             whether the amount of payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which index, formula or method may be based, without limitation, on one or more currencies, currency units, composite currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices), and, if so, the terms and conditions upon which and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined and paid or payable;
 
(18)                             any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or covenants of the Company or the Guarantors with respect to the Securities of the series or any of them, whether or not such Events of Default or covenants are consistent with the Events of Default or covenants set forth herein;
 
(19)                             if the Securities of the series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security of such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, then the form and terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;
 
(20)                             with respect to any Securities that may be issued in a private offering, the restrictions on transfer and legends relating to such Securities of the series and whether Securities of the series are entitled to registration or exchange rights;
 
(21)                             if there is more than one Trustee, the identity of the Trustee and, if not the Trustee, the identity of each Security Registrar, Paying Agent and/or Authenticating Agent with respect to the Securities of the series;
 
(22)                             whether any of the Securities of a series shall be issued as Original Issue Discount Securities;
 
(23)                             whether a credit facility or other form of credit support will apply to Securities of such series, which may be different from any credit facility for any other series;
 
(24)                             whether Section 403 relating to defeasance shall not be applicable to the Securities of such series, or any covenants in addition to those specified in Section 403 relating to the Securities of such series which shall be subject to covenant of defeasance, and any deletions from, or modifications or additions to, the provisions of Article Four in respect of the Securities of such series;

 

24



 

(25)                             whether any of such Securities are to be issuable upon the exercise of warrants, and the time, manner and place for such Securities to be authenticated and delivered; and
 
(26)                             any other terms of the Securities of the series or any of them (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture).
 

All Securities of any one series, and the Coupons appertaining to any Bearer Securities of such series, shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and the rate or rates of interest, if any, and Stated Maturity, the date from which interest, if any, shall accrue and except as may otherwise be provided by the Company in or pursuant to one or more Company Board Resolutions and set forth in such Company Officers’ Certificate or in any indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pertaining to such series of Securities.  The terms of the Securities of any series may provide, without limitation, that the Securities shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent on original issue from time to time upon written order of persons designated in the Company Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture and that such persons are authorized to determine, consistent with such Company Officers’ Certificate or any applicable supplemental indenture, such terms and conditions of the Securities of such series as are specified in such Company Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture.  All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise so provided by the Company, a series may be reopened for issuances of additional Securities of such series or to establish additional terms of such series of Securities.

 

If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Company Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action (including but not limited to such Company Board Resolution) shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or certified by Company Order and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Officers’ Certificate or Company Order setting forth the terms of the series.

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to receive the following only at or before the issuance of the first Security of each series issued under this Indenture:

 

(b)                                  Opinion(s) of Counsel.  Opinion(s) of Counsel (such counsel being entitled to rely upon certificates, opinions or representations as to matters of fact to the extent permitted by Section 103 and, as to matters involving the laws of any state other than the state in which such counsel is admitted to practice, upon an Opinion of Counsel who shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) complying with the requirement of Section 102, if applicable, containing such qualifications and assumptions as may be appropriate in the circumstances, and addressed to the Trustee substantially to the effect that:

 

(i)                                      the Indenture and, if applicable, any supplemental indenture that is permitted by Sections 201 and 301 and which relates to the series of Securities to which such opinion relates, have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and each of the Guarantors and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and each of the Guarantors, enforceable (except for Section 111 of the Indenture as to which no opinion need be

 

25



 

expressed) in accordance with their terms (assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the Trustee), except as such enforceability is subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

(ii)                                   the series of Securities to which such opinion relates, together with any Coupons appertaining thereto, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and any such Security, when the terms thereof have been established in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and when such Security has been executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture (assuming the due authentication, execution and delivery thereof by the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, which fact counsel need not verify by an inspection of such Securities) and delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of any underwriting agreement, agency agreement or other agreement providing for the sale thereof, will constitute (assuming no change in the facts or in the law and governmental rules and regulations, in either case in existence on the date such Opinion of Counsel is rendered) the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability is subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

(iii)                                the Guarantees of the Securities to which such opinion relates, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Guarantors, and any such Guarantee, when the terms thereof have been established in accordance with the terms of the Security and the Indenture and when such Guarantee has been executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture (assuming the due authentication, execution and delivery of the certificate of authentication of such Security by or on behalf of the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, which fact counsel need not verify by an inspection of such Securities) and delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of any underwriting agreement, agency agreement or other agreement providing for the issuance thereof, will constitute (assuming no change in the facts or in the law and governmental rules and regulations, in either case in existence on the date such Opinion of Counsel is rendered) the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability is subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

(iv)                               the forms and terms of the series of Securities to which such opinion relates and any Coupons appertaining thereto and any related Guarantees have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture or, if

 

26



 

such forms and terms are being established pursuant to one or more instruments being furnished to the Trustee concurrently with the delivery of such opinion, such instruments conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

 

(v)                                  all instruments furnished to the Trustee in connection with the first issuance of Securities of the series to which such opinion relates (which instrument shall be listed in such opinion) conform to the requirements of this Indenture and, except for (a) Securities of such series, together with any Coupons appertaining thereto, to be delivered for authentication subsequent to the date of such opinion pursuant to Section 303, (b) the Company Order(s) to be delivered subsequent to the date of such opinion pursuant to Sections 201, 301 or 303 and (c) any certificate required to be delivered subsequent to the date of such opinion pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 301 and (d) any other documents or items required to be delivered subsequent to the date of such opinion pursuant to such instruments, such instruments constitute all the documents required by this Indenture to be delivered hereunder at or before the first issuance of Securities of the series to which the opinion relates;

 

(c)                                   Officers’ Certificates.  A Company Officers’ Certificate and a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and the execution and delivery of the Indenture will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, or any order of any court or administrative agency entered in any proceeding to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which it is subject; and

 

(d)                                  Board Resolutions.  A Company Board Resolution and a Guarantor’s Board Resolution authorizing this Indenture and, if applicable, any supplemental indenture that is permitted by Sections 201 and 301 and that relates to such series of Securities.

 

SECTION 302.                                                                     Denominations .

 

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, any Registered Securities of a series denominated in Dollars shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and any Bearer Securities of a series denominated in Dollars shall be issuable in the denomination of $5,000. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, any Securities of a series denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be issuable in denominations that are the equivalent, as determined by the Company by reference to the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers for such currency, as such rate is reported or otherwise made available by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, on the applicable trade date for such Securities, of $100,000 (rounded down to an integral multiple of 10,000 units of such currency), and any larger amount that is, as nearly as is practicable, an integral multiple of $1,000.

 

27



 

SECTION 303.                                                                     Execution; Authentication; Delivery and Dating .

 

The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President, its Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer or one of its Vice Presidents attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile. Coupons shall bear the facsimile signature of the Chairman of the Board of the Company, its President, its Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer or one of its Vice Presidents, attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries.

 

Securities and Coupons bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or Coupons or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities or Coupons.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series, together with any Coupons appertaining thereto, executed by the Company to the Trustee or Authenticating Agent for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities and the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities; provided, however, that, in connection with its original issuance, no Bearer Security shall be mailed or otherwise delivered to any location in the United States; and provided further, that a Bearer Security other than a temporary global Bearer Security may be delivered in connection with its original issuance only if Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear, as the case may be, shall have furnished to the Security Registrar a certificate substantially to the effect that the Person entitled to receive such Bearer Security shall have furnished to Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear, as the case may be, a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D to this Indenture or in such other form of certificate as shall contain information then required by Federal income tax laws, dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such Bearer Security is delivered and (ii) the date on which any temporary Security first becomes exchangeable for such Bearer Security in accordance with the terms of such temporary Security and this Indenture. A confirmation shall be sent by the Company or an agent thereof to each purchaser of a Bearer Security. If any Security shall be represented by a permanent global Bearer Security, then, for purposes of this Section 303 and Section 304, the notation of a beneficial owner’s interest therein upon original issuance of such Security or upon exchange of a portion of a temporary global Security shall be deemed to be delivery in connection with its original issuance of such beneficial owner’s interest in such permanent global Bearer Security. Except as permitted by Section 306, the Trustee or Authenticating Agent shall not authenticate and deliver any Bearer Security unless all appurtenant Coupons for interest then matured have been detached and cancelled.

 

The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver such Securities if the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent, in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or vice presidents, shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent to personal liability to existing Holders.

 

28



 

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. Each Bearer Security and any temporary Bearer Security in global form shall be dated as of the date specified as contemplated by Section 301. Each Security will also bear an original issue date (the “Issue Date”) which, with respect to any Security (or portion thereof), shall mean the date of its original issuance and shall be specified therein. The Issue Date shall remain the same for all Securities subsequently issued upon transfer, exchange or substitution of Securities, regardless of their dates of authentication.

 

No Security or Coupon shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Security Registrar for cancellation as provided in Section 309 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) (a copy of which statement shall be delivered to the Trustee) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 304.                                                                     Temporary Securities; Exchange of Temporary Securities .

 

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and, upon Company Order, the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form or, if authorized, in bearer form with one or more Coupons or without Coupons, and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.  Such temporary Securities may be in global form.

 

Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form (which shall be exchanged in accordance with the provisions thereof), if temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company maintained pursuant to Section 1002 in a Place of Payment for such series for the purpose of exchanges of Securities of such series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series (accompanied by any unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto) the Company shall execute and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of authorized denominations of the same series containing identical terms and provisions; provided, however, that no definitive Bearer Security, except as provided pursuant to

 

29



 

Section 301, shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Registered Security; and provided further, that a definitive Bearer Security shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Bearer Security only in compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 303. Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to a temporary global Security, until so exchanged the temporary Security of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 305.                                                                     Registration. Registration of Transfer and Exchange .

 

The Company shall cause to be kept for each series of Securities at one of the offices or agencies maintained pursuant to Section 1002 a register (each such register being referred to herein as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Securities and the registration of transfers of Registered Securities. The Trustee is hereby appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Registered Securities and transfers and exchanges of Registered Securities as herein provided; provided, that the Company may, from time to time, designate (or change any designation of) any other Person or Persons to act as Security Registrar or co-Security Registrars with respect to the Securities of one or more series, with notice to the Trustee and as provided in Section 106 to the Holders. At all reasonable times the Security Register shall be open for inspection by the Company. In the event that the Trustee shall not be the Security Registrar, it shall have the right to examine the Security Register at all reasonable times.

 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at the office or agency of the Company maintained pursuant to Section 1002 for such purpose in a Place of Payment for such series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series and of like tenor of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity. Transfers of Registered Securities may be effected only as set forth in the preceding sentence.

 

At the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

No Registered Security may be exchanged for a Bearer Security.  If specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to Securities of any series, at the option of the Holder, Bearer Securities of any series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity, upon surrender of the Bearer Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency, with all unmatured Coupons and all matured Coupons in default thereto appertaining. If the Holder of a Bearer Security is unable to produce any such unmatured Coupon or Coupons or matured Coupon or Coupons in default, such exchange may be effected if the Bearer Securities

 

30



 

are accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee in an amount equal to the face amount of such missing Coupon or Coupons, or the surrender of such missing Coupon or Coupons may be waived by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee if there is furnished to them such Security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to any Paying Agent any such missing Coupon in respect of which such a payment shall have been made, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such payment; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 1002, interest represented by Coupons shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of those Coupons at an office or agency located outside the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Bearer Security of any series is surrendered at any such office or agency in exchange for a Registered Security of the same series and of like tenor after the close of business at such office or agency on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, such Bearer Security shall be surrendered without the Coupon relating to such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, and interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of the Registered Security issued in exchange for such Bearer Security, but will be payable only to the Holder of such Coupon when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, any permanent global Security shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph. If the beneficial owners of interests in a permanent global Security are entitled to exchange such interests for Securities of such series and of like tenor and principal amount of another authorized form and denomination as specified as contemplated by Section 301, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee or Authenticating Agent definitive Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such permanent global Security, executed by the Company. On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, such permanent global Security shall be surrendered by the U.S. Depositary or such other Depository as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto, to the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities without charge and the Trustee or Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such permanent global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such permanent global Security to be exchanged which, unless the Securities of the series are not issuable both as Bearer Securities and as Registered Securities, as specified as contemplated by Section 301, shall be in the form of Bearer Securities or Registered Securities, or any combination thereof, as shall be specified by the beneficial owner thereof; provided, however, that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection of

 

31



 

Securities of that series to be redeemed and ending on the relevant Redemption Date; and provided further, that (unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301) no Bearer Security delivered in exchange for a portion of a permanent global Security shall be mailed or otherwise delivered to any location in the United States.  If a Registered Security is issued in exchange for any portion of a permanent global Security after the close of business at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Registered Security, but will be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such permanent global Security is payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or redemption shall (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar or any transfer agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer, exchange or redemption of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or 1107 not involving any transfer.

 

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, the Company shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection of Securities of that series to be redeemed and ending at the close of business on (A) if Securities of the series are issuable only as Registered Securities, the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption and (B) if Securities of the series are issuable as Bearer Securities, the day of the first publication of the relevant notice of redemption, or, if Securities of the series are also issuable as Registered Securities and there is no publication, the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part, (iii) exchange any Bearer Security so selected for redemption except that such a Bearer Security may be exchanged for a Registered Security of the same series and of like tenor, provided that such Registered Security shall be simultaneously surrendered for redemption or (iv) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security which, in accordance with its terms specified as

 

32



 

contemplated by Section 301, has been surrendered for repayment at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Security not repaid.

 

SECTION 306.                                                                     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities and Coupons .

 

If any mutilated Security or a Security with a mutilated Coupon appertaining to it is surrendered to the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent, the Company shall execute and the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, with Coupons corresponding to the Coupons, if any, appertaining to the surrendered Security.

 

If there shall be delivered to the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security or Coupon and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee that such Security or Coupon has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security or in exchange for the Security to which a destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertains (with all appurtenant Coupons not destroyed, lost or stolen), a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, with Coupons corresponding to the Coupons, if any, appertaining to such destroyed, lost or stolen Security or to the Security to which such destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertains.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or Coupon has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security or Coupon; provided, however, that principal of, premium, if any, and interest on Bearer Securities shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 1002, be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States and unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, any interest on Bearer Securities and any Additional Amounts with respect to such interest shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the Coupons appertaining thereto.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee or Authenticating Agent) connected therewith.

 

Every new Security of any series, with its Coupons, if any, issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security, or in exchange for a Security to which a destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertains shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security and its Coupons, if any, or the destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and any such new Security and Coupons, if any, shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series and of like tenor and their Coupons, if any, duly issued hereunder.

 

33



 

The provisions of this Section 306, as amended or supplemented pursuant to this Indenture with respect to particular Securities or generally, shall (to the extent lawful) be exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or Coupons.

 

SECTION 307.                     Payment of Interest and Certain Additional Amounts; Rights to Interest and Certain Additional Amounts Preserved .

 

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to any Registered Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.  In case a Bearer Security of any series is surrendered in exchange for a Registered Security of such series after the close of business (at an office or agency in a Place of Payment for such series) on any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business (at such office or agency) on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, such Bearer Security shall be surrendered without the Coupon relating to such Interest Payment Date and interest will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date in respect of the Registered Security issued in exchange of such Bearer Security, but will be payable only to the Holder of such Coupon when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Any interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect to any Registered Security of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company or any Guarantor, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:

 

(1)                                   The Company or any Guarantor may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest. The Company or such Guarantor shall, no less than 15 calendar days prior to the date of the Special Record Date (fixed as set forth below), notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Registered Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided.  Thereupon the Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest shall be the close of business on the tenth calendar day prior to the date of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall in the name and at the expense of the Company, cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Registered Securities of such series

 

34



 

at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).  In case a Bearer Security of any series is surrendered at the office or agency in a Place of Payment for such series in exchange for a Registered Security of such series after the close of business at such office or agency on any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency an the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, such Bearer Security shall be surrendered with the Coupon relating to such proposed date of payment and Defaulted Interest will not be payable on such proposed date of payment in respect of the Registered Security issued in exchange for such Bearer Security, but will be payable only to the Holder of such Coupon when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
 
(2)                                   The Company or any Guarantor may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company or such Guarantor to the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Paying Agent.
 

At the option of the Company, interest on the Registered Securities of any series that bears interest may be paid by mailing a check to the address of any Holder as such address shall appear in the Securities Register.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 307 and Section 305, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

 

SECTION 308.                                                                     Persons Deemed Owners .

 

Prior to due presentment of a Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Registered Security is registered as the owner of such Registered Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and none of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

Title to any Bearer Security and any Coupons appertaining thereto shall pass by delivery.  The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee may treat the bearer of any Bearer Security and the bearer of any Coupon as the absolute

 

35



 

owner of such Security or Coupon for the purpose of receiving payment thereof or on account thereof and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security or Coupon be overdue, and neither the Company, the Guarantors,  the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

No owner of any beneficial interest in any global Security held on its behalf by a Depository shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such global Security, and such Depository may be treated by the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, and any agent of the Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee as the owner of such global Security for all purposes whatsoever.  None of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

SECTION 309.                                                                     Cancellation .

 

All Securities and Coupons surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee.  All Registered Securities and matured Coupons so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee.  The Company or the Guarantors may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company or the Guarantors may have acquired in any manner whatsoever and the Company may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Security Registrar. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by or pursuant to this Indenture. All cancelled Securities and Coupons held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with the customary procedures of the Trustee.

 

SECTION 310.                                                                     Computation of Interest .

 

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 311.                                                                     Support Agreement .

 

The Trustee and Holders of any series of Securities and Coupons issued under this Indenture will be entitled to the benefits of the Support Agreement on the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth in the Support Agreement.

 

SECTION 312.                                                                     CUSIP Numbers .

 

The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any

 

36



 

notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing (which may be by facsimile transmission) of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

SECTION 401.                                                                     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

 

This Indenture shall upon Company Request or Guarantor Request cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for, and any right to receive Additional Amounts, as provided in Section 1004), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, when

 

(1)                                   either
 
(A)                               all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered and all Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto (other than (i) Coupons appertaining to Bearer Securities surrendered in exchange for Registered Securities and maturing after such exchange, whose surrender is not required or has been waived as provided in Section 305, (ii) Securities and Coupons which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, (iii) Coupons appertaining to Securities called for redemption and maturing after the relevant Redemption Date, whose surrender has been waived as provided in Section 1106, and (iv) Securities and Coupons for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Security Registrar for cancellation; or
 
(B)                                 all such Securities and, in the case of (i) or (ii) below, any Coupons appertaining thereto not theretofore delivered to the Security Registrar for cancellation
 

(i)                                      have become due and payable; or

 

(ii)                                   will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year; or

 

(iii)                                are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company and the Guarantors,

 

and the Company or any Guarantor, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds, in cash or Government Obligations, in trust for the purpose an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities

 

37



 

and Coupons not theretofore delivered to the Security Registrar for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

(2)                                   the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series and any Coupons appertaining thereto; and
 
(3)                                   the Company has delivered to the Trustee a Company Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and each Guarantor has delivered to the Trustee a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
 

In the event there are Securities of two or more series hereunder, the Trustee shall be required to execute an instrument acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture only if requested to do so with respect to Securities of such series as to which it is Trustee and if the other conditions thereto are met.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities, the rights, privileges and immunities of the Trustee under Article Seven, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Trustee under Section 606, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 613 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Sections 305, 306, 402, 1002 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive, with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to such Securities as contemplated by Section 1004 (but only to the extent that the Additional Amounts payable with respect to such Securities exceed the amount deposited in respect of such Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 401(1)(B)).

 

SECTION 402.                                                                     Application of Trust Money .

 

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money and Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Sections 401 and 403 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities, the Coupons and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, for the payment of which such money and Government Obligations have been deposited with the Trustee; but such money and Government Obligations need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

SECTION 403.                                                                     Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .

 

(1)                                   Unless pursuant to Section 301, either or both of (i) defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under clause (2) of this Section 403 shall not be applicable with respect to the Securities of such series or (ii) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under clause (3) of this Section 403 shall not be applicable with respect to the Securities of such series, then such provisions, together with the other provisions of this Section 403 (with such

 

38



 

modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to Section 301 with respect to any Securities), shall be applicable to such Securities and any related Coupons, and the Company may at its option by Company Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to such Securities and any related Coupons, elect to have Section 403(2) or Section 403(3) be applied to such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Section 403.  Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 with respect to the Securities of any series, defeasance under clause (2) of this Section 403 and covenant defeasance under clause (3) of this Section 403 may be effected only with respect to all, and not less than all, of the Outstanding Securities of any series.  To the extent that the terms of any Security or Coupon appertaining thereto established in or pursuant to this Indenture permit the Company or any Holder thereof to extend the date on which any payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on, or Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to such Security or Coupon is due and payable, then unless otherwise provided pursuant to Section 301, the right to extend such date shall terminate upon defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be.

 

(2)                                   Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section 403(2) with respect to any Securities of or within a series, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons and of the Guarantee in respect thereof on the date the conditions set forth in clause (4) of this Section 403 are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons, and under the Guarantee in respect thereof, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of clause (5) of this Section 403 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Securities and any related Coupons, and under the Guarantee in respect thereof, and this Indenture insofar as such Securities and any related Coupons and under the Guarantee in respect thereof, are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company and the Guarantors, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons to receive, solely from the trust fund described in clause (4) of this Section 403 and as more fully set forth in such clause, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and additional interest, if any, on, and Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to, such Securities and any related Coupons when such payments are due, (ii) the obligations of the Company and the Trustee with respect to such Securities under Sections 305, 306, 1002 and 1003 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities as contemplated by Section 1004 (but only to the extent that the Additional Amounts payable with respect to such Securities exceed the amount deposited in respect of such Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 403(4)(a) below), (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (iv) Section 402, this Section 403 and Section 404.  The Company may exercise its option under this Section 403(2) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under clause (3) of this Section 403 with respect to such Securities and any related Coupons.

 

(3)                                   Upon the Company’s exercise of the option to have this Section 403(3) apply with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be released from its obligations

 

39



 

under Sections 1005, 1006 and 1007 and, to the extent specified pursuant to Section 301, any other covenant applicable to such Securities, with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons on and after the date the conditions set forth in clause (4) of this Section 403 are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”), and such Securities and any related Coupons shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with any such covenant, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, (i) with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons, the Company may omit to comply with, and shall have no liability in respect of, any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a default or an Event of Default under Section 501(4) or 501(10) or otherwise, as the case may be, and (ii) the occurrence of any event or condition specified in Section 501(6) shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to such Outstanding Securities, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities and related Coupons shall be unaffected thereby.

 

(4)                                   The following shall be the conditions to application of clause (2) or (3) of this Section 403 to any Outstanding Securities of or within a series and any related Coupons:

 

(a)                                   The Company or any Guarantor shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 607 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Section 403 applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities and any related Coupons, (1) an amount in Dollars or in such Foreign Currency in which such Securities and any related Coupons are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity, or (2) Government Obligations applicable to such Securities and related Coupons (determined on the basis of the currency in which such Securities and related Coupons are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity) which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest and additional interest, if any, on such Securities and any related Coupons, money in an amount, or (3) a combination thereof, in any case, in an amount, sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of such principal and interest, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (y) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on and Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons at the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or premium or interest and (z) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons on the days on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities and any related Coupons.

 

40



 

(b)                                  Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound if the breach, violation or default would have a material adverse effect on the Company or any Guarantor.

 

(c)                                   Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest as defined in the indenture and for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any Securities.

 

(d)                                  Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in the trust created by this deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, unless the trust is registered under that Act as exempt from that registration.

 

(e)                                   The Company must deliver to the Trustee a Company Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made with the intent of preferring the Holders of Outstanding Securities over other creditors with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding such creditors or others.

 

(f)                                     No Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to such Securities and any related Coupons shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of establishment of such trust and, with respect to defeasance only, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

 

(g)                                  In the case of an election under clause (2) of this Section 403, the Company or any Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company or such Guarantor has received from the Internal Revenue Service a letter ruling, or there has been published by the Internal Revenue Service a Revenue Ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.

 

(h)                                  In the case of an election under clause (3) of this Section 403, the Company or any Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

 

41



 

(i)                                      The Company or any Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91 st day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 91st day after the date of establishment of such trust, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 301) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) pursuant to this clause (4) to be held in trust will not be subject to the effect of section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law affecting creditors.

 

(j)                                      The Company or any Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee a Company Officers’ Certificate or a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance or covenant defeasance under clause (2) or (3) of this Section 403 (as the case may be) have been complied with.

 

(k)                                   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 403(4), such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company or any Guarantor in connection therewith pursuant to Section 301.

 

Unless otherwise specified in or pursuant to this Indenture or any Security, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 403(4)(a) has been made, (a) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 301 or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a currency other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 403(4)(a) has been made in respect of such Security, or (b) a Conversion Event occurs in respect of the Foreign Currency in which the deposit pursuant to Section 403(4)(a) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security and any related Coupons shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on, and Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to, such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the currency in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on (x) in the case of payments made pursuant to clause (a) above, the applicable market exchange rate for such currency in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, or (y) with respect to a Conversion Event, the applicable market exchange rate for such Foreign Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.

 

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of Section 402, the “Trustee”) against any tax, fee or other charge, imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited pursuant to this Section 403 or the principal or interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any related Coupons.

 

42



 

Anything in this Section 403 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request, or any Guarantor, as the case may be, upon a Guarantor Request,  any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in clause (4) of this Section 403 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect a defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Section 403.

 

SECTION 404.                                                                     Reinstatement .

 

If the Trustee is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations deposited in accordance with Section 40l or Section 403 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Securities and Coupons, if any, of such series shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 401 or Section 403 until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 401 or Section 403; provided, however, that if the Company or any Guarantor has made any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Securities and Coupons of such series because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company or such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such series of Securities and Coupons to receive such payment from the money or Government Obligations held by the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 501.                                                                     Events of Default .

 

“Event of Default”, wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any series, means any of the following events (whatsoever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body) unless it is either inapplicable to a particular series or it is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the supplemental indenture, Company Board Resolution or Company Officers’ Certificate establishing such series of Securities or in the form of Security for such series pursuant to this Indenture:

 

(1)                                   default in the payment of any interest upon or any Additional Amounts payable in respect of any interest on any Security of such series or any related Coupon when such interest or Additional Amounts become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or
 
(2)                                   default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Security of such series at its Maturity; or

 

43



 

(3)                                   default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when, as and if due by the terms of a Security of that series; or
 
(4)                                   default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor on its part to be observed or performed contained in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in the performance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or which has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of one or more series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company and the Guarantors by the Trustee or to the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or
 
(5)                                   the Support Agreement shall have been terminated or revoked or HDI refuses to perform or otherwise breaches any of its obligations therein or thereunder or the Support Agreement or any provision thereof otherwise becomes unenforceable for any reason unless, prior to such termination, revocation, refusal to perform, breach or unenforceability, each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act) then rating the Securities at the Company’s request, has confirmed that the rating assigned to the Securities by such rating agency immediately prior to such termination, revocation, refusal to perform, breach or unenforceability, will not be downgraded as a result of such termination, revocation, refusal to perform, breach or unenforceability of the Support Agreement.
 
(6)                                   any event of default by the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries as defined in any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness of the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as the case may be, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, resulting in such Indebtedness in principal amount of at least $25,000,000 becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable, and such acceleration shall not be rescinded or annulled within a period of 30 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company and the Guarantors by the Trustee or to the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or
 
(7)                                   the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders of Securities of any series, HDI in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,

 

44



 

reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders, HDI bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders, HDI under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders, HDI, or of any substantial part of the property of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in effect for the benefit of the Holders, HDI or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders, HDI, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or
 
(8)                                   the commencement by the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders, HDI of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders, HDI to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of it in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders, HDI of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders, HDI of any substantial part of their respective property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in full force and effect for the benefit of the Holders, HDI in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or any Guarantor, so long as the Support Agreement shall continue to be in effect for the benefit of the Holders, in furtherance of any such action;

 

45



 

(9)                                   final judgment of money in excess of $25,000,000 (not covered by third-party insurance), singularly or in the aggregate, shall be rendered against the Company or any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries and shall remain undischarged and unstayed for a period (during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of 60 days after such judgment becomes final; or
 
(10)                             any other Event of Default provided in or pursuant to this Indenture with respect to Securities of such series.
 

SECTION 502.                                                                     Acceleration of Maturity: Rescission and Annulment .

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, then either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal amount (or, if any of the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified in the terms of that series) of all of the Securities of that series, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company and the Guarantors (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) and such accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon shall become immediately due and payable.

 

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if

 

(1)                                   the Company or any Guarantor has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay
 
(A)                               all overdue interest on and any Additional Amounts payable in respect of all Securities of that series,
 
(B)                                 the principal of, and premium, if any, on any Securities of that series which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities,
 
(C)                                 to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and
 
(D)                                all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and
 
(2)                                   all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of, any premium and interest on, and any Additional

 

46



 

Amounts with respect to Securities which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513.
 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or, impair any right consequent thereon.

 

An Event of Default described in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 501 shall cause the principal amount of (and premium, if any)(or such lessor amount as provided for in the Securities of such series) and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to the Securities of such series to become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act by the Trustee or any Holder.

 

SECTION 503.                                                                     Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .

 

The Company and Guarantors covenant with respect to Securities of any series, that if

 

(1)                                   default is made in payment of any interest on or any Additional Amounts payable in respect of any Security of such series when such interest or Additional Amounts become due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or
 
(2)                                   default is made in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, on, or any Security of such series at the Maturity thereof, or
 
(3)                                   default is made in the deposit of any sinking fund payment when due by the terms of a security of that series,
 

the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities of such series and related Coupons, the whole amount of money then due and payable with respect to such Securities of such series and Coupons for principal, premium, if any, and interest or Additional Amounts, if any, and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal, premium, if any, and on any overdue interest or any Additional Amounts, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities of such series and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

If the Company or the Guarantors fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or the Guarantors or any other obligor upon such Securities of such series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or the Guarantors or any other obligor upon such Securities of such series , wherever situated.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights, including the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series and any related Coupons, by such appropriate judicial

 

47



 

proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or such Securities or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein or therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

SECTION 504.                                                                     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or the Guarantors or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company, the Guarantors or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company or the Guarantors for the payment of any overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

 

(i)                                      to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest and any Additional Amounts owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders of Securities and Coupons allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

(ii)                                   to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such Judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Securities and Coupons to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders of Securities and Coupons, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 606.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security or Coupon any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or Coupons or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Security or Coupon in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 505.                                                                     Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities or Coupons .

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities or Coupons may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or Coupons or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation,

 

48



 

expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities and Coupons in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

SECTION 506.                                                                     Application of Money Collected .

 

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal, premium, if any, or interest or any Additional Amounts, upon presentation of the Securities or Coupons, or both, as the case may be, and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 606;

 

SECOND:  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of, premium, if any, and interest or any Additional Amounts payable in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities and Coupons for principal and any premium and interest or any Additional Amounts, respectively; and

 

THIRD:  The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

 

SECTION 507.                                                                     Limitation on Suits .

 

No Holder of any Security of any series or any related Coupons shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(1)                                   such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;
 
(2)                                   the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made a written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
 
(3)                                   such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
 
(4)                                   the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
 
(5)                                   no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;
 

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture (including,

 

49



 

without limitation, the provisions of Section 512) to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders), or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

 

SECTION 508.                                                                     Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium, Interest and Additional Amounts .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security or Coupon shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) any interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to such Security or such Coupon, as the case may be, on the respective Stated Maturity or Maturities therefor specified in such Security or Coupon (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 509.                                                                     Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

 

If the Trustee or any Holder of a Security or Coupon has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders of Securities and Coupons shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 510.                                                                     Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or Coupons in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities or Coupons is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 511.                                                                     Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security or Coupon to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities or Coupons may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities or Coupons, as the case may be.

 

50



 

SECTION 512.                                                                     Control by Holders of Securities .

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series and any Coupons appertaining thereto; provided that

 

(1)                                   such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,
 
(2)                                   the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and
 
(3)                                   the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or officers of the Trustee, determine that the action so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
 

SECTION 513.                                                                     Waiver of Past Defaults .

 

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series and any related Coupons waive any past default or Event of Default hereunder with respect to the Securities of such series and its consequences, except a default

 

(1)                                   in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on or Additional Amounts payable in respect of any Security of such series or Coupons appertaining thereto, or
 
(2)                                   in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Ten cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.
 

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default with respect to such series arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 514.                                                                     Undertaking for Costs .

 

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security or Coupon by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any

 

51



 

Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, or to any suit instituted by any Holder of any Security or Coupon for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on or any Additional Amounts in respect of any Security or the payment of any Coupon on or after the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security or Coupon (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

 

SECTION 515.                                                                     Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws .

 

Each of the Company and the Guarantors covenants that (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or any other law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which would prohibit or forgive the Company and the Guarantors from paying all or any portion of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on or Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to any Securities as contemplated herein and therein or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Company and the Guarantors expressly waive (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

ARTICLE SIX

THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 601.                                                                     Notice of Defaults .

 

Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or any Additional Amounts or any sinking fund installment with respect to, any Security of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice of and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of Securities of such series; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 501(4) with respect to Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 602.                                                                     Certain Rights of Trustee .

 

Subject to the provisions of Sections 315(a) through 315(d) of the Trust Indenture Act:

 

(a)                                   the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,

 

52



 

report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b)                                  any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order or of a Guarantor mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Guarantor Request or a Guarantor Order or as otherwise expressly provided herein and any resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Board Resolution or of a Guarantor’s Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by such Guarantor’s Board Resolution;

 

(c)                                   whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon a Company Officers’ Certificate or, if such matter pertains to a Guarantor, such Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate;

 

(d)                                  the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

 

(e)                                   the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities of any series or any related Coupons pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

 

(f)                                     the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company and Guarantors, personally or by agent or attorney;

 

(g)                                  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

(h)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

 

53



 

(i)                                      no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it;

 

(j)                                      the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture;

 

(k)                                   the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and

 

(l)                                      the Trustee may request that the Company deliver a Company Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Company Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign a Company Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(m)                                The Trustee may, and shall, upon receipt of a written request by Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities and the offer of by such Holders of indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the cost, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request, on behalf of the Holders and on its own behalf, enforce the obligations of HDI to HDFS under the Support Agreement only if HDFS has not pursued, or is not pursuing, its rights under the Support Agreement in a prompt or otherwise diligent manner (an “Enforcement Event”). If (1) the Trustee for 60 days after receipt of such request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such enforcement action, (2) no direction inconsistent with such request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, and (3) a Holder has given written notice of the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, then such Holder of an Outstanding Security shall have the right to enforce the rights of HDFS under the Support Agreement.

 

SECTION 603.                                                                     Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, or any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities (except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication) and in any Coupons shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Guarantors, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities or Coupons, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and, if applicable,

 

54



 

that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, without limiting the application of any other provision of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 604.                                                                     May Hold Securities .

 

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Trustee, the Company or the Guarantors, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and Coupons and, subject to Sections 310(b) and 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, may otherwise deal with the Company and the Guarantors with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or other agent.

 

SECTION 605.                                                                     Money Held in Trust .

 

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and shall be held uninvested. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company or the Guarantors.

 

SECTION 606.                                                                     Compensation and Reimbursement .

 

The Company agrees and the Guarantors agree, in each case:

 

(1)                                   to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
 
(2)                                   except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and
 
(3)                                   to indemnify each of the Trustee and any successor Trustee and its agents, officers, directors and employees for, and to hold them harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, a Guarantor, a Holder or any other Person) or liability in

 

55



 

connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder except to the extent that any such loss, liability or expense was due to the Trustee’s negligence or bad faith.
 

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 606, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities of any series upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest, if any, on or Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to, particular Securities or any related Coupons.

 

The obligations of the Company under this Section 606 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional Indebtedness under this Indenture and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any applicable bankruptcy law.

 

If the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 501(7) or (8) has occurred, those expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its agents and attorneys) and its compensation for services shall be preferred over the status of the Holders in any reorganization or similar proceeding and the parties hereto, and the Holders, by their acceptance of the Securities, hereby agree that such expenses, compensation and indemnity are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable bankruptcy law.

 

SECTION 607.                                                                     Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation, organized and doing business under the laws of the United States, eligible under Section 310(a)(1) and (5) of the Trust Indenture Act to act as trustee under the Trust Indenture Act, and that has a combined capital and surplus (computed in accordance with Section 310(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act) of at least $50,000,000. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 607, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

SECTION 608.                                                                     Disqualification, Conflicting Interests .

 

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any conflicting interest, as defined in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall either eliminate such conflicting interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to, Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

 

SECTION 609.                                                                     Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

 

(a)                                   No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610.

 

56



 

(b)                                  The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company and the Guarantors. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Trustee and to the Company and the Guarantors. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

(d)                                  If at any time:

 

(1)                                   the Trustee shall fail to comply with the obligations imposed on it under Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to the Securities of any series after written request therefor by the Company, the Guarantors or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months, or
 
(2)                                   the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 607 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company, the Guarantors or by any such Holder, or
 
(3)                                   the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,
 

then, in any such case, (i) the Company, by or pursuant to a Company Order, or the Guarantors, by or pursuant to such Guarantor’s Order may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities of such series, or (ii) subject to Section 514, any Holder of a Security of such series who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated (including those who have been Holders for less than six months), petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

 

(e)                                   If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Company Board Resolution shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there

 

57



 

shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and such successor Trustee or Trustees shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 610. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company, the Guarantors and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company and the Guarantors. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company and the Guarantors or the Holders of Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 610, any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated (including those who have been Holders for less than six months), petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

(f)                                     The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series by mailing written notice of such event by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Registered Securities, if any, of such series as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register and, if Securities of such series are issued as Bearer Securities, by publishing notice of such event once in an Authorized Newspaper in each Place of Payment located outside the United States. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

(g)                                  In no event shall any retiring Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Trustee hereunder.

 

SECTION 610.                                                                     Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

 

(a)                                   In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company, the Guarantors and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company, the Guarantors or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

 

(b)                                  In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the Guarantors, the

 

58



 

retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees as co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and that no Trustee shall be responsible for any notice given to, or received by, or any act or failure to act on the part of any other Trustee hereunder; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein, such retiring Trustee shall have no further responsibility for the exercise of rights and powers or for the performance of the duties and obligations vested in the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates other than as hereinafter expressly set forth, and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company, any Guarantor or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall upon payment of all amounts owed it hereunder, duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

 

(c)                                   Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company and the Guarantors shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

 

(d)                                  No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

SECTION 611.                                                                     Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .

 

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided

 

59



 

such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

 

SECTION 612.                                                                     Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company and the Guarantors .

 

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company or such Guarantor (or any such other obligor).

 

SECTION 613.                                                                     Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

 

The Trustee may, with the consent of the Company and the Guarantors, appoint an Authenticating Agent or Authenticating Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue or upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 306, and if the Trustee is required to appoint one or more Authenticating Agents with respect to any series of Securities, to authenticate Securities of such series upon original issuance and to take such other actions as are specified in Sections 303, 304 and 309, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 613 or in any other Section of this Indenture, an Authenticating Agent shall not be authorized to authenticate Securities constituting the first issuance of Securities of any series until and unless the requirements of Section 301 hereof have been, or are concurrently therewith being, complied with.

 

Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and the Guarantors, and except as specified by Section 301, each Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation that would be permitted by Section 310(a) (1) and (5) of the Trust Indenture Act to be able to act as a trustee under an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, is authorized under applicable law and by its charter to act as such and that has a combined capital and surplus (computed in accordance with Section 310(a) (2) of the Trust Indenture Act) of not less than $50,000,000. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section. If the Authenticating Agent has or shall acquire any conflicting, interest, as defined in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, with respect to Securities of any series, the Authenticating Agent shall take action as is required pursuant to said Section 310(b).

 

60



 

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate agency or corporate trust business of such Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent; provided, that such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent.

 

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Guarantors and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent, the Guarantors and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and the Guarantors and shall (i) mail written notice of such appointment by first class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Registered Securities, if any, of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, and (ii) if Securities of the series are issued as Bearer Securities, publish notice of such appointment at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the place where such successor Authenticating Agent has its principal office if such office is located outside the United States. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

 

The Company and the Guarantors agree to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.

 

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

As Authenticating Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

If all of the Securities of a series may not be originally issued at one time, and if the Trustee does not have an office capable of authenticating Securities upon original issuance

 

61



 

located in a Place of Payment where the Company wishes to have Securities of such series authenticated upon original issuance, the Trustee, if so requested by the Company in writing (which writing need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an opinion of Counsel), shall appoint in, accordance with this Section an Authenticating Agent having an office in a Place of Payment designated by the Company with respect to such series of Securities.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE, COMPANY AND GUARANTORS

 

SECTION 701.                                                                     Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders .

 

In accordance with Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

 

(a)                                   semiannually, on dates mutually acceptable to the Trustee and the Company, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities as of a date mutually acceptable to the Trustee and the Company, and

 

(b)                                  at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content, such list to be dated as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

 

notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Trustee is the Security Registrar with respect to a particular series of Securities, no such list shall be required to be furnished in respect of such series.

 

SECTION 702.                                                                     Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders .

 

The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 701 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every Holder of Securities or Coupons, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

62



 

SECTION 703.                                                                     Reports by Trustee .

 

(a)                                   Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the year following the first issuance of Securities pursuant to Section 301, if required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall transmit pursuant to Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, a brief report dated as of such May 15 with respect to any of the events specified in said Sections, 313(a) and 313(b)(2) which may have occurred since the later of the immediately preceding May 15 and the date of this Indenture.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee shall transmit the reports required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act at the times specified therein.

 

(c)                                   Reports pursuant to this Section shall be transmitted in the manner and to the Persons required by Sections 313(c) and (d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(d)                                  A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Securities are listed and with the Company. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Securities are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

SECTION 704.                                                                     Reports by Company and the Guarantors .

 

(a)                                   The Company and each Guarantor, as applicable, pursuant to Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, shall:

 

(1)                                   file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then it shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, to the extent required by and in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a Security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;
 
(2)                                   unless the Company and the Guarantors furnish information to the Commission in accordance with Rule 12g3-2(b) under or pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly furnish or cause to be furnished such information as is specified pursuant to Rule 144(d)(4) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) to any Holder or beneficial owner of a Security or to a prospective purchaser of a Security who is designated by such Holder or beneficial owner and is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A), upon the

 

63



 

request of such Holder or beneficial owner or prospective purchaser, in order to permit compliance by such Holder or beneficial owner with Rule 144A under the Securities Act.;
 
(3)                                   file with the Trustee and the Commission, to the extent required by and in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations;
 
(4)                                   transmit within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission; and
 
(5)                                   transmit within 30 days after May 15 of each year to the Trustee, a brief certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Company and each Guarantor as to his or her knowledge of such obligor’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under the Indenture as determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under the Indenture;
 
(6)                                   as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of HDFS, a copy of HDFS’ Consolidated balance sheet as of the end of HDFS’ fiscal year and Consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity of HDFS for such fiscal year, accompanied by an opinion by Ernst & Young LLP or other nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants having been prepared in accordance with GAAP;
 
(7)                                   as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of HDFS, the unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of HDFS as of the end of such quarter and unaudited Consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity of HDFS for such quarter and for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter; and
 
(8)                                   as soon as possible, and in any event within five days after the occurrence of each Event of Default (or an event that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of the chief financial officer of the Company and the Guarantors setting forth details of such Event of Default or event and the action that the Company or the Guarantors have taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.
 

(b)                                  Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from

 

64



 

information contained therein, including the Company’s or any Guarantor’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Company Officers’ Certificates or any Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate).

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

 

SECTION 801.                                                                     Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

 

The Company shall not merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to any Person, unless:

 

(1)                                   either (A) the Company shall be the continuing Person (in the case of a merger), or (B) the successor Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other conveyance all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Company shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States and shall expressly assume, by an indenture (or indentures, if at such time there is more than one Trustee) supplemental hereto, executed by such successor corporation and the Guarantors and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to, all the Outstanding Securities and the due and punctual performance and observance of every obligation in this Indenture and the Outstanding Securities on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
 
(2)                                   at the time of such proposed transaction and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company and the Guarantors as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company at the time of such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and
 
(3)                                   the Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect; and
 
(4)                                   either the Company or the successor Person shall have delivered to the Trustee a Company Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with. No such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease shall be permitted by this Section unless prior thereto each Guarantor shall have delivered to the  Trustee a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of  Counsel, each stating that such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect thereafter.

 

65



 

SECTION 802.                                                                     Successor Person Substituted for Company .

 

Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company as an entity or substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and Coupons.

 

SECTION 803.                                                                     Each Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

 

Each Guarantor shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person (whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor), or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor), unless:

 

(1)                                   either (A) such Guarantor shall be the continuing Person (in the case of a merger), or (B) the successor Person (if other than such Guarantors) formed by such consolidation or into which such Guarantor is merged or which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other conveyance all or substantially all the properties and assets of such Guarantor shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States and shall expressly assume, by an indenture (or indentures, if at such time there is more than one Trustee) supplemental hereto, executed by such successor corporation and the Company and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to, all the Outstanding Securities and the due and punctual performance and observance of every obligation in this Indenture and the Guarantees on the part of such Guarantor to be performed or observed;
 
(2)                                   immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing;
 
(3)                                   the Guarantees (other than the Guarantee of such Guarantor (subject to clause 803(1) hereof)) shall remain in full force and effect; and
 
(4)                                   either such Guarantor or the successor Person shall have delivered to the Trustee a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with. No such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease shall be permitted by this Section unless prior thereto each Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of

 

66



 

Counsel, each stating that such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect thereafter.
 

SECTION 804.                                                                     Successor Person Substituted for a Guarantor .

 

Upon any consolidation or merger or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any Guarantor to any Person in accordance with Section 803, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which such Guarantor is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named a Guarantor herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease to another Person, the predecessor Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE NINE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

SECTION 901.                                                                     Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders .

 

Without the consent of any Holders of Securities or Coupons, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Company Board Resolution, the Guarantors, when authorized by or pursuant to a Guarantor’s Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto for any of the following purposes:

 

(1)                                   to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or a Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company or such Guarantor herein and in the Securities; or
 
(2)                                   to add to the covenants of the Company or a Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to all or any series of the Securities; or
 
(3)                                   to add any additional Events of Default with respect to all or any series of the Securities (and, if such Event of Default is applicable to less than all series of Securities, specifying the series to which such Event of Default is applicable); or
 
(4)                                   to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to provide that Bearer Securities may be registrable as to principal, to change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Bearer Securities, to permit Bearer Securities to be issued in exchange for Registered Securities, to permit Bearer Securities to be issued in exchange for Bearer Securities of other authorized denominations or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form; provided, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests

 

67



 

of the Holders of Securities of any series or any related Coupons in any material respect; or
 
(5)                                   to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series and any related Coupons as permitted by Sections 201 and 301; or
 
(6)                                   to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 610(b); or
 
(7)                                   to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make or amend any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided, that such other provisions as may be made shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series or any related Coupons in any material respect; or
 
(8)                                   to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary or helpful to effect the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act and to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary or helpful to conform to any mandatory or optional provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as the same may from time to time be amended; or
 
(9)                                   to add to, delete from or revise the conditions, limitations and restrictions on the authorized amount, terms or purposes of issue, authentication and delivery of Securities, as herein set forth; or
 
(10)                             to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of any Security to allow for such Security to be held in certificated form by the Holder thereof; or
 
(11)                             to secure the Securities of the applicable series; or
 
(12)                             to amend or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture or in any Securities (which amendment or supplement may apply to one or more series of Securities or to one or more Securities within any series as specified in such supplemental indenture or indentures), provided that such amendment or supplement does not apply to any Outstanding Security issued prior to the date of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefits of such provision; or
 
(13)                             to modify, delete or add to any of the provisions of this Indenture other than as contemplated by clauses (1) through (10) of this Section, provided that any such modification, deletion or addition shall become effective only with respect to series of Securities established pursuant to Section 301 after the effective date of such modification, deletion or addition; or

 

68



 

(14)                             to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture in connection with the issuance of any Bearer Securities to comply with United States federal income tax provisions relating to the deductibility of interest.
 

Any amendment described in clause (7) above made solely to conform this Indenture to the final offering memorandum provided to investors in connection with the offering of the Securities by the Company and the Guarantors will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series or any related Coupons.

 

SECTION 902.                                                                     Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .

 

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series (voting together as a single class) affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, the Company (when authorized by or pursuant to a Company Board Resolution) each Guarantor (when authorized by or pursuant to a Guarantor’s Board Resolution) and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series and any related Coupons under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby,

 

(1)                                   change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or premium, if any, or any installment of interest, if any, on, or any Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate (or modify the calculation of such rate) of interest thereon, or reduce any Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof or otherwise, or change the obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 1004 (except as contemplated by Section 801(1) and permitted by Section 901(1)), or reduce the amount of the principal of any Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 504, or change the Place of Payment where or the coin or currency in which the principal of, any premium or interest on, or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Security is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) in each case as such Stated Maturity, Redemption Date or date for repayment may, if applicable, be extended in accordance with the terms of such Security or any Coupon appertaining thereto; or
 
(2)                                   reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 1304 for quorum or voting; or

 

69



 

(3)                                   modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or Section 1010, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby.
 

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

 

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders of Securities under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

SECTION 903.                                                                     Execution of Supplemental Indentures .

 

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall receive, and (subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture,  a Company Officers’ Certificate and a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate of each Guarantor stating that all conditions precedent to the execution of such supplemental indenture have been fulfilled. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, immunities or liabilities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

SECTION 904.                                                                     Effect of Supplemental Indentures .

 

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder and of any Coupons appertaining shall be bound thereby.

 

SECTION 905.                                                                     Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .

 

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

SECTION 906.                                                                     Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .

 

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company and the Guarantors shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantors, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated

 

70



 

delivered by the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

 

ARTICLE TEN

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 1001.                                                               Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest .

 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on or any Additional Amounts payable in respect of the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of the Securities, any Coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities; any interest due on and any Additional Amounts payable in respect of Bearer Securities other than Additional Amounts, if any, payable as provided in Section 1004 in respect of principal of, premium, if any, on such Security shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the several Coupons for such interest installments as are evidenced thereby as they severally mature.

 

SECTION 1002.                                                               Maintenance of Office or Agency .

 

The Company and the Guarantors will maintain in each Place of Payment for such series (but not Bearer Securities, except as otherwise provided below, unless such Place of Payment is located outside the United States) an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payments, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company or the Guarantors in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, the Company and the Guarantors will maintain, subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in a Place of Payment for that series located outside the United States, an office or agency where Securities of that series and related Coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment (including payment of any Additional Amounts payable on Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1004); provided, however, that if the Securities of that series are listed on The Stock Exchange of the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange located outside the United States and such stock exchange shall so require, the Company and the Guarantors will maintain a Paying Agent for the Securities of that series in London, Luxembourg or any other required city located outside the United States, as the case may be, so long as the Securities of that series are listed on such exchange. The Company and the Guarantors will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Holders of such series of the location, and any change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company and the Guarantors shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in respect of any series of Securities or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders of Securities of that series may be made and notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, except that Bearer Securities of that series and the related Coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment (including payment of any Additional Amounts payable on Bearer Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1004) at the place specified for that purpose pursuant to Section 301, and the Company

 

71



 

and the Guarantors hereby appoints the same as its agent to receive such respective presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

Except as otherwise specified or contemplated by Section 301, no payment of principal, premium or interest on Bearer Securities shall be made at any office or agency of the Company in the United States or by check mailed to any address in the United States or by transfer to an account maintained with a bank located in the United States; provided, however, that, if the Securities of a series are denominated and payable in Dollars, payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Bearer Security (including any Additional Amounts payable on Securities of such series pursuant to Section 1004) may be made at the office of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, if (but only if) payment in Dollars of the full amount of such principal, premium, interest or Additional Amounts, as the case may be, at all offices or agencies outside the United States maintained for that purpose by the Company or the Guarantors in accordance with this Indenture is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions.

 

The Company and the Guarantors may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company or the Guarantors of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in accordance with the requirements set forth above for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company or the Guarantors will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Holders of such series of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, the Company hereby designates the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York as a Place of Payment for each series of Securities, initially appoints the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York as the Company’s Office or Agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purpose and initially appoints the Trustee as the  Security Registrar for each series of Securities. The Company may subsequently appoint a different Office or Agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and, as provided in Section 305, may remove and replace from time to time the Security Registrar.

 

SECTION 1003.                                                               Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust .

 

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series) sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, as the case may be, so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

72



 

Whenever the Company and the Guarantors shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum (in the currency or currencies, currency unit or units or composite currency or currencies described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, interest and additional Amounts so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company and the Guarantors will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

The Company and the Guarantors will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

 

(1)                                   hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest on or Additional Amounts with respect to Securities of that series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
 
(2)                                   give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company or the Guarantors (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the making of any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities of that series and, if so, the amount of such defaulted payment; and
 
(3)                                   at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.
 

The Company or the Guarantors may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order or Guarantor Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

 

Except as otherwise provided hereby or pursuant hereto, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on or Additional Amounts with respect to any Security of any series or any related Coupon and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Amount has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, (or if deposited by any Guarantor, paid to such Guarantor on Guarantor Request), or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security or any Coupon appertaining thereto shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company and the Guarantors for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of

 

73



 

the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense and at the direction of the Company or a Guarantor in the case of Bearer Securities cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper in each Place of Payment, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 1004.                                                               Additional Amounts .

 

If the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, the Company and the Guarantors will pay to the Holder of any Security of such series or any Coupon appertaining thereto Additional Amounts as provided therein. Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on, or in respect of, any Security of any series or payment of any related Coupon or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for in this Section to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Section and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein or pursuant hereto, if the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to that series of Securities (or if the Securities of that series will not bear interest prior to Maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal and any premium is made), and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal and any premium or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned officers’ certificates, the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, will furnish the Trustee and the principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than the Trustee, with a Company Officers’ Certificate or a Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate, as the case may be, instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal of and any premium or interest on the Securities of that series shall be made to Holders of Securities of that series or any related Coupons who are United States Aliens without withholding for or on account of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge described in the Securities of that series. If any such withholding shall be required, then such Company Officers’ Certificate or Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate, as the case may be, shall specify by country the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities or Coupons and the Company will pay to such Paying Agent the Additional Amounts required by the terms of such Securities. The Company and the Guarantors covenant to indemnify the Trustee and any Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Company Officers’ Certificate or Guarantor’s Officers’ Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section.

 

74



 

SECTION 1005.                                                               Limitation on Liens .

 

The Company and the Guarantors will not, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to issue or assume any Indebtedness secured by a Lien upon any Property (now owned or hereinafter acquired) of the Company or the Guarantors or any Subsidiary without in any such case effectively providing concurrently with the issuance or assumption of any such Indebtedness that all of the Securities of any applicable series outstanding (together with, if the Company or the Guarantors shall so determine, any other Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantors or any Subsidiary ranking equally with the applicable series of Securities then existing or thereafter created) shall be secured equally and ratably with such Indebtedness. The restrictions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence will not, however, apply if the aggregate amount of Indebtedness issued or assumed by the Company, the Guarantors or the Subsidiaries and so secured by Liens, together with all other Indebtedness of the Company, the Guarantors or the Subsidiaries which (if originally issued or assumed at such time) would otherwise be subject to such restrictions, but not including Indebtedness permitted to be secured under clauses (i) through (xiii) of the immediately following paragraph, does not at the time exceed 15 % of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

 

The restrictions set forth above shall not apply to Indebtedness secured by:

 

(i)                                      Liens existing on the date of the original issuance of the applicable series of Securities;

 

(ii)                                   Liens on any Property of any company existing at the time such company becomes a Subsidiary, which Liens are not created in contemplation of such company becoming a Subsidiary;

 

(iii)                                Liens on any Property existing at the time such Property is acquired by the Company, any Guarantor or a Subsidiary, or Liens to secure the payment of all or any part of the purchase price of such Property upon the acquisition of such Property by the Company, any Guarantor or a Subsidiary or to secure any Indebtedness incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 180 days after, the later of the date of acquisition of such Property and the date such Property is placed in service, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price thereof, or Liens to secure any Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing the cost to the Company, any Guarantor or a Subsidiary of improvements to such acquired Property or to secure any Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of the cost of construction of the Property subject to such Liens;

 

(iv)                               Liens securing any Indebtedness of a Subsidiary owing to the Guarantors or to another Subsidiary;

 

(v)                                  Liens created in connection with a securitization or other asset-based financing;

 

75



 

(vi)                               Liens with respect to the payment of taxes, assessments or governmental charges in all cases which are not yet due or which are being contested in good faith;

 

(vii)                            statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of suppliers, mechanics, carriers, materialmen, warehousemen or workmen and other similar Liens imposed by law created in the ordinary course of business for amounts not yet due or which are being contested in good faith;

 

(viii)                         Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other types of social security benefits or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, sales, contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money), surety, appeal and performance bonds;

 

(ix)                                 Liens arising with respect to zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, covenants, rights-of-way, utility easements, building restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances on the use of real property which do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company, the Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries;

 

(x)                                    Liens of attachment or judgment with respect to judgments, writs or warrants of attachment, or similar process against the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary;

 

(xi)                                 Liens arising from leases, subleases or licenses granted to others which do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Company, the Guarantors or any Subsidiary;

 

(xii)                              any interest or title of the lessor in the Property subject to any operating lease entered into by the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiii)                           Liens, if any, in connection with any sale/leaseback transaction; and

 

(xiv)                          any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part of any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) - (xiii); provided, however, that such new Lien is limited to the Property which was subject to the prior Lien immediately before such extension, renewal or replacement, and provided, further, that the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by the prior Lien immediately before such extension, renewal or replacement is not increased.

 

SECTION 1006.                                                               Existence .

 

Subject to Article Eight, the Company and each of the Guarantors will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence,

 

76



 

rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company or the Guarantors shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Company’s Board of Directors or the applicable Guarantor’s Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of its respective businesses and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to any Holder.

 

SECTION 1007.                                                               Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

 

The Company and each of the Guarantors will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company, each of the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, may by law become a Lien upon the property of the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries (other than Liens permitted by Section 1005); provided, however, that neither the Company nor either of the Guarantors shall be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim (or any interest, penalties or fines realting thereto) whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

SECTION 1008.                                                               Change in Nature of Business .

 

Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will make any material change in the nature of their business as carried on at the initial date of the issuance of the Securities.

 

SECTION 1009.                                                               Accounting Changes .

 

Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will make or permit, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make or permit, any change in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by GAAP.

 

SECTION 1010.                                                               Waiver of Certain Covenants .

 

The Company or the Guarantors may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 1002 to 1009, inclusive, with respect to the Securities of any series if before the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company or the Guarantors and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 1011.                                                               Calculation of Original Issue Discount .

 

The Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year (i) a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount, if any (including daily rates and accrual periods), accrued on Outstanding Securities as of the end of such year and (ii) such other

 

77



 

specific information relating to such original issue discount as may then be relevant under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 1101.                                                               Applicability of Article .

 

Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise provided herein or therein pursuant hereto) in accordance with this Article.

 

SECTION 1102.                                                               Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .

 

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by either a Company Board Resolution or a Company Officers’ Certificate. In the case of any redemption at the election of the Company of Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities (i) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, or (ii) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with a Company Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

 

SECTION 1103.                                                               Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed .

 

If less than all the Securities of any series with identical terms and conditions are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Registered Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the list of Holders of Securities of any series to be redeemed is maintained by computer or other data processing equipment by a Security Registrar, a Paying Agent or another Person authorized to maintain such a list under this Indenture, the Trustee may, and if reasonably requested by the Company shall, utilize the computer or data processing equipment of such Security Registrar, Paying Agent or other authorized Person for the purpose of determining by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate the Securities to be redeemed. No partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Registered Security of a series not redeemed to less than the minimum denominations for a Security of such series established herein pursuant hereto.

 

78



 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar (if other than itself) in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 1104.                                                               Notice of Redemption .

 

Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 106 to the Holders of Securities to be redeemed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date unless a shorter period is specified pursuant to Section 301 with respect to the Securities to be redeemed.

 

Failure to give notice by mailing in the manner herein provided to the Holder of any Registered Securities designated for redemption as a whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Securities or portion thereof.

 

Any notice that is mailed to the Holder of any Registered Securities in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not such Holder receives the notice.

 

All notices of redemption shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and state:

 

(1)                                   the Redemption Date,
 
(2)                                   the Redemption Price,
 
(3)                                   if less than all the Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed,
 
(4)                                   in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder of such Security will receive, without charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,
 
(5)                                   that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon and Additional Amounts, if any, will cease to accrue on and after said date,
 
(6)                                   the place or places where such Securities, together in the case of Bearer Securities with all Coupons appertaining thereto, if any, maturing after the Redemption Date, are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price,

 

79


 


 

(7)                                   that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case,
 
(8)                                   that, unless otherwise specified in such notice, Bearer Securities of any series, if any, surrendered for redemption must be accompanied by all Coupons maturing subsequent to the date fixed for redemption or the amount of any such missing Coupon or Coupons will be deducted from the Redemption Price, unless security or indemnity satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and any Paying Agent is furnished,
 
(9)                                   if Bearer Securities of any series are to be redeemed and no Registered Securities of such series are to be redeemed, and if such Bearer Securities may be exchanged for Registered Securities not subject to redemption on the Redemption Date pursuant to Section 305 or otherwise, the last date, as determined by the Company, on which such exchanges may be made, and
 
(10)                             the CUSIP number or the Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg reference numbers of the Securities to be so redeemed, if any.
 

A notice of redemption published as contemplated by Section 106 need not identify particular Registered Securities to be redeemed.

 

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company, in which event the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by Clauses (1) through (10) above.

 

If at the time notice of redemption shall be given the Company shall not have deposited with a Paying Agent and/or irrevocably directed the Trustee or a Paying Agent to apply, from money held by it available to be used for the redemption of Securities which are to be redeemed, an amount in cash sufficient to redeem all of the Securities called for redemption, including accrued interest and Additional Amounts to the Redemption Date, such notice shall state that it is subject to the receipt of the redemption monies by the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before the Redemption Date and such notice shall be of no effect unless such monies are so received before such date.

 

SECTION 1105.                                                               Deposit of Redemption Price .

 

At or before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on and any Additional Amounts with respect thereto, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall provide notice to the Trustee of such deposit.

 

SECTION 1106.                                                               Securities Payable on Redemption Date .

 

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid if required pursuant to the terms of the Securities being redeemed, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date,

 

80



 

become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest and the Coupons for such interest appertaining to any Bearer Securities so to be redeemed, except to the extent provided below, shall be void. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, together with all Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the Redemption Date, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (and any Additional Amounts) to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments of interest on Bearer Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of Coupons for such interest; and provided, further, that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

 

If any Bearer Security surrendered for redemption shall not be accompanied by all appurtenant Coupons maturing after the Redemption Date, such Security may be paid after deducting from the Redemption Price an amount equal to the face amount of all such missing Coupons, or the surrender of such missing Coupon or Coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee or Authenticating Agent if there be furnished to them such Security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to the Trustee or Authenticating Agent or any paying Agent any such missing Coupon in respect of which a deduction shall have been made from the Redemption Price, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount so deducted;  provided, however, that interest represented by Coupons and any Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United states (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of those Coupons.

 

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal, and premium, if any, shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security or, if no rate is prescribed therefor in the Security, at the rate of interest, if any, borne by such Security..

 

SECTION 1107.                                                               Securities Redeemed in Part .

 

Any Registered Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Security Registrar so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the

 

81



 

unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered. If a Security in global form is so surrendered, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the U.S. Depositary or other Depository for such Security in global form as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, without service charge, a new Security in global form in a denomination equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security in global form so surrendered.

 

However, if less than all the Securities of any series with differing issue dates, interest rates and stated maturities are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the notes or portions thereof to be redeemed. In this case, the Trustee will select the particular notes or portions thereof for redemption from the outstanding notes not previously called by lot, pro rata or by any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate.

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

SINKING FUNDS

 

SECTION 1201.                                                               Applicability of Article .

 

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series.

 

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1202. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series and this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1202.                                                               Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities .

 

The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption), together in the case of any Bearer Securities of such series with all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto, and (2) may apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series; provided, that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Security Registrar at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly. If, as a result of the delivery or credit of Securities of any series in lieu of cash payments pursuant to this Section 1202, the principal amount of Securities of such series to

 

82



 

be redeemed in order to satisfy the remaining sinking fund payment shall be less than $100,000, the Trustee need not call Securities of such series for redemption, except upon Company Request, and such cash payment shall be held by the Trustee or a Paying Agent and applied to the next succeeding sinking fund payment, provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall at the request of the Company from time to time pay over and deliver to the Company any cash payment so being held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of Securities of that series purchased by the Company having an unpaid principal amount equal to the cash payment requested to be released to the Company.

 

SECTION 1203.                                                               Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund .

 

Not less than 75 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for Securities of any series, the Company will deliver to the Trustee a Company Order specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for such Securities pursuant to the terms of such Securities, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1202 and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment and will also deliver to the Security Registrar any Securities to be so credited and not theretofore delivered. If such Company Order shall specify an optional amount to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified. Not less than 60 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in or permitted by Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107.

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 1301.                                                               Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called .

 

A meeting of Holders of Securities of any or all series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 1302.                                                               Call, Notice and Place of Meetings .

 

(a)                                   The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series for any purpose specified in Section 1301, to be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or if the Securities of such series are issued as Bearer Securities, in London or such other place outside of the United States as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action

 

83



 

proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 106, not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

 

(b)                                  In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Company Board Resolution, a Guarantor, pursuant to a Guarantor’s Board Resolution or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any series shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 1301, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication of the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or in London, as the case may be, for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

 

SECTION 1303.                                                               Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings .

 

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (1) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (2) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel, any representative of a Guarantor and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

SECTION 1304.                                                               Quorum; Action .

 

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent or waiver which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the Holders of not less than 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series, the Persons entitled to vote 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved. In any other case, the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 1302(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall

 

84



 

state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such series which shall constitute a quorum.

 

Except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; provided, however, that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution with respect to any consent or waiver which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the Holders of not less than 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly convened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the Holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that series; and provided, further, that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series.

 

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of a series and the related Coupons, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

 

SECTION 1305.                                                             Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings .

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of a series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 104 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 104 or by having the signature of the person executing the proxy witnessed or guaranteed by any trust company, bank or banker authorized by Section 104 to certify to the holding of Bearer Securities. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 104 or other proof.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 1302(b), in which case the Company, a Guarantor or the Holders of Securities of the series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary

 

85



 

of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.

 

(c)                                   At any meeting each Holder of a Security of such series and each proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or as a proxy.

 

(d)                                  Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 1302 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting; and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

SECTION 1306.                                                               Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings .

 

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to such record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that such a notice was given as provided in Section 1302 and, if applicable, Section 1304. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and the Guarantors, and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 1401.                                                               Guarantees .

 

Subject to the provisions of this Article Fourteen, the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, jointly and severally, on a senior basis to each Holder of a Security authenticated and delivered hereunder and to the Trustee the due and punctual payment of the

 

86



 

principal of, any premium and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to such Security and the due and punctual payment of the sinking fund payments (if any) provided for pursuant to the terms of such Security, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption, repayment or otherwise, and the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Securities, to the extent lawful, in accordance with the terms of such Security and of this Indenture, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company, to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture (the foregoing, collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”). In case of the failure of the Company punctually to pay any such principal, premium, interest, Additional Amounts, sinking fund payment or other amounts, each Guarantor hereby agrees to cause any such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, repayment or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Company.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be as principal and not merely as surety, and shall be absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any Security or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any Security or this Indenture, or any waiver, modification, consent or indulgence granted with respect thereto by the Holder of such Security or the Trustee, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any action to enforce the same, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect to any such Security or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that no Guarantee will be discharged except by payment in full of the principal of, any premium and interest on, and any Additional Amounts and sinking fund payments required with respect to, the Securities and the complete performance of all other obligations contained in the Securities and this Indenture.

 

The maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Five for the purposes of this Article Fourteen. In the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Five, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Article Fourteen. In addition, without limiting the foregoing provisions, upon the effectiveness of an acceleration under Article Five, the Trustee shall promptly make a demand for payment on the Securities under each Guarantee provided for in this Article Fourteen.

 

If the Trustee or the Holder of any Security is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guarantor, or any custodian, receiver, liquidator, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid to the Trustee or such Holder in respect of a Security, any Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees, to the fullest extent that it may lawfully do so, that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Five hereof for the purposes of each Guarantee,

 

87



 

notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition issued or imposed under any applicable bankruptcy law preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby.

 

Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Securities are discharged and paid in full, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to exercise any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under the Securities or this Indenture and such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee and this Indenture, in any such instance including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and any amounts owing to the Trustee or the Holders of Securities under the Securities, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument delivered under or in connection with such agreements or instruments, shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Securities, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied to the Securities, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Anything to the contrary in this Indenture notwithstanding, each Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be, and hereby is, limited to the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering such Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under any applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Each Guarantee set forth in this Section 1401 shall not be valid and obligatory for any purpose with respect to a Security until the certificate of authentication of such Security shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent.

 

Each Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

 

SECTION 1402.                                                               Operation of Guarantees .

 

By execution of this Agreement or a supplemental indenture and upon delivery of a Guarantor’s Order to the Trustee by the Guarantors prior to the issuance of any Security of a series, the Guarantee of each Guarantor in respect of such Securities shall be set forth in Section 1401 and shall be effective for all purposes upon authentication of such Security by or on behalf of the Trustee and shall not require any Guarantor’s endorsement on the Securities.

 

88



 

SECTION 1403.                                                               Release of Guarantee .

 

Concurrently with the payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors shall be released from and relieved of their obligations under this Article Fourteen. Upon the delivery by the Company to the Trustee of a Company Officers’ Certificate and, if requested by the Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the transaction giving rise to the release of such obligations was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Securities, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Guarantors from their obligations. If any of the Guaranteed Obligations are revived and reinstated after the termination of this Guarantee, then all of the obligations of the Guarantors under this Guarantee shall be revived and reinstated as if this Guarantee had not been terminated until such time as the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full, and the Guarantors shall enter into an amendment to this Guarantee, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, evidencing such revival and reinstatement.

 

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

SECURITIES IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES

 

SECTION 1501.                                                               Applicability of Article .

 

Whenever this Indenture provides for (i) any action by, or the determination of any of the rights of, Holders of Securities of any series in which not all of such Securities are denominated in the same currency or (ii) any distribution to Holders of Securities of any series in which not all of such Securities are denominated in the same currency, in the absence of any provision to the contrary in or pursuant to this Indenture or the Securities of such series, any amount in respect of any Security denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be treated for any such action, determination or distribution as that amount of Dollars that could be obtained for such amount on such reasonable basis of exchange and as of the record date with respect to Registered Securities of such series (if any) for such action, determination or distribution (or, if there shall be no applicable record date, such other date reasonably proximate to the date of such distribution) as the Company may specify in a written notice to the Trustee or, in the absence of such written notice, as the Trustee may determine.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP.

 

 

as Issuer

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FINANCIAL

 

SERVICES, INC.

 

 

as a Guarantor

 

89



 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON CREDIT CORP.

 

 

as a Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY,

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

90



 

STATE OF

)

 

:

ss.:

COUNTY OF

)

 

On the       day of           , 2003, before me personally came                  , to me known, who., being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is  of HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP., one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public, State of

 

My Commission Expires

 

STATE OF New York

)

 

:

ss.:

COUNTY OF New York

)

 

On the [     ]th day of [     ], 2003, before me personally came [     ], to me known, who., being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is [     ] of BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument and that she signed her name thereto by like authority.

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public, State of New York

 

Commission Expires

 

91



 

Exhibit A-1

 

[Form of 144A Global Note]

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP.
MEDIUM-TERM NOTES, SERIES A

 

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed, Jointly and Severally, by
Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc. and Harley-Davidson Credit Corp.

 

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE) OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS GLOBAL SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY, OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY, OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY.

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND, ACCORDINGLY, NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (7) OR (8) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE LATER OF (i) TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(k) OF THE SECURITIES ACT) AFTER THE LATER OF (Y) THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE HEREOF AND (Z) THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY WAS THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR

 

A-1-1



 

PARTICIPATION (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THERETO) AND (ii) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”, AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A, THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3), (7) OR (8) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-US PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE.

 

A-1-2



 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP.
MEDIUM-TERM NOTES, SERIES A

 

   % Notes due   

 

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed, Jointly and Severally, by
Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc. and Harley-Davidson Credit Corp.

 

No.      

 

 

Principal Amount $                           

CUSIP No.                 

 

 

as revised by the Schedule of

ISIN No.                    

 

 

Increases and Decreases in Global

Common Code            

 

 

Security attached hereto

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue Price:

 

Maturity Date:

 

 

 

Original Issue Date:

 

Index Maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

o  Original Issue Discount Note

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Amount of OID:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yield to Maturity:

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Accrual Period OID:

 

 

 

 

o  Fixed Rate

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate:

%

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Basis:

 

 

 

 

 

         CD Rate

 

Specified Currency (if other than U.S. dollars):

 

 

 

         CMT Rate

 

 

 

Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page:

 

 

 

Designated CMT Maturity Index:

 

Option To Receive Payments In Specified Currency (non-U.S. dollar denominated Note):

 

 

 

 

         Commercial Paper Rate

 

 

 

 

 

         Federal Funds Rate

 

 

 

 

 

         LIBOR

 

 

 

o  LIBOR Reuters:

 

Authorized Denomination:

 

o  LIBOR Moneyline Telerate:

 

 

 

o  LIBOR Currency:

 

 

 

A-1-3



 

 

o Index Maturity:

 

Place of Payment:

 

o Designated LIBOR Page:

 

 

 

 

 

 

         Prime Rate

 

 

 

 

 

         Treasury Rate

 

 

 

 

 

         Other

 

 

 

 

 

Spread (Plus Or Minus):

 

Initial Redemption Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Redemption Percentage:

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Redemption Percentage Reduction:

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment Date:

 

 

 

Spread Multiplier:

%

 

Renewable:   o Yes      o  No

 

 

 

 

 

Extendible: o  Yes      o  No

 

 

 

Interest Category:

 

 

o  Regular Floating Rate Note

 

Final Maturity Date:

 

 

 

o  Floating Rate/Fixed Rate Note

 

 

 

Fixed Rate Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Interest Rate:

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

o Inverse Floating Rate Note

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Interest Reset Date:

 

Maximum Interest Rate:

%

 

 

 

Interest Reset Dates:

 

Minimum Interest Rate:

%

 

 

 

Interest Payment Dates (in the case of a Floating Rate Note and, in the case of a Fixed Rate Note, other than as set forth below):

 

 

 

 

 

Regular Record Dates (if other than as set forth below):

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Determination Dates:

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Amounts applicable for Company:

 

 

o  Yes

 

 

o  No

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Amounts applicable for Guarantors:

 

 

 

A-1-4



 

o  Yes

 

 

o  No

 

 

 

 

 

Addendum Attached

 

Other Provisions:

o  Yes

 

 

o  No

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Denomination (only if non-U. S. dollar denominated Note):

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation Agent (if other than the Trustee):

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Payment Period:

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson Funding Corp., a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Nevada (herein called the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the Principal Amount specified above, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Security attached hereto, on the Maturity Date specified above and to pay to the registered holder of this Note (the “Holder”) interest on said Principal Amount at a rate per annum specified above and upon the terms provided below under either the heading “Provisions Applicable to Fixed Rate Notes Only” or “Provisions Applicable to Floating Rate Notes Only.”

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company (herein referred to as the “Notes”), all issued or to be issued in one or more series under an indenture, dated as of November     , 2003 (as may be supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Company, Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc., Harley-Davidson Credit Corp., (each of Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc. and Harley-Davidson Credit Corp. being a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”) and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The Notes of this series are limited (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture) to the aggregate principal amount established from time to time by the Company Board of Directors. The Notes of this series may be issued at various times with different maturity dates and different principal repayment provisions, may bear interest at different rates and may otherwise vary, all as provided in the Indenture. The Notes of this series may be subject to redemption upon notice and in accordance with the provisions of this Note and the Indenture. The Company and the Guarantors may defease the Notes of this series in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

 

To secure the due and punctual payment of principal, any premium, any interest and Additional Amounts (as defined in the Indenture) on this Note by the Company under the Indenture, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Maturity Date, by

 

A-1-5



 

declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed this Note pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee endorsed hereon and in Section 1401 of the Indenture (the “Guarantee”).

 

As used herein, the term “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close in The City of New York; provided, however , that if a Specified Currency is specified above, the day is also not a day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close in the Principal Financial Center (as defined below) of the country issuing such Specified Currency or, if such Specified Currency is the Euro, the day is also a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System is open; provided further that if LIBOR is indicated above to be an applicable Interest Rate Basis, the day is also a London Banking Day (as defined below).

 

“Principal Financial Center” means, unless otherwise provided in this Note:

 

(1) the capital city of the country issuing the Specified Currency; or

 

(2) the capital city of the country to which the LIBOR Currency relates,

 

except, in each case, that with respect to United States dollars, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, South African rand and Swiss francs, the “Principal Financial Center” will be The City of New York, Sydney and (solely in the case of the Specified Currency) Melbourne, Toronto, Johannesburg and Zurich, respectively.

 

“London Banking Day” means a day which commercial banks are open for business, including dealings in the LIBOR Currency specified above, in London.

 

Provisions Applicable To Fixed Rate Notes Only:

 

If the “Fixed Rate” line above is checked, unless otherwise specified above, the Company will pay interest semiannually on       and       of each year (each such date fixed for the payment of interest, an “Interest Payment Date”) commencing on       and on the Maturity Date or upon earlier redemption or repayment to the person to whom principal is payable. Interest shall accrue from the Original Issue Date, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for on this Note to, but excluding, the next following Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, or earlier date of redemption or repayment, as the case may be. Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

 

If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date (or the date of earlier redemption or repayment) of this Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment will be made on the next Business Day as if it were made on the date such payment was due, and no interest will accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date (or the date of earlier redemption or repayment), as the case may be.

 

A-1-6



 

Provisions Applicable To Floating Rate Notes Only:

 

If the “Floating Rate” line above is checked, the Company will pay interest on the Interest Payment Dates shown specified above at the Initial Interest Rate specified above until the first Interest Reset Date specified above following the Original Issue Date specified above and thereafter at a rate determined in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth under the headings “Determination of CD Rate,” “Determination of CMT Rate,” “Determination of Commercial Paper Rate,” “Determination of Federal Funds Rate,” “Determination of LIBOR,” “Determination of Prime Rate” or “Determination of Treasury Rate,” depending on whether the Interest Rate Basis is the CD Rate, the CMT Rate, the Commercial Paper Rate, the Federal Funds Rate, LIBOR, the Prime Rate, the Treasury Rate or other Interest Rate Basis.

 

An interest payment shall be the amount of interest accrued from and including the Original Issue Date, or from and including the last Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid, to, but excluding, the next following Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, or date of earlier redemption or repayment, as the case may be (an “Interest Period”). Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the interest rate hereon shall not be greater than the Maximum Interest Rate, if any, or less than the Minimum Interest Rate, if any, specified above.

 

If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note, other than an Interest Payment Date at maturity, would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date will be the following day that is a Business Day, and interest will continue to accrue to the following Business Day, except that if LIBOR is the applicable Interest Rate Basis, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date will be the immediately preceding day that is a Business Day. If the Maturity Date (or date of earlier redemption or repayment) of any Floating Rate Note would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of interest and principal (and premium, if any) may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment will accrue for the period from and after the Maturity Date (or the date of earlier redemption or repayment).

 

Commencing with the first Interest Reset Date specified above following the Original Issue Date, the rate at which interest on this Note is payable shall be adjusted daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually as specified above under “Interest Reset Dates.”

 

The interest rate borne by this Note will be determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      Unless the Interest Category of this Note is specified above as a “Floating Rate/Fixed Rate Note” or an “Inverse Floating Rate Note” or in the event either “Other Provisions” or an Addendum hereto applies, in each case, relating to a different interest rate formula, this Note shall be designated as a “Regular Floating Rate Note” and, except as set forth below or specified above under “Other Provisions” or in an Addendum hereto, shall bear interest at the rate determined by reference to the applicable Interest Rate Basis or Bases (a) plus or minus the applicable Spread, if any, and/or (b) multiplied by the applicable Spread Multiplier, if any; in each case as specified above. Commencing on the Initial Interest Reset Date, the rate at which interest on this Note shall be payable shall be reset as of each Interest Reset Date specified above; provided, however , that the interest rate in effect for the period, if any, from the Original Issue Date to the Initial Interest Reset Date shall be the Initial Interest Rate.

 

A-1-7



 

(ii)                                   If the Interest Category of this Note is specified above as a “Floating Rate/Fixed Rate Note” then, except as set forth below or specified above under “Other Provisions” or in an Addendum hereto, this Note shall bear interest at the rate determined by reference to the applicable Interest Rate Basis or Bases (a) plus or minus the applicable Spread, if any, and/or (b) multiplied by the Spread Multiplier, if any, in each case as specified above. Commencing on the Initial Interest Reset Date, the rate at which interest on this Note shall be payable shall be reset as of each Interest Reset Date; provided , however , that (y) the interest rate in effect for the period, if any, from the Original Issue Date to the Initial Interest Reset Date shall be the Initial Interest Rate and (z) the interest rate in effect for the period commencing on, and including, the Fixed Rate Commencement Date specified above to the Maturity Date (or date of earlier redemption or repayment) shall be the Fixed Interest Rate specified above or, if no Fixed Interest Rate is so specified, the interest rate in effect on the day immediately preceding the Fixed Rate Commencement Date.

 

(iii)                                If the Interest Category of this Note is specified above as an “Inverse Floating Rate Note” then, except as set forth below or specified above under “Other Provisions” or in an Addendum hereto, this Note shall bear interest at (a) the Fixed Interest Rate specified above minus (b) the rate determined by reference to the applicable Interest Rate Basis or Bases: ,

 

(x)                                    plus or minus the applicable Spread, if any, and/or

 

(y)                                  multiplied by the applicable Spread Multiplier, if any, in each case as specified above;

 

provided , however , that, unless otherwise specified above under “Other Provisions” or in an Addendum hereto, the interest rate hereon shall not be less than zero.

 

Commencing on the Initial Interest Reset Date, the rate at which interest on this Note shall be payable shall be reset on each Interest Reset Date; provided , however , that the interest rate in effect for the period, if any, from the Original Issue Date to the Initial Interest Reset Date shall be the Initial Interest Rate set forth above.

 

The “Spread” is the number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) specified above to be added to or subtracted from the Interest Rate Basis for a Floating Rate Note, and the “Spread Multiplier” is the percentage specified above by which the Interest Rate Basis for such Floating Rate Note will be multiplied. Both a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier may be applicable to the Interest Rate Basis for a particular Floating Rate Note, as set forth above.

 

Each such adjusted Interest Rate Basis shall be applicable on and after the Interest Reset Date to which it relates but not including the next succeeding Interest Reset Date. If any Interest Reset Date is a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that if the rate of interest on this Note shall be determined by reference to LIBOR and such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. In addition, if the Treasury Rate is the applicable Interest Rate Basis and the Interest Determination Date would otherwise fall on an Interest Reset Date, then the Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next

 

A-1-8



 

succeeding Business Day. Subject to applicable provisions of law (including usury laws) and except as specified in this Note, on each Interest Reset Date, the rate of interest on this Note shall be the rate determined in accordance with the provisions of the applicable heading below.

 

With respect to a Floating Rate Note, accrued interest shall be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of thereof by an accrued interest factor. Such accrued interest factor will be computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the Interest Period or from the last date from which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor for each such day is computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases of CD Rate Notes, Commercial Paper Rate Notes, Federal Funds Rate Notes, LIBOR Notes and Prime Rate Notes or by the number of days in the year, in the cases of CMT Rate Notes and Treasury Rate Notes. The interest rate applicable to any day that is an Interest Reset Date will be the interest rate effective on such Interest Reset Date. The interest rate applicable to any other day will be the interest rate for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Date (or, if none, the Initial Interest Rate, as specified above).

 

The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, pertaining to an Interest Determination Date will be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day after such Interest Determination Date or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date (or the date of earlier redemption or repayment), as the case may be.

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company shall be the calculation agent unless another calculation agent is specified above (the “Calculation Agent”). The interest rate applicable to each interest period will be determined by the Calculation Agent on or prior to the applicable Calculation Date. At the request of the Holder, the Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date.

 

All percentages resulting from any calculation of the rate of interest on a Floating Rate Note will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percent (.0000001), with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward, and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

 

Determination of CD Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to, the CD Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “CD Rate” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second Business Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “CD Interest Determination Date”) and shall be the rate on the applicable CD Interest Determination Date for negotiable United States dollar certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity specified above as published in H.15(519) (as defined below) on such CD Interest Determination Date under the heading “CDs (secondary market).” If the rate referred to in the preceding sentence is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, the CD Rate shall be the rate on the applicable CD Interest Determination Date for negotiable United States dollar certificates of deposit of the Index Maturity specified above as published in H.15 Daily Update (as defined below), or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the

 

A-1-9



 

caption “CDs (secondary market).” If the rate referred to in the preceding sentence is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, the CD Rate shall be the rate on the applicable CD Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent on the Notes as the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable CD Interest Determination Date, of three leading non-bank dealers in negotiable United States dollar certificates of deposit in The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable United States dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money market banks with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified above in an amount that is representative for a single transaction in that market at that time. If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent as provided in the preceding sentence are not quoting as mentioned in such sentence, the CD Rate shall be the CD Rate in effect on the applicable CD Interest Determination Date.

 

“H.15(519)” means the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

“H.15 Daily Update” means the daily update of H.15(519), available through the world-wide-web site of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System at http://www.federalreserve.gov /releases/h15/update, or any successor site or publication.

 

Determination of CMT Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to, the CMT Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “CMT Rate” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second Business Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “CMT Interest Determination Date”) and shall be the rate displayed on the Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page (as defined below) under the caption “...Treasury Constant Maturities...Federal Reserve Board Release H.15...Mondays Approximately 3:45 p.m.,” under the column for the Designated CMT Maturity Index for (i) if the Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page is specified above as 7051, the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be a percentage equal to the yield for United States Treasury securities at “constant maturity” having the Index Maturity specified above, as published in H.15(519) under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” as the yield is displayed on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service), on page 7051 (or any other page as may replace page 7051 on that service) (“Moneyline Telerate Page 7051”), for the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date. If the rate referred to in the preceding sentence does not appear on Moneyline Telerate Page 7051, the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be a percentage equal to the yield for United States Treasury securities at “constant maturity” having the Index Maturity specified above, and for the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities.” In the event the rate referred to in the preceding sentence does not appear in H.15(519), then the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be the rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date for the period of the Index Maturity specified above, as may then be published by either the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the United States Department of the Treasury that the Calculation Agent determines to be comparable to the rate which would otherwise have been published in H.15(519). In the event the rate referred to in the preceding sentence is not published, the CMT Rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent as a yield to maturity based on the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid prices at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York

 

A-1-10



 

City time, on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date of three leading primary United States government securities dealers in The City of New York, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates (each a “Reference Dealer”), selected by the Calculation Agent (from five Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent and eliminating the highest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the highest), and the lowest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest)), for United States Treasury securities with an original maturity equal to the Index Maturity specified above, a remaining term to maturity no more than one year shorter than the Index Maturity specified above and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the securities in the market at that time. If fewer than five but more than two of the prices referred to in the above sentence are provided as requested, the CMT Rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent based on the arithmetic mean of the bid prices obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of the quotations shall be eliminated; provided , however , that if fewer than three prices referred to above are provided as requested, the CMT Rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent as a yield to maturity based on the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid prices as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date of three Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent from five Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent and eliminating the highest quotation or, in the event of equality, one of the highest and the lowest quotation or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest, for United States Treasury securities with an original maturity greater than the Index Maturity specified above, and a remaining term to maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified above, and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the securities in the market at that time. However, if fewer than five but more than two prices referred to above are provided as requested, the CMT Rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent based on the arithmetic mean of the bid prices obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of the quotations will be eliminated. If fewer than three prices referred to above are provided as requested, the CMT Rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be the CMT Rate in effect on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date and (ii) if the CMT Moneyline Telerate Page is 7052, the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be a percentage equal to the one-week or one-month, as specified above, and will be the average yield for United States Treasury securities at “constant maturity” having the Index Maturity specified above, as published in H.15(519) opposite the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” as the yield is displayed on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 7052 (or any other page as may replace page 7052 on that service) (“Moneyline Telerate Page 7052”), for the week or month, as applicable, ended immediately preceding the week or month, as applicable, in which the related CMT Interest Determination Date falls. If the rate referred to in the preceding sentence does not appear on Moneyline Telerate Page 7052, then the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be a percentage equal to the one-week or one-month, as specified above, average yield for United States Treasury securities at “constant maturity” having the Index Maturity specified above, and for the week or month, as applicable, preceding the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) opposite the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities.” If the rate referred to in the preceding sentence does not appear in H.15(519), then the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be the one-week or one-month, as specified above, average yield for United States Treasury securities at “constant maturity” having the Index Maturity specified above, as otherwise

 

A-1-11



 

announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the week or month, as applicable, ended immediately preceding the week or month, as applicable, in which the related CMT Interest Determination Date falls. If the Federal Reserve Bank of New York does not publish the rate referred to above, the rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent as a yield to maturity based on the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid prices at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date of three Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent (from five Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent and eliminating the highest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the highest), and the lowest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest)), for United States Treasury securities with an original maturity equal to the Index Maturity specified above, and a remaining term to maturity no more than one year shorter than the Index Maturity specified above, and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the securities in the market at that time. If fewer than five but more than two of the prices referred to above are provided as requested, the rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent based on the arithmetic mean of the bid prices obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of the quotations shall be eliminated. If fewer than three prices referred to above are provided as requested, the rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent as a yield to maturity based on the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid prices as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date of three Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent (from five Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent and eliminating the highest quotation or (in the event of equality, one of the highest) and the lowest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest)), for United States Treasury securities with an original maturity greater than the Index Maturity specified above, and a remaining term to maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified above and will be in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the securities in the market at that time. If fewer than five but more than two prices referred to above are provided as requested, the rate will be calculated by the Calculation Agent based on the arithmetic mean of the bid prices obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of the quotations will be eliminated, or if fewer than three prices referred to above are provided as requested, the CMT Rate will be the CMT Rate in effect on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date. If two United States Treasury securities with an original maturity greater than the Index Maturity as specified above have remaining terms to maturity equally close to the Index Maturity specified above, the quotes for the United States Treasury security with the shorter original remaining term to maturity will be used.

 

“Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page” means the display on Moneyline Telerate or any successor service on the page specified above (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service for the purpose of displaying Treasury Constant Maturities as reported in H.15(519)). If no such page is specified above, the Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page shall be 7052, for the most recent week.

 

“Designated CMT Maturity Index” means the original period to maturity of the U.S. Treasury securities (either 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 20 or 30 years) specified above with respect to which the CMT Rate will be calculated. If no such maturity is specified, the Designated CMT Maturity Index shall be two years.

 

A-1-12



 

Determination of Commercial Paper Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to, the Commercial Paper Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “Commercial Paper Rate” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second Business Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date”) and shall be the Money Market Yield (as defined below) on such date of the rate for commercial paper having the Index Maturity as indicated above, as such rate shall be published in H.15(519) under the caption “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial.” In the event that such rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate shall be calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Money Market Yield of the Commercial Paper Rate on the applicable Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity specified above, published in H.15 Daily Update, or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial.” If by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, such rate is not yet published as provided in the preceding sentence, then the Commercial Paper Rate on the applicable Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date shall be calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of United States dollar commercial paper in The City of New York, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates, selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper having the Index Maturity specified above, placed for industrial issuers whose bond rating is “Aa,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization; provided , however , that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by the Calculation Agent are not quoting offered rates as mentioned in this sentence, the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Commercial Paper Rate in effect on the applicable Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date.

 

“Money Market Yield” shall be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula and expressed as a percentage:

 

Money market yield =

 

D ´ 360

 

´   100

360 - (D ´ M)

 

where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal; and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.

 

Determination of Federal Funds Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to the Federal Funds Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “Federal Funds Rate” with respect to each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the first Business Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “Federal Funds Interest Determination Date”) and shall be the rate on that date for United States dollar Federal Funds as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective),” as displayed on Moneyline Telerate or any successor service on page 120 or any other page as may replace the applicable page on that service (“Moneyline Telerate Page 120”) or, if such rate does not appear on Moneyline Telerate Page 120, or is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, the rate on the applicable Federal Funds Interest

 

A-1-13



 

Determination Date for United States dollar Federal Funds will be the rate on such Federal Funds Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update, or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “Federal Funds/Effective Rate.” If such rate is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be calculated by the Calculation Agent and will be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight United States dollar Federal Funds arranged by three leading brokers of United States dollar Federal Funds transactions in The City of New York, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates, selected by the Calculation Agent before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Federal Funds Interest Determination Date; provided , however , that if the brokers selected as aforesaid by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, the Federal Funds Rate will be the Federal Funds Rate in effect on the applicable Federal Funds Interest Determination Date.

 

Determination of LIBOR . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to, LIBOR, unless otherwise specified above, “LIBOR” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second London Banking Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “LIBOR Interest Determination Date”) and in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i) LIBOR will be either: (a) if “LIBOR Reuters” is specified above, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of the offered rates (unless the specified Designated LIBOR Page (as defined below) by its terms provides only for a single rate, in which case such single rate shall be used) for deposits in the LIBOR Currency having the Index Maturity specified above, commencing on the second London Banking Day immediately following such LIBOR Interest Determination Date, that appear on the Designated LIBOR Page specified above, as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date, if at least two such offered rates appear (unless, as aforesaid, only a single rate is required) on such Designated LIBOR Page, or (b) if “LIBOR Moneyline Telerate” is specified above or if neither “LIBOR Reuters” nor “LIBOR Moneyline Telerate” is specified as the method for calculating LIBOR, LIBOR will be the rate for deposits in the LIBOR Currency (as defined below) having the Index Maturity specified above, commencing on the second London Banking Day immediately following such LIBOR Interest Determination Date that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date. If fewer than two such offered rates appear, or if no such rate appears, as the case may be, LIBOR in respect of the related LIBOR Interest Determination Date will be determined in accordance with provisions described in clause (ii) below.

 

(ii) With respect to a LIBOR Interest Determination Date on which fewer than two offered rates appear, or no rate appears, as the case may be, on the applicable Designated LIBOR Page as specified in clause (i) above, the rate calculated by the Calculation Agent will be the arithmetic mean of at least two quotations obtained by the Calculation Agent after requesting the principal London offices of each of four major reference banks, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates, in the London interbank market, to provide the Calculation Agent with its offered quotation for deposits in the LIBOR Currency for the period of the Index Maturity specified above,

 

A-1-14



 

commencing on the second London Banking Day immediately following the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the applicable LIBOR Currency in that market at that time. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR determined on the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in the applicable Principal Financial Center, on the LIBOR Interest Determination Date by three major banks, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates, in the applicable Principal Financial Center(s) selected by the Calculation Agent for loans in the LIBOR Currency to leading European banks, having the Index Maturity specified above and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the applicable LIBOR Currency in that market at that time; provided, however , that if the banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, LIBOR determined as of such LIBOR Interest Determination Date will be the LIBOR rate in effect on the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date.

 

“LIBOR Currency” means the currency (including composite currencies) specified above as the currency for which LIBOR shall be calculated. If no such currency is specified above, the LIBOR Currency shall be United States dollars.

 

“Designated LIBOR Page” means either (a) if “LIBOR Reuters” is specified above, the display on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service or any successor service specified above for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks for the applicable LIBOR Currency, or (b) if “LIBOR Moneyline Telerate” is specified above or neither “LIBOR Reuters” nor “LIBOR Moneyline Telerate” is specified as the method for calculating LIBOR, the display on Moneyline Telerate or any successor service specified above, for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks for the applicable LIBOR Currency.

 

Determination of Prime Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to, the Prime Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “Prime Rate” with respect to each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the first Business Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “Prime Interest Determination Date”) and shall be the rate set forth on such date as published in H.15(519) under the caption “Bank Prime Loan,” or if not so published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date pertaining to such Prime Interest Determination Date, then the Prime Rate. will be as published in H.15 Daily Update, or such other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate under the caption “Bank Prime Loan,” or if not so published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date pertaining to such Prime Interest Determination Date, then the Prime Rate will be determined by the Calculation Agent as the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME 1 Page (as defined below) as the particular bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Prime Interest Determination Date. If fewer than four such rates are so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date as shown on the Reuters Screen US PRIME 1 Page for the Prime Interest Determination Date, the Prime Rate will be determined by

 

A-1-15



 

the Calculation Agent as the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by a 360-day year as of the close of business on the applicable Prime Interest Determination Date by three major banks, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates, in The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent. However, if the banks selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in the preceding sentence, the Prime Rate will be the Prime Rate in effect on the applicable Prime Interest Determination Date.

 

“Reuters Screen US PRIME 1 Page” means the display designated as “US PRIME 1 Page” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or any successor service on the “US PRIME 1 Page” or other page as may replace the US PRIME 1 Page on such service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).

 

Determination of Treasury Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to the Treasury Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “Treasury Rate” for each Interest Reset Date will be the rate from the auction held on the applicable Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity, as specified above, as published under the caption “Investment Rate” on the display on Moneyline Telerate or any successor service on page 56 or any other page as may replace page 56 on that service or page 57 or any other page as may replace page 57 on that service, or, if the rate is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date pertaining to such Treasury Rate Determination Date (as defined below), the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High,” or, if the rate is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date pertaining to such Treasury Rate Determination Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or, if the rate is not announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the applicable Treasury Rate Determination Date of Treasury Bills having the Index Maturity specified above, published in H.15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market,” or, if the rate is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date pertaining to such Treasury Rate Determination Date, the rate on the applicable Treasury Rate Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market.” In the event that the results of the auction of Treasury Bills having the applicable Index Maturity specified above are not published or reported, as provided above, by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date or if no such auction is held on such Treasury Rate Determination Date, then the Treasury Rate on the applicable Treasury Rate Determination Date shall be calculated by the Calculation Agent and shall be the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Treasury Rate Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers, which may include the agent or its affiliates, selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified above; provided , however , that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by the

 

A-1-16



 

Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, the Treasury Rate will be the Treasury Rate in effect on the applicable Treasury Rate Determination Date.

 

The “Treasury Rate Determination Date” for any Interest Reset Date will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls on which Treasury Bills would normally be auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is normally held on the following Tuesday, except such auction may be held on the preceding Friday. If, as the result of a legal holiday, an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Treasury Rate Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.

 

“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula and expressed as a percentage:

 

Bond Equivalent Yield =

 

D ´ N

 

´   100

360 - (D ´ M)

 

where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal; “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.

 

Provisions Applicable To Both Fixed Rate Notes And Floating Rate Notes:

 

The interest so payable on any Interest Payment Date will, subject to certain exceptions in the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be paid to the person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date (as defined below) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date or, if the Interest Payment Date is the Maturity Date or the date of earlier redemption or repayment, to the person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Maturity Date or such earlier date of redemption or repayment; provided , however , that if the Original Issue Date is between a Regular Record Date and an Interest Payment Date or on an Interest Payment Date, interest for the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the Interest Payment Date relating to such Regular Record Date shall be paid on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date to the person in whose name this Note is registered on the close of business on the Regular Record Date preceding such Interest Payment Date. If this Note bears interest at a Fixed Rate, as specified above, unless otherwise specified above, the “Regular Record Date” with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be the first day of       and      , preceding such Interest Payment Date, whether or not such date shall be a Business Day. If this Note bears interest at a Floating Rate, as specified above, the “Regular Record Date” with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be the fifteenth calendar day next preceding such Interest Payment Date, whether or not such date shall be a Business Day.

 

Payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of this Note due on the Maturity Date or any earlier redemption or repayment date will be made in immediately available funds upon presentation and surrender of this Note; provided , however , that if a Specified Currency is specified above and such payment is to be made in such Specified Currency in accordance with the provisions set forth below, such payment will be made by wire

 

A-1-17



 

transfer of immediately available funds to an account with a bank designated by the Holder hereof at least 15 calendar days prior to the Maturity Date or such earlier redemption or repayment date, as the case may be, provided that such bank has appropriate facilities therefor and that this Note is presented and surrendered at the Place of Payment specified above in time for the Trustee to make such payment in such funds in accordance with its normal procedures. Payment of interest due on any Interest Payment Date, other than the Maturity Date or any earlier redemption or repayment date, will be made at the Place of Payment specified above.

 

Whenever in this Note or in the Indenture there is a reference, in any context, to the payment of the principal of, or interest, if any, on, or in respect of, the Notes, such payment shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect of such payment pursuant to the provisions hereof or thereof and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provision hereof or thereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

The Company is obligated to make payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of this Note in United States dollars or, if a Specified Currency is indicated above, in such Specified Currency (or, if such Specified Currency is not at the time of such payment legal tender for the payment of public and private debts of the country issuing such currency or, in the case of the Euro, in the member states of the European Union that have adopted the single currency in accordance with the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union, such other currency which is then such legal tender in such country or in the adopting member states of the European Union, as the case may be). If a Specified Currency is specified above, except as otherwise provided below, any such amounts so payable by the Company will be converted by a New York clearing house bank designated by the Company (the “Exchange Rate Agent”) into United States dollars for payment to the Holder of this Note.

 

If a Specified Currency is specified above, the Holder of this Note may elect to receive any amount payable hereunder in such Specified Currency. If the Holder of this Note shall not have duly made an election to receive all or a specified portion of any payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest in respect of this Note in such Specified Currency, any United States dollar amount to be received by the Holder of this Note will be based on the highest bid quotation in The City of New York received by the Exchange Rate Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding the applicable payment date from three recognized foreign exchange dealers (one of whom may be the Exchange Rate Agent) selected by the Exchange Rate Agent and approved by the Company for the purchase by the quoting dealer of the Specified Currency for United States dollars for settlement on such payment date in the aggregate amount of the Specified Currency payable to all Holders of Notes scheduled to receive United States dollar payments and at which the applicable dealer commits to execute a contract. All currency exchange costs will be borne by the Holder of this Note by deductions from such payments. If three such bid quotations are not available, payments on this Note will be made in the Specified Currency.

 

If a Specified Currency is specified above, the Holder of this Note may elect to receive all or a specified portion of any payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest in respect

 

A-1-18


 


 

of this Note in such Specified Currency by submitting a written request for such payment to the Trustee at the Place of Payment on or prior to the applicable Record Date or at least 15 calendar days prior to the Maturity Date (or any earlier redemption or repayment date), as the case may be. Such written request may be mailed or hand delivered or sent by facsimile transmission. The Holder of this Note may elect to receive all or a specified portion of all future payments in the Specified Currency in respect of such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest and need not file a separate election for each payment. Such election will remain in effect until revoked by written notice to the Trustee, but written notice of any such revocation must be received by the Trustee on or prior to the applicable Record Date or at least 15 calendar days prior to the Maturity Date (or any earlier redemption or repayment date), as the case may be.

 

If a Specified Currency is specified above and the Holder of this Note shall have duly made an election to receive all or a specified portion of any payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest in respect of this Note in such Specified Currency, but such Specified Currency is not available for such payment due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the control of the Company, the Company will be entitled to satisfy its obligations to the Holder of this Note by making such payment in United States dollars on the basis of the Market Exchange Rate (as defined below) determined by the Exchange Rate Agent on the second Business Day prior to such payment date or, if such Market Exchange Rate is not then available, on the basis of the most recently available Market Exchange Rate on or before the date on which such payment is due. The “Market Exchange Rate” for the Specified Currency means the noon dollar buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers of the Specified Currency as certified for customs purposes (or, if not so certified, as otherwise determined) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Any payment made in United States dollars under such circumstances shall not constitute an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture).

 

All determinations referred to above made by the Exchange Rate Agent shall be at its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Holder of this Note.

 

In case an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture) with respect to Notes of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount (or, if the Note is an Original Issue Discount Note, such lesser portion of the principal amount as may be applicable) of the Notes of this series may be declared due and payable, and, with respect to certain Events of Default, shall automatically become due and payable, in each case in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. If this Note is an Original Issue Discount Note, in the event of an acceleration of the Maturity Date hereof, the amount payable to the Holder of this Note upon such acceleration will be determined by this Note but will be an amount less than the amount payable at the Maturity Date of this Note.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the Guarantors and the rights of the Holders of the Securities (as defined in the Indenture) of each series to be affected by such modification under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Guarantors with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities (as defined in the Indenture) of each series to be affected by such modification. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the

 

A-1-19



 

Outstanding Securities of each series, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences.

 

This Note is issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof or other Authorized Denomination specified above.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note may be registered in the Security Register of this series upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the Place of Payment specified above, duly endorsed by or accompanied by, a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon a new Note or Notes of this series of Authorized Denomination and for the same aggregate principal amount, with the Guarantee endorsed thereon, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

The Trustee, and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered in the Security Register as the owner of this Note for all purposes (other than for the determination of any Additional Amounts payable) and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

If so specified above, this Note will be redeemable at the Company’s option on the date or dates specified prior to the Maturity Date at a price or prices, each as specified above, together with accrued interest to the date of redemption. This Note will not be subject to any sinking fund. If so redeemable, the Company may redeem this Note either in whole or from time to time in part, upon not less than 30, nor more than 60, days’ notice before the date of redemption. If less than all of the Notes with like tenor and terms are to be redeemed, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

 

This Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of this Note to be redeemed, and (ii) as determined by the Quotation Agent (as defined below), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on this Notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus          basis points, and accrued but unpaid interest thereon.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

 

A-1-20



 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the U.S. Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

“Quotation Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means (i) each of Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (and their respective successors) and three other nationally recognized investment banking firms that are Primary Treasury Dealers specified from time to time by the Company; provided, however, that if the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (ii) any other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

 

Notice of any redemption will be-mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to the Holder hereof at its address as such address shall appear in the Security Register of the Company. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price on and after the  redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the principal amount of this Note called for redemption.

 

The Company can “reopen” a previously issued tranche of Notes and issue additional Notes of such tranche or establish additional terms of such tranche or issue notes with the same terms as previously issued Notes.

 

The Company may at any time purchase this Note at any price in the open market or otherwise. Notes so purchased by the Company may be held or resold or, at the discretion of the Company, may be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note, at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein and in the Indenture prescribed.

 

This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-1-21



 

By acceptance of this Note, the Holder hereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Indenture. Terms used herein which are defined in the Indenture shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Indenture. This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

A-1-22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed, manually or by facsimile by an authorized signatory.

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Securities of the
series designated herein and
referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-1-23



 

GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each of the undersigned hereby fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally, pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee contained in Article Fourteen of the Indenture, to the Holder of this Note and to the Trustee, on behalf of the Holder, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and any premium, interest and any Additional Amounts on, this Note, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of this Note and the Indenture. This Guarantee will not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the Trustee duly executes the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is endorsed.

 

Dated:

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FINANCIAL
SERVICES, INC.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON CREDIT CORP.

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

A-1-24



 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM -

as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -                 Custodian                

 

 

 

 

(Cust)

(Minor)

TEN ENT -

as tenants by the entireties

 

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

 

 

 

JT TEN -

as joint tenants with right of

 

 

                                                 

 

survivorship and not as tenant

 

 

(State)

 

in common

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

A-1-25



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

 

(Please insert social security or other identifying number of assignee)

 

 

(Name and address of assignee, including zip code,
must be printed or typewritten)

 

the within Note, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                                   attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the within Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the within Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever and must be guaranteed.

 

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM) PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17Ad-15.

 

A-1-26



 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note

 

Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following each
decrease or increase

 

Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-1-27



 

Exhibit A-2

 

[Form of Regulation S Temporary Global Note]

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP.
MEDIUM-TERM NOTES, SERIES A

 

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed, Jointly and Severally, by
Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc. and Harley-Davidson Credit Corp.

 

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE) OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS GLOBAL SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY, OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY, OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY.

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND, ACCORDINGLY, NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (7) OR (8) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE LATER OF (i) TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(k) OF THE SECURITIES ACT) AFTER THE LATER OF (Y) THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE HEREOF AND (Z) THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY WAS THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THERETO) AND (ii) SUCH LATER DATE, IF

 

A-2-1



 

ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY ANY SUBSEQUENT CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”, AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A, THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3), (7) OR (8) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY OR SUCH INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-US PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE.

 

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S

 

A-2-2



 

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.

 

A-2-3



 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP.
MEDIUM-TERM NOTES, SERIES A

 

   % Notes due   

 

Fully and Unconditionally Guaranteed, Jointly and Severally, by
Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc. and Harley-Davidson Credit Corp.

 

No.       

 

Principal Amount $                           

CUSIP No.                  

 

 

ISIN No.                     

 

 

Common Code            

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue Price:

 

Maturity Date:

 

 

 

Original Issue Date:

 

Index Maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

o  Original Issue Discount Note

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Amount of OID:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yield to Maturity:

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Accrual Period OID:

 

 

 

 

o  Fixed Rate

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate:                        %

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Basis:

 

 

 

 

 

         CD Rate

 

Specified Currency (if other than U.S. dollars):

 

 

 

         CMT Rate

 

 

 

Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page:

 

 

 

Designated CMT Maturity Index:

 

Option To Receive Payments In Specified Currency (non-U.S. dollar denominated Note):

 

 

 

 

         Commercial Paper Rate

 

 

 

 

 

         Federal Funds Rate

 

 

 

 

 

         LIBOR

 

 

 

o  LIBOR Reuters:

 

Authorized Denomination:

 

o  LIBOR Moneyline Telerate:

 

 

 

o  LIBOR Currency:

 

 

 

A-2-4



 

 

o Index Maturity:

 

Place of Payment:

 

o Designated LIBOR Page:

 

 

 

 

 

 

         Prime Rate

 

 

 

 

 

         Treasury Rate

 

 

 

 

 

         Other

 

 

 

 

 

Spread (Plus Or Minus):

 

Initial Redemption Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Redemption Percentage:

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Redemption Percentage Reduction:

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment Date:

 

 

 

Spread Multiplier:                                %

 

Renewable: o  Yes      o  No

 

 

 

 

 

Extendible: o  Yes      o  No

 

 

 

Interest Category:

 

 

o  Regular Floating Rate Note

 

Final Maturity Date:

 

 

 

o  Floating Rate/Fixed Rate Note

 

 

 

Fixed Rate Commencement Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Interest Rate:                   %

 

 

 

 

 

 

o  Inverse Floating Rate Note

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Interest Reset Date:

 

Maximum Interest Rate:

%

 

 

 

Interest Reset Dates:

 

Minimum Interest Rate:

%

 

 

 

 

Interest Payment Dates (in the case of a Floating Rate Note and, in the case of a Fixed Rate Note, other than as set forth below):

 

 

Regular Record Dates (if other than as set forth below):

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Determination Dates:

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Amounts applicable for Company:

 

 

o  Yes

 

 

o  No

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Amounts applicable for Guarantors:

 

 

 

A-2-5



 

o  Yes

 

 

o  No

 

 

 

 

 

Addendum Attached

 

Other Provisions:

o  Yes

 

 

o  No

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Denomination (only if non-U. S. dollar denominated Note):

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation Agent (if other than the Trustee):

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Payment Period:

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson Funding Corp., a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Nevada (herein called the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the Principal Amount specified above, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Security attached hereto, on the Maturity Date specified above and to pay to the registered holder of this Note (the “Holder”) interest on said Principal Amount at a rate per annum specified above and upon the terms provided below under either the heading “Provisions Applicable to Fixed Rate Notes Only” or “Provisions Applicable to Floating Rate Notes Only.”

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company (herein referred to as the “Notes”), all issued or to be issued in one or more series under an indenture, dated as of November        , 2003 (as may be supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Company, Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc., Harley-Davidson Credit Corp., (each of Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc. and Harley-Davidson Credit Corp. being a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”) and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The Notes of this series are limited (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture) to the aggregate principal amount established from time to time by the Company Board of Directors. The Notes of this series may be issued at various times with different maturity dates and different principal repayment provisions, may bear interest at different rates and may otherwise vary, all as provided in the Indenture. The Notes of this series may be subject to redemption upon notice and in accordance with the provisions of this Note and the Indenture. The Company and the Guarantors may defease the Notes of this series in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

 

To secure the due and punctual payment of principal, any premium, any interest and Additional Amounts (as defined in the Indenture) on this Note by the Company under the Indenture, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Maturity Date, by

 

A-2-6



 

declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed this Note pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee endorsed hereon and in Section 1401 of the Indenture (the “Guarantee”).

 

As used herein, the term “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close in The City of New York; provided, however , that if a Specified Currency is specified above, the day is also not a day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close in the Principal Financial Center (as defined below) of the country issuing such Specified Currency or, if such Specified Currency is the Euro, the day is also a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System is open; provided further that if LIBOR is indicated above to be an applicable Interest Rate Basis, the day is also a London Banking Day (as defined below).

 

“Principal Financial Center” means, unless otherwise provided in this Note:

 

(1) the capital city of the country issuing the Specified Currency; or

 

(2) the capital city of the country to which the LIBOR Currency relates,

 

except, in each case, that with respect to United States dollars, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, South African rand and Swiss francs, the “Principal Financial Center” will be The City of New York, Sydney and (solely in the case of the Specified Currency) Melbourne, Toronto, Johannesburg and Zurich, respectively.

 

“London Banking Day” means a day which commercial banks are open for business, including dealings in the LIBOR Currency specified above, in London.

 

Provisions Applicable To Fixed Rate Notes Only:

 

If the “Fixed Rate” line above is checked, unless otherwise specified above, the Company will pay interest semiannually on          and          of each year (each such date fixed for the payment of interest, an “Interest Payment Date”) commencing         , and on the Maturity Date or upon earlier redemption or repayment to the person to whom principal is payable. Interest shall accrue from the Original Issue Date, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for on this Note to, but excluding, the next following Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, or earlier date of redemption or repayment, as the case may be. Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

 

If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date (or the date of earlier redemption or repayment) of this Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment will be made on the next Business Day as if it were made on the date such payment was due, and no interest will accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date (or the date of earlier redemption or repayment), as the case may be.

 

A-2-7



 

Provisions Applicable To Floating Rate Notes Only:

 

If the “Floating Rate” line above is checked, the Company will pay interest on the Interest Payment Dates shown specified above at the Initial Interest Rate specified above until the first Interest Reset Date specified above following the Original Issue Date specified above and thereafter at a rate determined in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth under the headings “Determination of CD Rate,” “Determination of CMT Rate,” “Determination of Commercial Paper Rate,” “Determination of Federal Funds Rate,” “Determination of LIBOR,” “Determination of Prime Rate” or “Determination of Treasury Rate,” depending on whether the Interest Rate Basis is the CD Rate, the CMT Rate, the Commercial Paper Rate, the Federal Funds Rate, LIBOR, the Prime Rate, the Treasury Rate or other Interest Rate Basis.

 

An interest payment shall be the amount of interest accrued from and including the Original Issue Date, or from and including the last Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid, to, but excluding, the next following Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, or date of earlier redemption or repayment, as the case may be (an “Interest Period”). Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the interest rate hereon shall not be greater than the Maximum Interest Rate, if any, or less than the Minimum Interest Rate, if any, specified above.

 

If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note, other than an Interest Payment Date at maturity, would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date will be the following day that is a Business Day, and interest will continue to accrue to the following Business Day, except that if LIBOR is the applicable Interest Rate Basis, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date will be the immediately preceding day that is a Business Day. If the Maturity Date (or date of earlier redemption or repayment) of any Floating Rate Note would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of interest and principal (and premium, if any) may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment will accrue for the period from and after the Maturity Date (or the date of earlier redemption or repayment).

 

Commencing with the first Interest Reset Date specified above following the Original Issue Date, the rate at which interest on this Note is payable shall be adjusted daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually as specified above under “Interest Reset Dates.”

 

The interest rate borne by this Note will be determined as follows:

 

(i)            Unless the Interest Category of this Note is specified above as a “Floating Rate/Fixed Rate Note” or an “Inverse Floating Rate Note” or in the event either “Other Provisions” or an Addendum hereto applies, in each case, relating to a different interest rate formula, this Note shall be designated as a “Regular Floating Rate Note” and, except as set forth below or specified above under “Other Provisions” or in an Addendum hereto, shall bear interest at the rate determined by reference to the applicable Interest Rate Basis or Bases (a) plus or minus the applicable Spread, if any, and/or (b) multiplied by the applicable Spread Multiplier, if any; in each case as specified above. Commencing on the Initial Interest Reset Date, the rate at which interest on this Note shall be payable shall be reset as of each Interest Reset Date specified above; provided, however , that the interest rate in effect for the period, if any, from the Original Issue Date to the Initial Interest Reset Date shall be the Initial Interest Rate.

 

A-2-8



 

(ii)           If the Interest Category of this Note is specified above as a “Floating Rate/Fixed Rate Note” then, except as set forth below or specified above under “Other Provisions” or in an Addendum hereto, this Note shall bear interest at the rate determined by reference to the applicable Interest Rate Basis or Bases (a) plus or minus the applicable Spread, if any, and/or (b) multiplied by the Spread Multiplier, if any, in each case as specified above. Commencing on the Initial Interest Reset Date, the rate at which interest on this Note shall be payable shall be reset as of each Interest Reset Date; provided , however , that (y) the interest rate in effect for the period, if any, from the Original Issue Date to the Initial Interest Reset Date shall be the Initial Interest Rate and (z) the interest rate in effect for the period commencing on, and including, the Fixed Rate Commencement Date specified above to the Maturity Date (or date of earlier redemption or repayment) shall be the Fixed Interest Rate specified above or, if no Fixed Interest Rate is so specified, the interest rate in effect on the day immediately preceding the Fixed Rate Commencement Date.

 

(iii)          If the Interest Category of this Note is specified above as an “Inverse Floating Rate Note” then, except as set forth below or specified above under “Other Provisions” or in an Addendum hereto, this Note shall bear interest at (a) the Fixed Interest Rate specified above minus (b) the rate determined by reference to the applicable Interest Rate Basis or Bases: ,

 

(x)            plus or minus the applicable Spread, if any, and/or

 

(y)           multiplied by the applicable Spread Multiplier, if any, in each case as specified above;

 

provided , however , that, unless otherwise specified above under “Other Provisions” or in an Addendum hereto, the interest rate hereon shall not be less than zero.

 

Commencing on the Initial Interest Reset Date, the rate at which interest on this Note shall be payable shall be reset on each Interest Reset Date; provided , however , that the interest rate in effect for the period, if any, from the Original Issue Date to the Initial Interest Reset Date shall be the Initial Interest Rate set forth above.

 

The “Spread” is the number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) specified above to be added to or subtracted from the Interest Rate Basis for a Floating Rate Note, and the “Spread Multiplier” is the percentage specified above by which the Interest Rate Basis for such Floating Rate Note will be multiplied. Both a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier may be applicable to the Interest Rate Basis for a particular Floating Rate Note, as set forth above.

 

Each such adjusted Interest Rate Basis shall be applicable on and after the Interest Reset Date to which it relates but not including the next succeeding Interest Reset Date. If any Interest Reset Date is a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that if the rate of interest on this Note shall be determined by reference to LIBOR and such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. In addition, if the Treasury Rate is the applicable Interest Rate Basis and the Interest Determination Date would otherwise fall on an Interest Reset Date, then the Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next

 

A-2-9



 

succeeding Business Day. Subject to applicable provisions of law (including usury laws) and except as specified in this Note, on each Interest Reset Date, the rate of interest on this Note shall be the rate determined in accordance with the provisions of the applicable heading below.

 

With respect to a Floating Rate Note, accrued interest shall be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of thereof by an accrued interest factor. Such accrued interest factor will be computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the Interest Period or from the last date from which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor for each such day is computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases of CD Rate Notes, Commercial Paper Rate Notes, Federal Funds Rate Notes, LIBOR Notes and Prime Rate Notes or by the number of days in the year, in the cases of CMT Rate Notes and Treasury Rate Notes. The interest rate applicable to any day that is an Interest Reset Date will be the interest rate effective on such Interest Reset Date. The interest rate applicable to any other day will be the interest rate for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Date (or, if none, the Initial Interest Rate, as specified above).

 

The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, pertaining to an Interest Determination Date will be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day after such Interest Determination Date or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date (or the date of earlier redemption or repayment), as the case may be.

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company shall be the calculation agent unless another calculation agent is specified above (the “Calculation Agent”). The interest rate applicable to each interest period will be determined by the Calculation Agent on or prior to the applicable Calculation Date. At the request of the Holder, the Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date.

 

All percentages resulting from any calculation of the rate of interest on a Floating Rate Note will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percent (.0000001), with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward, and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

 

Determination of CD Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to, the CD Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “CD Rate” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second Business Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “CD Interest Determination Date”) and shall be the rate on the applicable CD Interest Determination Date for negotiable United States dollar certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity specified above as published in H.15(519) (as defined below) on such CD Interest Determination Date under the heading “CDs (secondary market).” If the rate referred to in the preceding sentence is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, the CD Rate shall be the rate on the applicable CD Interest Determination Date for negotiable United States dollar certificates of deposit of the Index Maturity specified above as published in H.15 Daily Update (as defined below), or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the

 

A-2-10



 

caption “CDs (secondary market).” If the rate referred to in the preceding sentence is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, the CD Rate shall be the rate on the applicable CD Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent on the Notes as the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable CD Interest Determination Date, of three leading non-bank dealers in negotiable United States dollar certificates of deposit in The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable United States dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money market banks with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified above in an amount that is representative for a single transaction in that market at that time. If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent as provided in the preceding sentence are not quoting as mentioned in such sentence, the CD Rate shall be the CD Rate in effect on the applicable CD Interest Determination Date.

 

“H.15(519)” means the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

“H.15 Daily Update” means the daily update of H.15(519), available through the world-wide-web site of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System at http://www.federalreserve.gov /releases/h15/update, or any successor site or publication.

 

Determination of CMT Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to, the CMT Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “CMT Rate” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second Business Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “CMT Interest Determination Date”) and shall be the rate displayed on the Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page (as defined below) under the caption “...Treasury Constant Maturities...Federal Reserve Board Release H.15...Mondays Approximately 3:45 p.m.,” under the column for the Designated CMT Maturity Index for (i) if the Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page is specified above as 7051, the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be a percentage equal to the yield for United States Treasury securities at “constant maturity” having the Index Maturity specified above, as published in H.15(519) under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” as the yield is displayed on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service), on page 7051 (or any other page as may replace page 7051 on that service) (“Moneyline Telerate Page 7051”), for the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date. If the rate referred to in the preceding sentence does not appear on Moneyline Telerate Page 7051, the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be a percentage equal to the yield for United States Treasury securities at “constant maturity” having the Index Maturity specified above, and for the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities.” In the event the rate referred to in the preceding sentence does not appear in H.15(519), then the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be the rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date for the period of the Index Maturity specified above, as may then be published by either the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the United States Department of the Treasury that the Calculation Agent determines to be comparable to the rate which would otherwise have been published in H.15(519). In the event the rate referred to in the preceding sentence is not published, the CMT Rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent as a yield to maturity based on the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid prices at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York

 

A-2-11



 

City time, on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date of three leading primary United States government securities dealers in The City of New York, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates (each a “Reference Dealer”), selected by the Calculation Agent (from five Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent and eliminating the highest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the highest), and the lowest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest)), for United States Treasury securities with an original maturity equal to the Index Maturity specified above, a remaining term to maturity no more than one year shorter than the Index Maturity specified above and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the securities in the market at that time. If fewer than five but more than two of the prices referred to in the above sentence are provided as requested, the CMT Rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent based on the arithmetic mean of the bid prices obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of the quotations shall be eliminated; provided , however , that if fewer than three prices referred to above are provided as requested, the CMT Rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent as a yield to maturity based on the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid prices as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date of three Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent from five Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent and eliminating the highest quotation or, in the event of equality, one of the highest and the lowest quotation or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest, for United States Treasury securities with an original maturity greater than the Index Maturity specified above, and a remaining term to maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified above, and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the securities in the market at that time. However, if fewer than five but more than two prices referred to above are provided as requested, the CMT Rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent based on the arithmetic mean of the bid prices obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of the quotations will be eliminated. If fewer than three prices referred to above are provided as requested, the CMT Rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be the CMT Rate in effect on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date and (ii) if the CMT Moneyline Telerate Page is 7052, the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be a percentage equal to the one-week or one-month, as specified above, and will be the average yield for United States Treasury securities at “constant maturity” having the Index Maturity specified above, as published in H.15(519) opposite the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” as the yield is displayed on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 7052 (or any other page as may replace page 7052 on that service) (“Moneyline Telerate Page 7052”), for the week or month, as applicable, ended immediately preceding the week or month, as applicable, in which the related CMT Interest Determination Date falls. If the rate referred to in the preceding sentence does not appear on Moneyline Telerate Page 7052, then the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be a percentage equal to the one-week or one-month, as specified above, average yield for United States Treasury securities at “constant maturity” having the Index Maturity specified above, and for the week or month, as applicable, preceding the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) opposite the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities.” If the rate referred to in the preceding sentence does not appear in H.15(519), then the CMT Rate for such CMT Interest Determination Date will be the one-week or one-month, as specified above, average yield for United States Treasury securities at “constant maturity” having the Index Maturity specified above, as otherwise

 

A-2-12



 

announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the week or month, as applicable, ended immediately preceding the week or month, as applicable, in which the related CMT Interest Determination Date falls. If the Federal Reserve Bank of New York does not publish the rate referred to above, the rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent as a yield to maturity based on the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid prices at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date of three Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent (from five Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent and eliminating the highest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the highest), and the lowest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest)), for United States Treasury securities with an original maturity equal to the Index Maturity specified above, and a remaining term to maturity no more than one year shorter than the Index Maturity specified above, and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the securities in the market at that time. If fewer than five but more than two of the prices referred to above are provided as requested, the rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent based on the arithmetic mean of the bid prices obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of the quotations shall be eliminated. If fewer than three prices referred to above are provided as requested, the rate on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date will be calculated by the Calculation Agent as a yield to maturity based on the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid prices as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date of three Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent (from five Reference Dealers selected by the Calculation Agent and eliminating the highest quotation or (in the event of equality, one of the highest) and the lowest quotation (or, in the event of equality, one of the lowest)), for United States Treasury securities with an original maturity greater than the Index Maturity specified above, and a remaining term to maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified above and will be in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the securities in the market at that time. If fewer than five but more than two prices referred to above are provided as requested, the rate will be calculated by the Calculation Agent based on the arithmetic mean of the bid prices obtained, and neither the highest nor the lowest of the quotations will be eliminated, or if fewer than three prices referred to above are provided as requested, the CMT Rate will be the CMT Rate in effect on the applicable CMT Interest Determination Date. If two United States Treasury securities with an original maturity greater than the Index Maturity as specified above have remaining terms to maturity equally close to the Index Maturity specified above, the quotes for the United States Treasury security with the shorter original remaining term to maturity will be used.

 

“Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page” means the display on Moneyline Telerate or any successor service on the page specified above (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service for the purpose of displaying Treasury Constant Maturities as reported in H.15(519)). If no such page is specified above, the Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page shall be 7052, for the most recent week.

 

“Designated CMT Maturity Index” means the original period to maturity of the U.S. Treasury securities (either 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 20 or 30 years) specified above with respect to which the CMT Rate will be calculated. If no such maturity is specified, the Designated CMT Maturity Index shall be two years.

 

A-2-13



 

Determination of Commercial Paper Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to, the Commercial Paper Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “Commercial Paper Rate” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second Business Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date”) and shall be the Money Market Yield (as defined below) on such date of the rate for commercial paper having the Index Maturity as indicated above, as such rate shall be published in H.15(519) under the caption “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial.” In the event that such rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate shall be calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Money Market Yield of the Commercial Paper Rate on the applicable Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity specified above, published in H.15 Daily Update, or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial.” If by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, such rate is not yet published as provided in the preceding sentence, then the Commercial Paper Rate on the applicable Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date shall be calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of United States dollar commercial paper in The City of New York, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates, selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper having the Index Maturity specified above, placed for industrial issuers whose bond rating is “Aa,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization; provided , however , that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by the Calculation Agent are not quoting offered rates as mentioned in this sentence, the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Commercial Paper Rate in effect on the applicable Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date.

 

“Money Market Yield” shall be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula and expressed as a percentage:

 

Money market yield  =

 

 

D ´ 360

 

  ´  100

 

360 - (D ´ M)

 

where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal; and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.

 

Determination of Federal Funds Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to the Federal Funds Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “Federal Funds Rate” with respect to each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the first Business Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “Federal Funds Interest Determination Date”) and shall be the rate on that date for United States dollar Federal Funds as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective),” as displayed on Moneyline Telerate or any successor service on page 120 or any other page as may replace the applicable page on that service (“Moneyline Telerate Page 120”) or, if such rate does not appear on Moneyline Telerate Page 120, or is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, the rate on the applicable Federal Funds Interest

 

A-2-14



 

Determination Date for United States dollar Federal Funds will be the rate on such Federal Funds Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update, or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “Federal Funds/Effective Rate.” If such rate is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be calculated by the Calculation Agent and will be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight United States dollar Federal Funds arranged by three leading brokers of United States dollar Federal Funds transactions in The City of New York, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates, selected by the Calculation Agent before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Federal Funds Interest Determination Date; provided , however , that if the brokers selected as aforesaid by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, the Federal Funds Rate will be the Federal Funds Rate in effect on the applicable Federal Funds Interest Determination Date.

 

Determination of LIBOR . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to, LIBOR, unless otherwise specified above, “LIBOR” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second London Banking Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “LIBOR Interest Determination Date”) and in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i) LIBOR will be either: (a) if “LIBOR Reuters” is specified above, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of the offered rates (unless the specified Designated LIBOR Page (as defined below) by its terms provides only for a single rate, in which case such single rate shall be used) for deposits in the LIBOR Currency having the Index Maturity specified above, commencing on the second London Banking Day immediately following such LIBOR Interest Determination Date, that appear on the Designated LIBOR Page specified above, as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date, if at least two such offered rates appear (unless, as aforesaid, only a single rate is required) on such Designated LIBOR Page, or (b) if “LIBOR Moneyline Telerate” is specified above or if neither “LIBOR Reuters” nor “LIBOR Moneyline Telerate” is specified as the method for calculating LIBOR, LIBOR will be the rate for deposits in the LIBOR Currency (as defined below) having the Index Maturity specified above, commencing on the second London Banking Day immediately following such LIBOR Interest Determination Date that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date. If fewer than two such offered rates appear, or if no such rate appears, as the case may be, LIBOR in respect of the related LIBOR Interest Determination Date will be determined in accordance with provisions described in clause (ii) below.

 

(ii) With respect to a LIBOR Interest Determination Date on which fewer than two offered rates appear, or no rate appears, as the case may be, on the applicable Designated LIBOR Page as specified in clause (i) above, the rate calculated by the Calculation Agent will be the arithmetic mean of at least two quotations obtained by the Calculation Agent after requesting the principal London offices of each of four major reference banks, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates, in the London interbank market, to provide the Calculation Agent with its offered quotation for deposits in the LIBOR Currency for the period of the Index Maturity specified above,

 

A-2-15



 

commencing on the second London Banking Day immediately following the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the applicable LIBOR Currency in that market at that time. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR determined on the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in the applicable Principal Financial Center, on the LIBOR Interest Determination Date by three major banks, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates, in the applicable Principal Financial Center(s) selected by the Calculation Agent for loans in the LIBOR Currency to leading European banks, having the Index Maturity specified above and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in the applicable LIBOR Currency in that market at that time; provided, however , that if the banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, LIBOR determined as of such LIBOR Interest Determination Date will be the LIBOR rate in effect on the applicable LIBOR Interest Determination Date.

 

“LIBOR Currency” means the currency (including composite currencies) specified above as the currency for which LIBOR shall be calculated. If no such currency is specified above, the LIBOR Currency shall be United States dollars.

 

“Designated LIBOR Page” means either (a) if “LIBOR Reuters” is specified above, the display on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service or any successor service specified above for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks for the applicable LIBOR Currency, or (b) if “LIBOR Moneyline Telerate” is specified above or neither “LIBOR Reuters” nor “LIBOR Moneyline Telerate” is specified as the method for calculating LIBOR, the display on Moneyline Telerate or any successor service specified above, for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks for the applicable LIBOR Currency.

 

Determination of Prime Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to, the Prime Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “Prime Rate” with respect to each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the first Business Day prior to such Interest Reset Date (a “Prime Interest Determination Date”) and shall be the rate set forth on such date as published in H.15(519) under the caption “Bank Prime Loan,” or if not so published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date pertaining to such Prime Interest Determination Date, then the Prime Rate. will be as published in H.15 Daily Update, or such other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate under the caption “Bank Prime Loan,” or if not so published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date pertaining to such Prime Interest Determination Date, then the Prime Rate will be determined by the Calculation Agent as the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME 1 Page (as defined below) as the particular bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Prime Interest Determination Date. If fewer than four such rates are so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date as shown on the Reuters Screen US PRIME 1 Page for the Prime Interest Determination Date, the Prime Rate will be determined by

 

A-2-16



 

the Calculation Agent as the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by a 360-day year as of the close of business on the applicable Prime Interest Determination Date by three major banks, which may include an agent of the Company or such agent’s affiliates, in The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent. However, if the banks selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in the preceding sentence, the Prime Rate will be the Prime Rate in effect on the applicable Prime Interest Determination Date.

 

“Reuters Screen US PRIME 1 Page” means the display designated as “US PRIME 1 Page” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or any successor service on the “US PRIME 1 Page” or other page as may replace the US PRIME 1 Page on such service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).

 

Determination of Treasury Rate . If the Interest Rate Basis, as specified above, is, or is calculated by reference to the Treasury Rate, unless otherwise specified above, the “Treasury Rate” for each Interest Reset Date will be the rate from the auction held on the applicable Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity, as specified above, as published under the caption “Investment Rate” on the display on Moneyline Telerate or any successor service on page 56 or any other page as may replace page 56 on that service or page 57 or any other page as may replace page 57 on that service, or, if the rate is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date pertaining to such Treasury Rate Determination Date (as defined below), the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High,” or, if the rate is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date pertaining to such Treasury Rate Determination Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or, if the rate is not announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the applicable Treasury Rate Determination Date of Treasury Bills having the Index Maturity specified above, published in H.15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market,” or, if the rate is not so published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date pertaining to such Treasury Rate Determination Date, the rate on the applicable Treasury Rate Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market.” In the event that the results of the auction of Treasury Bills having the applicable Index Maturity specified above are not published or reported, as provided above, by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Calculation Date or if no such auction is held on such Treasury Rate Determination Date, then the Treasury Rate on the applicable Treasury Rate Determination Date shall be calculated by the Calculation Agent and shall be the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Treasury Rate Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers, which may include the agent or its affiliates, selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified above; provided , however , that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by the

 

A-2-17



 

Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, the Treasury Rate will be the Treasury Rate in effect on the applicable Treasury Rate Determination Date.

 

The “Treasury Rate Determination Date” for any Interest Reset Date will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls on which Treasury Bills would normally be auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is normally held on the following Tuesday, except such auction may be held on the preceding Friday. If, as the result of a legal holiday, an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Treasury Rate Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.

 

“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula and expressed as a percentage:

 

Bond Equivalent Yield  =

 

 

D ´ N

 

  ´  100

 

360 - (D ´ M)

 

where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal; “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.

 

Provisions Applicable To Both Fixed Rate Notes And Floating Rate Notes:

 

The interest so payable on any Interest Payment Date will, subject to certain exceptions in the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be paid to the person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date (as defined below) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date or, if the Interest Payment Date is the Maturity Date or the date of earlier redemption or repayment, to the person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Maturity Date or such earlier date of redemption or repayment; provided , however , that if the Original Issue Date is between a Regular Record Date and an Interest Payment Date or on an Interest Payment Date, interest for the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the Interest Payment Date relating to such Regular Record Date shall be paid on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date to the person in whose name this Note is registered on the close of business on the Regular Record Date preceding such Interest Payment Date. If this Note bears interest at a Fixed Rate, as specified above, unless otherwise specified above, the “Regular Record Date” with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be the first day of        and        preceding such Interest Payment Date, whether or not such date shall be a Business Day. If this Note bears interest at a Floating Rate, as specified above, the .”Regular Record Date” with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be the fifteenth calendar day next preceding such Interest Payment Date, whether or not such date shall be a Business Day.

 

Payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of this Note due on the Maturity Date or any earlier redemption or repayment date will be made in immediately available funds upon presentation and surrender of this Note; provided , however , that if a Specified Currency is specified above and such payment is to be made in such Specified Currency in accordance with the provisions set forth below, such payment will be made by wire

 

A-2-18



 

transfer of immediately available funds to an account with a bank designated by the Holder hereof at least 15 calendar days prior to the Maturity Date or such earlier redemption or repayment date, as the case may be, provided that such bank has appropriate facilities therefor and that this Note is presented and surrendered at the Place of Payment specified above in time for the Trustee to make such payment in such funds in accordance with its normal procedures. Payment of interest due on any Interest Payment Date, other than the Maturity Date or any earlier redemption or repayment date, will be made at the Place of Payment specified above.

 

Whenever in this Note or in the Indenture there is a reference, in any context, to the payment of the principal of, or interest, if any, on, or in respect of, the Notes, such payment shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect of such payment pursuant to the provisions hereof or thereof and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provision hereof or thereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

The Company is obligated to make payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of this Note in United States dollars or, if a Specified Currency is indicated above, in such Specified Currency (or, if such Specified Currency is not at the time of such payment legal tender for the payment of public and private debts of the country issuing such currency or, in the case of the Euro, in the member states of the European Union that have adopted the single currency in accordance with the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union, such other currency which is then such legal tender in such country or in the adopting member states of the European Union, as the case may be). If a Specified Currency is specified above, except as otherwise provided below, any such amounts so payable by the Company will be converted by a New York clearing house bank designated by the Company (the “Exchange Rate Agent”) into United States dollars for payment to the Holder of this Note.

 

If a Specified Currency is specified above, the Holder of this Note may elect to receive any amount payable hereunder in such Specified Currency. If the Holder of this Note shall not have duly made an election to receive all or a specified portion of any payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest in respect of this Note in such Specified Currency, any United States dollar amount to be received by the Holder of this Note will be based on the highest bid quotation in The City of New York received by the Exchange Rate Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding the applicable payment date from three recognized foreign exchange dealers (one of whom may be the Exchange Rate Agent) selected by the Exchange Rate Agent and approved by the Company for the purchase by the quoting dealer of the Specified Currency for United States dollars for settlement on such payment date in the aggregate amount of the Specified Currency payable to all Holders of Notes scheduled to receive United States dollar payments and at which the applicable dealer commits to execute a contract. All currency exchange costs will be borne by the Holder of this Note by deductions from such payments. If three such bid quotations are not available, payments on this Note will be made in the Specified Currency.

 

If a Specified Currency is specified above, the Holder of this Note may elect to receive all or a specified portion of any payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest in respect

 

A-2-19



 

of this Note in such Specified Currency by submitting a written request for such payment to the Trustee at the Place of Payment specified above on or prior to the applicable Record Date or at least 15 calendar days prior to the Maturity Date (or any earlier redemption or repayment date), as the case may be. Such written request may be mailed or hand delivered or sent by facsimile transmission. The Holder of this Note may elect to receive all or a specified portion of all future payments in the Specified Currency in respect of such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest and need not file a separate election for each payment. Such election will remain in effect until revoked by written notice to the Trustee, but written notice of any such revocation must be received by the Trustee on or prior to the applicable Record Date or at least 15 calendar days prior to the Maturity Date (or any earlier redemption or repayment date), as the case may be.

 

If a Specified Currency is specified above and the Holder of this Note shall have duly made an election to receive all or a specified portion of any payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest in respect of this Note in such Specified Currency, but such Specified Currency is not available for such payment due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the control of the Company, the Company will be entitled to satisfy its obligations to the Holder of this Note by making such payment in United States dollars on the basis of the Market Exchange Rate (as defined below) determined by the Exchange Rate Agent on the second Business Day prior to such payment date or, if such Market Exchange Rate is not then available, on the basis of the most recently available Market Exchange Rate on or before the date on which such payment is due. The “Market Exchange Rate” for the Specified Currency means the noon dollar buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers of the Specified Currency as certified for customs purposes (or, if not so certified, as otherwise determined) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Any payment made in United States dollars under such circumstances shall not constitute an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture).

 

All determinations referred to above made by the Exchange Rate Agent shall be at its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Holder of this Note.

 

In case an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture) with respect to Notes of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount (or, if the Note is an Original Issue Discount Note, such lesser portion of the principal amount as may be applicable) of the Notes of this series may be declared due and payable, and, with respect to certain Events of Default, shall automatically become due and payable, in each case in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. If this Note is an Original Issue Discount Note, in the event of an acceleration of the Maturity Date hereof, the amount payable to the Holder of this Note upon such acceleration will be determined by this Note but will be an amount less than the amount payable at the Maturity Date of this Note.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the Guarantors and the rights of the Holders of the Securities (as defined in the Indenture) of each series to be affected by such modification under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Guarantors with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities (as defined in the Indenture) of each series to be affected by such modification. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the

 

A-2-20



 

Outstanding Securities of each series, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences.

 

This Note is issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof or other Authorized Denomination specified above.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note may be registered in the Security Register of this series upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the Place of Payment specified above, duly endorsed by or accompanied by, a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon a new Note or Notes of this series of Authorized Denomination and for the same aggregate principal amount, with the Guarantee endorsed thereon, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

The Trustee, and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the person in whose name this Note is registered in the Security Register as the owner of this Note for all purposes (other than for the determination of any Additional Amounts payable) and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

If so specified above, this Note will be redeemable at the Company’s option on the date or dates specified prior to the Maturity Date at a price or prices, each as specified above, together with accrued interest to the date of redemption. This Note will not be subject to any sinking fund. If so redeemable, the Company may redeem this Note either in whole or from time to time in part, upon not less than 30, nor more than 60, days’ notice before the date of redemption. If less than all of the Notes with like tenor and terms are to be redeemed, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

 

This Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company, in whole or in part at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of this Note to be redeemed, and (ii) as determined by the Quotation Agent (as defined below), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on this Notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus        basis points, and accrued but unpaid interest thereon.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

 

A-2-21



 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the U.S. Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Quotations.

 

“Quotation Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means (i) each of Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (and their respective successors) and three other nationally recognized investment banking firms that are Primary Treasury Dealers specified from time to time by the Company; provided, however, that if the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (ii) any other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

 

Notice of any redemption will be-mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to the Holder hereof at its address as such address shall appear in the Security Register of the Company. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the principal amount of this Note called for redemption.

 

The Company can “reopen” a previously issued tranche of Notes and issue additional Notes of such tranche or establish additional terms of such tranche or issue notes with the same terms as previously issued Notes.

 

The Company may at any time purchase this Note at any price in the open market or otherwise. Notes so purchased by the Company may be held or resold or, at the discretion of the Company, may be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note, at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein and in the Indenture prescribed.

 

This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-2-22



 

By acceptance of this Note, the Holder hereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Indenture. Terms used herein which are defined in the Indenture shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Indenture. This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

A-2-23



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed, manually or by facsimile by an authorized signatory.

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Securities of the
series designated herein and
referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-24



 

GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each of the undersigned hereby fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally, pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee contained in Article Fourteen of the Indenture, to the Holder of this Note and to the Trustee, on behalf of the Holder, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and any premium, interest and any Additional Amounts on, this Note, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of this Note and the Indenture. This Guarantee will not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the Trustee duly executes the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is endorsed.

 

Dated:

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FINANCIAL
SERVICES, INC.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON CREDIT CORP.

 

a Nevada corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

A-2-25



 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM -

as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -                 Custodian                

 

 

 

 

(Cust)

(Minor)

TEN ENT -

as tenants by the entireties

 

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

 

 

 

JT TEN -

as joint tenants with right of

 

 

                                                 

 

survivorship and not as tenant

 

 

(State)

 

in common

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

A-2-26



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto:

 

(Please insert social security or other identifying number of assignee)

 

 

(Name and address of assignee, including zip code,
must be printed or typewritten)

 

the within Note, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                            attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the within Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the within Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever and must be guaranteed.

 

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM) PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17Ad-15.

 

A-2-27



 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note

 

Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following each
decrease or increase

 

Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-2-28



 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER]

 

Harley-Davidson Funding Corp.
4150 Technology Way
Carson City, Nevada 89706
Facsimile:
Attention:

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company
2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020
Chicago, Illinois 60602
Facsimile:
Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

 

 

Re:        % Notes due 20          CUSIP:                      

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November     , 2003 (the “ Indenture ”), among Harley-Davidson Funding Corp., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                            (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount at maturity of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                              (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.    o   Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A global Note or a definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the legend printed on the 144A global Note and/or the definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

B-1



 

2.   o   Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S temporary global Note, Regulation S permanent global Note or a definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the “Restricted Period” as defined in Regulation S, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Agents). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the legend printed on the Regulation S temporary global Note, Regulation S permanent global Note and/or the definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3.   o   Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in restricted global Notes and restricted definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

(a)  o   such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

(b)  o   such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or

 

(c)  o   such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; or

 

(d)  o   such Transfer is being effected to an institutional “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) under the Securities Act who is not also a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A) and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a restricted global Note or restricted definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the

 

B-2



 

Transferee in the form of Exhibit C to the Indenture and (2) if the principal amount of Notes to be transferred is less than [$100,000], a written opinion from legal counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the legend printed on the definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

4.   o   Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an unrestricted global Note or of an unrestricted definitive Note .

 

(a)  o   Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or definitive Note shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the legend printed on the restricted global Notes, on restricted definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(b)  o   Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or definitive Note shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the legend printed on the restricted global Notes, on restricted definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(c)  o   Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or definitive Note shall not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the legend printed on the restricted global Notes or restricted definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3



 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Dated:

 

 

 

 

B-4



 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.             The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (A) OR (B)]

 

(A)

o

 a beneficial interest in the:

 

 

 

 

(i)   o

144A global Note (CUSIP:                     ); or

 

 

 

 

(ii)  o

Regulation S global Note (CUSIP:                     ); or

 

 

 

(B)

o

 a restricted definitive Note.

 

2.             After the Transfer the Transferee shall hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(A)

o

 a beneficial interest in the:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)       o

144A global Note (CUSIP:                     ); or

 

 

 

 

(ii)      o

Regulation S global Note (CUSIP:                     ); or

 

 

 

 

(iii)    o

unrestricted global Note; or

 

 

 

(B)

o

 a restricted definitive Note; or

 

 

 

 

 

(C)

o

 an unrestricted definitive Note,

 

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5



 

EXHIBIT C

 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR]

 

Harley-Davidson Funding Corp.
4150 Technology Way
Carson City, Nevada 89706
Facsimile:
Attention:

 

BNY Midwest Trust Company
2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020
Chicago, Illinois 60602
Facsimile:
Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

 

Re:          % Notes due 20                    CUSIP:                

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November           , 2003 (the “ Indenture ”), among Harley-Davidson Funding Corp., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $                 aggregate principal amount at maturity of:

 

(a)  o   beneficial interest in a global Note, or

 

(b)  o   a definitive Note,

 

we confirm that:

 

1.             We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

2.             We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we shall do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the

 

C-1



 

Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and a written opinion from legal counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the definitive Note or beneficial interest in a global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

3.             We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we shall be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us shall bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

 

4.             We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), (7) or (8) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

5.             We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Dated:

 

 

 

 

C-2



 

EXHIBIT D

 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY PERSON ENTITLED
TO RECEIVE BEARER SECURITY]

 

CERTIFICATE

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON FUNDING CORP.

 

[Insert title or sufficient description
of Securities to be delivered]

 

This is to certify that the above-captioned Securities are not being acquired by or on behalf of a United States person or for offer to resell or for resale to a United States person or any person inside the United States or, if a beneficial interest in the Securities is being acquired by or on behalf of a United States person or any person inside the United States, that such United States person is a financial institution within the meaning of Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(v) of the United States Treasury regulations which agrees to comply with the requirements of Section 165 (j) (3) (A), (B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder and which is not purchasing for offer to resell or for resale inside the United States.

 

As used herein, “United States person” means any citizen or resident of the United States, any corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States and any estate the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, and “United States” means the United States (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

We undertake to advise you by telex if the above statement as to beneficial ownership is not correct on the date of delivery of the above-captioned Securities in bearer form as to all of such Securities.

 

This certificate excepts and does not relate to U.S. $    principal amount of the above-captioned Securities appearing in your books as being held for our account as to which we are not able to certify as to the matters set forth herein and as to which we understand exchange and delivery of definitive Securities cannot be made until we are able so to certify.

 

We understand that this certificate may be required in connection with certain tax legislation in the United States. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

D-1



 

Dated:                , 20

 

[To be dated on or after

 

                , 20       ( the date

 

determined as provided in Section

 

303 of the Indenture )]

 

 

 

 

[Name of Person Entitled to

 

Receive Bearer Security]

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Signatory]

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

D-2


Exhibit 10.2

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.

 

1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

(as amended through February 15, 2006)

 

ARTICLE I

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan is to provide favorable opportunities for certain selected employees of Harley-Davidson, Inc. and its subsidiaries to purchase or receive shares of Common Stock of Harley-Davidson, Inc., or to benefit from the appreciation thereof. Such opportunities should provide an increased incentive for these employees to contribute to the future success and prosperity of Harley-Davidson, Inc., thus enhancing the value of the stock for the benefit of the shareholders, and increase the ability of Harley-Davidson, Inc. to attract and retain individuals of exceptional skill upon whom, in large

measure, its sustained progress, growth and profitability depend.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used in the Plan shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Article:

 

2.1. BOARD:   The Board of Directors of Harley-Davidson, Inc.

 

2.2. CODE:   The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.3. COMMITTEE:   The human Resources Committee of the Board; provided that if any member of the Human Resources Committee is not both a Disinterested Person and Outside Director, the Committee shall be comprised of only those members of the Human Resources Committee who are both Disinterested Persons and Outside Directors.

 

2.4. COMMON STOCK:   The common stock of Harley-Davidson, Inc.

 

2.5. COMPANY:   Harley-Davidson, Inc. and any of its Subsidiaries.

 

2.6. DISABILITY:   Disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as determined by the Committee.

 

2.7. DISINTERESTED PERSONS: Non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of1934, as amended.

 

1



 

2.8. EMPLOYER:  The entity that employs the employee or Optionee.

 

2.9. FAIR MARKET VALUE:   The average of the high and low reported sales prices of Common Stock on the New York Exchange Composite Tape on the date for which fair market value is being determined.

 

2.10. ISO:   An incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and which is designated as an incentive option by the Committee.

 

2.11. NON-ISO:   A stock option which is not an ISO.

 

2.12. OPTION:   A stock option granted under the Plan. Options include both ISOs and Non-ISOs.

 

2.13. OPTION PRICE:   The purchase price of a share of Common Stock under an Option.

 

2.14. OPTIONEE:   A person who has been granted one or more Options.

 

2.15. OUTSIDE DIRECTORS:   Outside Directors within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2.16. PARENT CORPORATION: The parent corporation, as define in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

2.17. PLAN:  The Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1990 Stock Option Plan.

 

2.18. RETIREMENT:   Retirement on or after age sixty-two or, with the consent of the Committee, at an earlier age.

 

2.19. SUBSIDIARY:   A corporation, limited partnership, general partnership, limited liability company, business trust or other entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or ownership interest is directly and/or indirectly held by the Harley-Davidson, Inc.

 

2.20. TERMINATION DATE:   A date fixed by the Committee but not later than the day preceding the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Option is granted.

 

ARTICLE III

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

3.1.  The Committee shall administer the Plan and shall have full power to grant Options, construe and interpret the Plan, establish and amend rules and regulations for its administration, and perform all other acts relating to the Plan, including the delegation of administrative responsibilities, which it believes reasonable and proper.

 

2



 

3.2.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine who shall be granted Options, the number of shares subject to option under any such Options, the dates after which Options, the dates after which Options may be exercise, in whole or in part, whether Options shall be ISOs, and the terms and conditions of the Options.

 

3.3.   Any decision  made, or action taken, by the Committee arising out of or in connection  with the  interpretation and  administration of the Plan shall be final and conclusive.

 

3.4   To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may, in its discretion, delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee under the Plan to grant Options to employees of the Company or its affiliates and/or persons who have been engaged to become employees of the Company or its affiliates, in each case other than employees who are, or persons engaged to become employees who upon employment will be, subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, at the time any such delegated authority or responsibility is exercised. To the extent that the committee has delegated to the Chief Executive Officer the authority and responsibility of the Committee, all references to the Committee in the Plan other than in this Section 3.4 shall include the Chief Executive Officer with respect to the matters delegated. No such delegation shall preclude the Committee from exercising the authority and responsibility delegated.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

4.1.  The total number of shares of Common Stock available for grants of Options under the Plan shall be 15,200,000; provided that Options for not more than 800,000 shares of Common Stock shall be granted to an Optionee in any calendar year under the Plan, which amount shall be reduced by the amount of Common Stock subject to options granted to such Optionee in such calendar year under any other stock option plan of the Company. The foregoing amounts shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan. If an Option or portion thereof shall expire, be canceled or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares covered by such Option shall be available for future grants of Options. An Option, or portion thereof, exercised through the exercise of a stock appreciation right pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Plan shall be treated, for the purposes of this Article, as though the Option, or portion thereof, had been exercised through the purchase, that was so exercised shall not be available for future grants of Options.

 

3



 

ARTICLE V

 

ELIGIBILITY

 

5.1.  Options may be granted to key employees of the Company or to persons who have been engaged to become key employees of the Company. Key employees will comprise, in general, those who contribute to the management, direction and overall success of the Company, including those who are members of the Board. Members of the Board who are not employees of the Company shall not be eligible for Option grants.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

TERM OF OPTIONS

 

6.1. OPTION AGREEMENTS:  All Options shall be evidenced by written agreements executed by the Company. Such Options shall be subject to the applicable provisions of the Plan, and shall contain such provisions as are required by the Plan and any other provisions the Committee may prescribe. All agreements evidencing Options shall specify the total number of shares subject to each grant, the Option Price and the Termination Date. Those Options that comply with the requirements for an ISO set forth in Section 422 of the Code and are designated ISOs by the Committee shall be ISOs and all other Options shall be Non-ISOs.

 

6.2. OPTION PRICE:  The Option Price shall be set by the Committee; provided, however, that the price per share shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted.

 

6.3.  PERIOD OF EXERCISE:  The Committee shall determine the dates after which Options may be exercised in whole or in part. If Options are exercisable in installments, installments or portions thereof that are exercisable and not exercised shall accumulate and remain exercisable. The Committee may also amend an Option to accelerate the dates after which Options may be exercised in whole or in part. How ever, no Option or portion thereof shall be exercisable after the Termination Date.

 

6.4. SPECIAL RULES REGARDING ISOS GRANTED TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES: Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of Sections 6.2 and 6.3 of the Plan, no ISO shall be granted to any employee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns (directly or indirectly, within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Employer or of any Subsidiary or Parent Corporation thereof, unless (a) the Option Price under such Option is at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted and (b) the Termination Date of such Option is a date not later than the day preceding the fifth anniversary of the date on which the Option is granted.

 

6.5. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT: An Option, or portion thereof, shall be exercised by delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company and payment of the full price of the shares being purchased pursuant to the Option. An Optionee may exercise an Option with respect to less than the full number of shares for which the Option may then be exercised, but an Optionee must exercise the Option in full shares of Common Stock.

 

4



 

The price of Common Stock purchased pursuant to an Option, or portion thereof, may be paid:

 

a.                in United States dollars in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company.

 

b.               through the delivery of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the Option Price, or

 

c.                by any combination of the above methods of payment.

 

The Committee shall determine acceptable methods for tendering Common Stock as payment upon exercise of an Options and may impose such limitations and prohibitions on the use of Common Stock to exercise an Option as it deems appropriate, including, without, limitation, any limitation or prohibition designed to avoid certain accounting consequences which may result from the use of Common Stock as payment upon exercise of an Option.

 

6.6. WITHHOLDING TAXES:  The Company may, in its discretion, require an Optionee to pay to the Company at the time of exercise the amount that the Company deems necessary to satisfy its obligation to withhold Federal, state or local income or other taxes incurred by reason of the exercise. Upon or prior to the exercise of an Option by the Company from the shares otherwise to be received. The number of shares so withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise sufficient to satisfy the applicable withholding taxes. The exercise of an Option does not give rise to an obligation to withhold Federal income taxes on the date of exercise, the Company may, in it discretion, require an Optionee to pay to the Company the amount that the Company deems necessary to satisfy its obligation to withhold Federal, state or local income or other taxes incurred by reason of the exercise of the Option, in which case the shares of Common Stock will be released from escrow to a written election to have shares of Common Stock held in escrow applied toward the Company’s obligation to withhold Federal, state or local income or other taxes incurred by reason of the exercise of the Option, based on the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date of the termination of the escrow arrangement. Upon application of such shares toward the Company’s withholding obligation, any shares of Common Stock held in escrow and not, in the judgment of the Committee, necessary to satisfy such obligation shall be released from escrow to the Optionee.

 

6.7. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS: At or after the grant of an Option, the Committee, in its discretion, may provide an Optionee with an alternate means of exercising an Option, or a designated portion thereof, by granting the Optionee a stock appreciation right. A “stock appreciation right: is a right to receive, upon exercise of an Option or any portion thereof, in the Committee’s sole discretion, an amount of cash equal to, and/or shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to, the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the Option Price, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock that the Optionee would have received had the Option or portion thereof been exercised through the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the Option Price, provided that (a) such Option

 

5



 

or portion thereof has been designated as exercisable in this alternative manner, (s) such Option or portion thereof is otherwise exercisable, and (c) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise exceeds the Option Price.

 

6.8.  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS: Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, each Option shall, during the Optionee’s lifetime, be exercisable only by the Optionee, and neither it nor any right hereunder shall be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or be subject to attachment, execution or other similar process. In the event of any attempt by the Optionee to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate or other wise dispose of an Option or of any right hereunder, except as provided for herein, or in the event of any levy or any attachment, execution or similar process upon the rights or interest hereby conferred, the Company may terminate the Option by notice to the Optionee and the Option shall thereupon become null and void. Transfers of Options under the Plan pursuant to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a participant, and is made pursuant to a State domestic relations law (including a community property law) and satisfies, to the extent applicable, the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 414(p) are allowed.

 

6.9.  CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT OF OPTIONEE:

 

a.                CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT OTHER THAN BY REASON OF RETIREMENT, DISABILITY OR DEATH. Except as may be otherwise provided by the Committee, if an Optionee shall cease to be employed by the Company otherwise than by reason of Retirement, Disability, or death, (i) each     Option held by the Optionee, together with all rights thereunder, that     is not vested shall terminate on the date of cessation of employment,  to the extent not previously exercised and (ii) the Optionee shall have a period of 90 days from the date of cessation of employment to exercise each Option held by the Optionee that is vested on the date of cessation of employment. At the end of such 90-day period, each such Option that has not been exercised, together with all rights thereunder, shall terminate, to the extent not previously exercised.

 

b.               CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY REASON OF RETIREMENT OR DISABILITY. If an Optionee shall cease to be employed by the Company by      reason of Retirement or Disability, each Option held by the Optionee shall remain exercisable, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of cessation of employment, until the earliest of:

 

i.                   the Termination Date,

 

6



 

ii.                the death of the  Optionee, or such later date not more than one year after the death of the Optionee as the Committee, in its discretion, may provide pursuant to Section 6.9(c) of the Plan,

 

iii.             the third anniversary of the date of the cessation of the Optionee’s employment, if employment ceased by reason of Retirement, or

 

iv.            the first anniversary of the date of the cessation of the Optionee’s employment by reason of Disability;

 

v.               and thereafter all such Options shall terminate together with all     rights hereunder, to the extent not previously exercised.

 

c.                CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY REASON OF DEATH. In the event of the death of the Optionee, while employed by the Company, an Option may  be exercised at any time or from time to time prior to the earlier of  the Termination Date or the first anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s death, by the person or persons to whom the Optionee’s rights under each Option shall pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and death. In the event of the death of the Optionee while entitled to exercise an Option pursuant to Section 6.9(b), the Committee, in its discretion, may permit such Option to be exercised at any time or from time to time prior to the Termination Date during a period of up to one year from the death of the Optionee, as shall pass by will of by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, to the extent that the Option was exercisable at the time of cessation of the Optionee’s employment. Any person or person to whom an Optionee’s rights under an Option have passed by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution shall be subject to all terms and condition of the plan and the Option applicable to the Optionee.

 

6.10. NOTIFICATION OF SALES OF COMMON STOCK: Any Optionee who disposes of shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of an ISO either (a) within two years after the date of the grant of the ISO under which the  stock was acquired or (b) within one year after the transfer of such shares  to the Optionee, shall notify the Company of such disposition and of the  amount realized upon such disposition.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

LIMITATIONS AND ACCELERATIONS ON EXERCISABILITY

 

7.1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the case of an ISO, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the ISO is granted) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which all “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) are first exercisable by the Optionee during any calendar year (under this Plan and under all other incentive stock option plans of the Employer, any Subsidiary and any Parent Corporation) shall not exceed $100,000.

 

7



 

7.2. Each Option granted under the Plan shall have a limited right of surrender allowing the Optionee to surrender that Option within the 30-day period following a Change of Control Event and to receive cash, in lieu of exercising the Option, in the amount by which the highest “COC Fair Market Value” (as hereinafter defined) of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Option during the 60 days preceding the date on which the Change of Control Event occurs exceeds the exercise price for the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option. For this purpose, the “COC Fair Market     Value” of the Common Stock means the closing price of one share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape. If the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the COC Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be the closing price of one share of Common Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading, or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national    securities exchange, the last quoted sale price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market of the Common Stock, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Common Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock as furnished by a professional market making a market in the    Common Stock selected by the Board. If on any such date no market maker is making a market in the Common Stock or other Stock, the COC Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Continuing Directors who are not Disinterested Persons.  Each Option granted under the Plan shall become vested and immediately exercisable upon a Change of Control Event, whether or not the Option was theretofore exercisable.  For purposes of this Section 7.2:

 

(a) “Change of Control Event” means any one of the following:

 

(i)    Continuing Directors no longer constitute at least two-thirds of the Directors constituting the Board;

 

(ii)   any person or groups (as  defined in Rule 13d-5_ under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)), together with its affiliates, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of Harley-Davidson, Inc.’s then outstanding Common Stock or 20% or more of the voting power of Harley-Davidson, Inc.’s Directors;

 

(iii)  the approval by Harley-Davidson, Inc.’s stockholders of the merger or consolidation of Harley-Davidson, Inc. with any other corporation, the sale of substantially all of Harley-Davidson, Inc.’s assets or the liquidation or dissolution of Harley-Davidson, inc., unless, in the case of a merger or consolidation, the Continuing Directors in office immediately prior to such merger or consolidation constitute at least two-thirds of the directors constituting the board of directors of the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation and any parent

 

8



 

(as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such corporation; or

 

(iv)  at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors who are Disinterested Persons in office immediately prior to any other action proposed to be taken by Harley-Davidson, Inc.’s stockholders or by the Board determine that such proposed action, if taken, would constitute a change of control of Harley-Davidson, Inc. and such action is taken; and

 

(b) “Continuing Director” means any individual who is either:

 

(i)              a member of the Board on the date hereof or

 

(ii)           a member of the Board whose election or nomination to the Board was approved by a Vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Continuing Directors (other than a person whose election was as a result of an actual or threatened proxy or other control contest).

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ADJUSTMENTS

 

8.1.  If (a) the Company shall at any time be involved in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code is applicable; (b) the Company shall declare a dividend payable in, or shall subdivide or combine, its Common Stock; or (c) any other event shall occur which in the judgment of the Committee necessitates an adjustment to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee may, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of securities subject to the Plan and which thereafter may be the subject of Options; (ii) the number and type of securities subject to outstanding Options; (iii) the Option Price with respect to any Option; and (iv) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Options granted to an Optionee in any calendar year; provided, however, that each such adjustment, in the case of ISOs, shall be made in such manner as not to constitute a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code. The judgment of the Committee with respect to any matter referred to in this Article shall be conclusive and binding upon each Optionee.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

9.1. The Board may at any time, or from time to time, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part or amend it in such respects as the Board may deem appropriate, provided, however, that no such amendment shall be made, which would, without approval of the shareholders:

 

9



 

a.     materially modify the eligibility requirements for receiving Options;

 

b.               increase the aggregate number of Shares of Common Stock which may be  issued pursuant to Options granted under the Plan, except as is provided for in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan;

 

c.                increase the number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to Options  granted to an Optionee in any calendar year,  except as is provided for in accordance with Article VIII of the plan;

 

d.               reduce the minimum Option Price, except as is provided for in accordance with Article VIII of the Plan;

 

e.                extend the period of granting Options; or

 

f.                  materially increase in any other way the benefits accruing to Optionees.

 

9.2. No Amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan shall, without the Optionee’s consent, alter or impair any of the rights or obligations under any Option theretofore granted to an Optionee under the Plan.

 

9.3. The Board may amend this Plan, subject to the limitations cited above, in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the granting of Options meeting the requirements of future amendments or issued regulations, if any, to the Code.

 

ARTICLE X

 

GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

 

10.1. The obligation of the Company to issue or transfer and deliver shares for Options exercised under the plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, regulations, rules, orders and approvals which shall then be in effect and required by governmental entities and the stock exchanges on which Common Stock is traded.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

11.1. PLAN DOES NOT CONFER EMPLOYMENT OR SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS: The right of the Employer to terminate (whether by dismissal, discharge, retirement or otherwise) the Optionee’s employment with it at any time at will, or as otherwise provided by any agreement between the Company and the Optionee, is specifically reserved. Neither the Optionee nor any person entitled to exercise the Optionee’s rights in the event of the Optionee’s death shall have any rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to each Option, except to the extent that, and until, such shares shall have been issued upon the exercise of each Option.

 

10



 

11.2. PLAN EXPENSES:  Any expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.

 

11.3. USE OF EXERCISE PROCEEDS: Payments received from Optionees upon the exercise of Options shall be used for the general corporate purposes of the Company, except that any stock received in payment may be retired, or retained in the Company’s treasury and reissued.

 

11.4. INDEMNIFICATION: In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board, or the Committee, the members of the Committee and the Board shall be indemnified by the Company against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with nay action, suit or proceeding to which they or any of them may be party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Option granted thereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except a judgment based upon a finding of bad faith; provided that upon the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding a Committee or Board member shall, in writing, give the Company notice thereof and an Opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such Committee or Board member undertakes to handle and defend it on such member’s own behalf.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL AND EFFECTIVE DATES

 

12.1. The Plan shall become effective when it is approved by the shareholders of Harley-Davidson, Inc. at a shareholders meeting by the requisite vote under New York Stock Exchange Rules, Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Options may not be granted under the Plan after April 26, 2005.

 

11


EXHIBIT 10.20

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.
2004 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

 

(as amended on February 15, 2006)

 

1. Purposes, History and Effective Date.

 

(a) Purpose . The Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan has two complementary purposes: (i) to attract and retain outstanding individuals to serve as officers and other employees and (ii) to increase shareholder value. The Plan will provide participants incentives to increase shareholder value by offering the opportunity to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock or receive monetary payments based on the value of such common stock on the potentially favorable terms that this Plan provides.

 

(b) History . Prior to the effective date of this Plan, the Company had in effect the 1995 Plan, which was originally effective May 6, 1995. Upon shareholder approval of this Plan, the 1995 Plan will terminate and no new awards will be granted under the 1995 Plan, although awards granted under such plan and still outstanding will continue to be subject to all terms and conditions of such plan.

 

(c) Effective Date . This Plan will become effective, and Awards may be granted under this Plan, on and after the Effective Date. This Plan will terminate as provided in Section 14.

 

2. Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Plan have the following meanings:

 

(a) “1995 Plan” means the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended.

 

(b) “Affiliate” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto.

 

(c) “Award” means a grant of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, STIP Shares or Dividend Equivalent Units.

 

(d) “Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing the grant of an Award in such form as the Committee determines.

 

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f) “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following events:

 

(i) the Continuing Directors no longer constitute at least two-thirds of the Directors constituting the Board;

 

(ii) any person or group (as defined in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), together with its affiliates, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 20% or more of the Company’s then outstanding Stock or 20% or more of the voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Stock;

 

(iii) the approval by the Company’s shareholders of the merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, the sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, unless, in the case of a merger or consolidation, the Continuing Directors in office immediately prior to such merger or consolidation constitute at least two-thirds of the directors constituting the board of directors of the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation and any parent (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such corporation; or

 

(iv) at least two-thirds of the then Continuing Directors in office immediately prior to any other action proposed to be taken by the Company’s shareholders or by the Board determine that such proposed action, if taken, would constitute a change of control of the Company and such action is taken.

 

(g) “Change of Control Price” means the highest Fair Market Value price per Share during the sixty (60)-day period preceding the date of a Change of Control.

 

1



 

(h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes any successor provision and the regulations promulgated under such provision.

 

(i) “Committee” means the Human Resources Committee of the Board (or a successor committee with the same or similar authority).

 

(j) “Company” means Harley-Davidson, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

(k) “Continuing Director” means any individual who is either (i) a member of the Board on the Effective Date or (ii) a member of the Board whose election or nomination to the Board was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Continuing Directors (other than a person whose election was as a result of an actual or threatened proxy or other control contest).

 

(l) “Director” means a member of the Board, and “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who is not also an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

(m) “Disability” has the meaning ascribed to the term in Code Section 22(e)(3), as determined by the Committee.

 

(n) “Disinterested Persons” means the non-employee directors of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

(o) “Dividend Equivalent Unit” means the right to receive cash equal to the cash dividends paid with respect to a Share.

 

(p) “Effective Date” means the date the Company’s shareholders approve this Plan.

 

(q) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act includes any successor provision and the regulations and rules promulgated under such provision.

 

(r) “Fair Market Value” means, per Share on the date as of which Fair Market Value is being determined,, if the Stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the average of the high and low reported sales prices on the date in question as reported in The Wall Street Journal, or if no sales of Stock occur on the date in question, on the last preceding date on which there was a sale on such exchange. If the Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the date in question, then “Fair Market Value” means, per Share on the date as of which Fair Market Value is being determined, (i) the average of the high and low reported sales prices on the date in question on the principal national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed or admitted to trading, or if no sales of Stock occur on the date in question, on the last preceding date on which there was a sale on such exchange; or (ii) if the Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the average of the highest and lowest quoted sale price on the date in question, or if no sales of Stock occur on the date in question, on the last preceding date on which there was a sale; or (iii) if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on the date in question in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) or such other system then in use, or if no sales of Stock occur on the date in question, on the last preceding date on which there was a sale; or (iv) if on any such date the Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on the date in question as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Stock selected by the Board for the date in question, or if no sales of Stock occur on the date in question, on the last preceding date on which there was a sale; or (v) if on any such date no market maker is making a market in the Stock, the price as determined in good faith by the Committee; provided that if Fair Market Value is being determined under clause (v) for purposes of determining the Change of Control Price, the value will be determined by the Continuing Directors.

 

(s) “Option” means the right to purchase Shares at a specified price for a specified period of time.

 

(t) “Participant” means an individual selected by the Committee to receive an Award, and includes any individual who holds an Award after the death of the original recipient.

 

2



 

(u) “Performance Goals” means any goals the Committee establishes that relate to one or more of the following for such period as the Committee specifies (in all cases excluding the effects of (A) extraordinary, unusual, transition, one-time and/or non-recurring items of gain or loss, (B) gains or losses on the disposition of a business or arising from the sale of assets outside the ordinary course of business, or (C) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws):

 

(i) Any one or more of the following as determined for the Company on a consolidated basis, for any one or more Affiliates or divisions of the Company and/or for any other business unit or units of the Company, as determined by the Committee at the time an Award is made:

 

(1) Net sales;

 

(2) Cost of goods sold;

 

(3) Gross profit;

 

(4) Selling, administrative and engineering expenses;

 

(5) Income from operations;

 

(6) Income before interest and the provision for income taxes;

 

(7) Income before provision for income taxes;

 

(8) Net income;

 

(9) Average accounts receivable, calculated by taking the average of accounts receivable at the end of each fiscal month during the period in question;

 

(10) Average inventories, calculated by taking the average of inventories at the end of each fiscal month during the period in question;

 

(11) Return on average equity, with average equity calculated by taking the average of equity at the end of each fiscal month during the period in question;

 

(12) Return on year-end equity;

 

(13) Return on average assets, with average assets calculated by taking the average of assets at the end of each fiscal month during the period in question;

 

(14) Return on capital;

 

(15) Total shareholder return.

 

(16) Economic value added, or other measure of profitability that considers the cost of capital employed.

 

(17) Net cash provided by operating activities;

 

(18) Net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities;

 

(19) Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents;

 

(20) Customer satisfaction;

 

(21) Market share; or

 

(22) Product quality.

 

3



 

(ii) Basic earnings per Share for the Company on a consolidated basis.

 

(iii) Diluted earnings per Share for the Company on a consolidated basis.

 

In the case of Awards that the Committee determines will not be considered “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), the Committee may establish other Performance Goals not listed in this Plan.

 

(v) “Performance Shares” means the right to receive Shares to the extent Performance Goals are achieved.

 

(w) “Performance Units” means the right to receive a payment valued in relation to a unit the value of which is equal to the Fair Market Value of one or more Shares, to the extent Performance Goals are achieved.

 

(x) “Person” has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 14(d) and 15(d) thereof.

 

(y) “Plan” means this Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

 

(z) “Restricted Stock” means Shares that are subject to a risk of forfeiture and/or restrictions on transfer, which may lapse upon the achievement or partial achievement of Performance Goals and/or upon the completion of a period of service.

 

(aa) “Restricted Stock Unit” means the right to receive a payment valued in relation to a unit that has a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share, which right may vest upon the achievement or partial achievement of Performance Goals and/or upon the completion of a period of service.

 

(bb) “Retirement” means termination of employment from the Company and its Affiliates on or after age sixty-two (62) or, with the consent of the Committee, at an earlier age.

 

(cc) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 as promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.

 

(dd) “Section 16 Participants” means Participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(ee) “Share” means a share of Stock.

 

(ff) “STIP Shares” means Shares that the Company delivers in payment or partial payment of an award under the Harley-Davidson, Inc. Corporate Short Term Incentive Plan (or any successor thereto) or other incentive plans of the Company or its affiliates that the Committee designates from time to time.

 

(gg) “Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(hh) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means the right of a Participant to receive a payment equal to the appreciation of the Fair Market Value of a Share during a specified period of time.

 

(ii) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each such corporation owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power in one of the other corporations in the chain.

 

3. Administration.

 

(a) Committee Administration . In addition to the authority specifically granted to the Committee in this Plan, the Committee has full discretionary authority to administer this Plan, including but not limited to the authority to (i) interpret the provisions of this Plan, (ii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan, (iii) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in any Award or Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems desirable to carry this Plan into effect and (iv) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

 

(b) Delegation to Other Committees or CEO . To the extent applicable law permits, the Board or the Committee may delegate to another committee of the Board, or the Committee may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee. However, no such delegation is permitted with

 

4



 

respect to Awards made to Section 16 Participants at the time any such delegated authority or responsibility is exercised. To the extent applicable law permits, the Board or the Committee also may delegate to another committee of the Board consisting entirely of Non-Employee Directors any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee with respect to individuals who are Section 16 Participants. If the Board or Committee has made such a delegation, then all references to the Committee in this Plan include such other committee or the Chief Executive Officer to the extent of such delegation.

 

(c) Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee, the members of the Committee and the Board shall be indemnified by the Company against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which they or any of them may be party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with this Plan or any Award, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except a judgment based upon a finding of bad faith; provided that upon the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding a Committee or Board member shall, in writing, give the Company notice thereof and an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such Committee or Board member undertakes to handle and defend it on such member’s own behalf.

 

4. Eligibility. The Committee may designate any of the following as a Participant from time to time: any officer or other employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or an individual that the Company or an Affiliate has engaged to become an officer or other employee. The Committee’s designation of a Participant in any year will not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an Award in any other year.

 

5. Types of Awards. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee may grant any type of Award to any Participant it selects, but only employees of the Company or a Subsidiary may receive grants of incentive stock options. Awards may be granted alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award (or any other award granted under another plan of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company). Awards granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement except to the extent the Committee provides otherwise.

 

6. Shares Reserved under this Plan.

 

(a) Plan Reserve . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16, an aggregate of 12,000,000 Shares, plus the number of Shares described in Section 6(c), are reserved for issuance under this Plan. The number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan shall be reduced only by the number of Shares delivered in payment or settlement of Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16, the Company may issue only 12,000,000 Shares upon the exercise of incentive stock options. In addition, any Shares issued in connection with Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units shall count against the limit described in this Section 6(a) as two Shares for every one Share issued. Shares issued in connection with any other type of Award shall be counted against this limit as one Share for every one Share issued.

 

(b) Replenishment of Shares Under this Plan . If an Award lapses, expires, terminates or is cancelled without the issuance of Shares under the Award, or if Shares are forfeited under an Award, then the Shares subject to such Award may again be used for new Awards under this Plan under Section 6(a), including issuance as incentive stock options. If Shares are issued under any Award and the Company subsequently reacquires them pursuant to rights reserved upon the issuance of the Shares, or if previously owned Shares are delivered to the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Award, then such Shares may again be used for new Awards under this Plan under Section 6(a), but such Shares may not be issued pursuant to incentive stock options.

 

(c) Addition of Shares from Predecessor Plan . In addition to the Shares reserved for issuance under Section 6(a), the number of Shares which were reserved for issuance under the 1995 Plan but which are not subject to any outstanding awards under such plan as of the Effective Date shall be available for issuance under Awards granted under this Plan. Further, after the Effective Date, if any Shares subject to awards granted under the 1995 Plan would again become available for new grants under the terms of such plan if such plan were still in effect, then those Shares will be available for the purpose of granting Awards under this Plan, thereby increasing the number of Shares available for issuance under this Plan as determined under the first sentence of Section 6(a). Any such Shares will not be available for future awards under the terms of the 1995 Plan, which plan is terminated on the Effective Date.

 

5



 

(d) Participant Limitations . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16, no Participant may be granted Awards that could result in such Participant:

 

(i) receiving in any calendar year Options for, and/or Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to, more than 800,000 Shares (reduced, in the initial calendar year in which this Plan is effective, by the number of options granted to a Participant under the 1995 Plan in such year, if any);

 

(ii) receiving in any calendar year Awards of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units relating to more than 400,000 Shares; or

 

(iii) receiving in any calendar year Awards of Performance Shares, and/or Awards of Performance Units, for more than 400,000 Shares.

 

In all cases, determinations under this Section 6(d) should be made in a manner that is consistent with the exemption for performance-based compensation that Code Section 162(m) provides.

 

7. Options. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee will determine all terms and conditions of each Option, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Whether the Option is an “incentive stock option” which meets the requirements of Code Section 422, or a “nonqualified stock option” which does not meet the requirements of Code Section 422; provided that in the case of an incentive stock option, if the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined on the date of grant) of the Shares with respect to which all “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Code Section 422) are first exercisable by the Participant during any calendar year (under this Plan and under all other incentive stock option plans of the Company or any Affiliate that is required to be included under Code Section 422) exceeds $100,000, such Option automatically shall be treated as a nonqualified stock option to the extent this limit is exceeded.

 

(b) The number of Shares subject to the Option.

 

(c) The exercise price, which may not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option as determined on the date of grant; provided that (i) no incentive stock option shall be granted to any employee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns (directly or indirectly, within the meaning of Code Section 424(d)) more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary unless the exercise price is at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant; and (ii) the exercise price may vary during the term of the Option if the Committee determines that there should be adjustments to the exercise price relating to achievement of Performance Goals and/or to changes in an index or indices that the Committee determines is appropriate (but in no event may the exercise price be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option as determined on the date of grant).

 

(d) The terms and conditions of exercise, which may include a requirement that exercise of the Option is conditioned upon achievement of one or more Performance Goals; provided that, unless the Committee provides otherwise in an Award Agreement:

 

(i) An Option, or portion thereof, shall be exercised by delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company (or its designee) and payment of the full exercise price of the Shares being purchased pursuant to the Option and any withholding taxes due thereon.

 

(ii) A Participant may exercise an Option with respect to less than the full number of Shares for which the Option may then be exercised, but a Participant must exercise the Option in full Shares.

 

(iii) The exercise price may be paid: in United States dollars in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company; through the delivery of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price; or by any combination of the above methods of payment. The Committee shall determine acceptable methods for tendering Shares as payment upon exercise of an Option and may impose such limitations and prohibitions on the use of Shares to exercise an Option as it deems appropriate, including, without, limitation, any limitation or prohibition designed to avoid certain accounting consequences that may result from the use of Shares as payment upon exercise of an Option.

 

(e) The termination date, except that each Option must terminate no later than ten (10) years after the date of grant, and each incentive stock option granted to any employee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns (directly or

 

6



 

indirectly, within the meaning of Code Section 424(d)) more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary must terminate no later than five (5) years after the date of grant.

 

(f) The exercise period following a Participant’s termination of employment, provided that:

 

(i) Unless the Committee provides otherwise, if a Participant shall cease to be employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates other than by reason of Retirement, Disability, or death, (A) the portion of the Option that is not vested shall terminate on the date of such cessation of employment and (B) the Participant shall have a period ending on the earlier of the Option’s termination date or 90 days from the date of cessation of employment to exercise the vested portion of the Option to the extent not previously exercised. At the end of such period, the Option shall terminate.

 

(ii) Unless the Committee provides otherwise, if a Participant shall cease to be employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates by reason of Retirement or Disability, the Option shall remain exercisable, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of cessation of employment, until the earliest of: the Option’s termination date; the death of the Participant, or such later date not more than one year after the death of the Participant as the Committee, in its discretion, may provide; the third anniversary of the date of the cessation of the Participant’s employment, if employment ceased by reason of Retirement; or the first anniversary of the date of the cessation of the Participant’s employment by reason of Disability. At the end of such period, the Option shall terminate.

 

(iii) In the event of the death of the Participant while employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Option may be exercised at any time prior to the earlier of the Option’s termination date or the first anniversary of the date of the Participant’s death to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option on the Participant’s date of death. In the event of the death of the Participant while entitled to exercise an Option pursuant to Section 7(f)(ii), the Committee, in its discretion, may permit such Option to be exercised prior to the Option’s termination date during a period of up to one year from the death of the Participant, as determined by the Committee to the extent that the Option was exercisable at the time of cessation of the Participant’s employment.

 

Any Participant who disposes of Shares acquired upon the exercise of an incentive stock option either (a) within two years after the date of the grant of such Option or (b) within one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, shall notify the Company of such disposition and of the amount realized upon such disposition.

 

In all other respects, the terms of any incentive stock option should comply with the provisions of Code Section 422 except to the extent the Committee determines otherwise.

 

8. Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee will determine all terms and conditions of each SAR, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Whether the SAR is granted independently of an Option or relates to an Option; provided that if an SAR is granted in relation to an Option, then unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the SAR shall be exercisable or shall mature at the same time or times, on the same conditions and to the extent and in the proportion, that the related Option is exercisable and may be exercised or mature for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option. Upon exercise of any number of SARs, the number of Shares subject to the related Option shall be reduced accordingly and such Option may not be exercised with respect to that number of Shares. The exercise of any number of Options that relate to an SAR shall likewise result in an equivalent reduction in the number of Shares covered by the related SAR.

 

(b) The number of Shares to which the SAR relates.

 

(c) The grant price, provided that (i) the grant price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the SAR as determined on the date of grant and (ii) the grant price may vary during the term of the SAR if the Committee determines that there should be adjustments to the grant price relating to achievement of Performance Goals and/or to changes in an index or indices that the Committee determines is appropriate (but in no event may the grant price be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the SAR as determined on the date of grant).

 

(d) The terms and conditions of exercise or maturity.

 

(e) The termination date, provided that an SAR must terminate no later than 10 years after the date of grant.

 

(f) The exercise period following a Participant’s termination of employment.

 

7



 

(g) Whether the SAR will be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof.

 

9. Performance Awards. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee will determine all terms and conditions of each Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units, including but not limited to:

 

(a) The number of Shares and/or units to which such Award relates.

 

(b) One or more Performance Goals that must be achieved during such period as the Committee specifies in order for the Participant to realize the benefit of such Award.

 

(c) Whether all or a portion of the Performance Goals subject to an Award are deemed achieved upon a Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement.

 

(d) With respect to Performance Units, whether to settle such Award in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares.

 

10. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee will determine all terms and conditions of each Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, including but not limited to:

 

(a) The number of Shares and/or units to which such Award relates.

 

(b) The period of time, if any, over which the risk of forfeiture or restrictions imposed on the Award will lapse, or the Award will vest, and whether, as a condition for the Participant to realize all or a portion of the benefit provided under the Award, one or more Performance Goals must be achieved during such period, if any, as the Committee specifies; provided that, subject to the provisions of Section 10(c), if an Award requires the achievement of Performance Goals, then the period to which such Performance Goals relate must be at least one year in length, and if an Award is not subject to Performance Goals, then the Award must have a restriction period of at least one year.

 

(c) Whether all or any portion of the period of forfeiture or restrictions imposed on the Award will lapse, or the vesting of the Award will be accelerated, upon a Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement.

 

(d) With respect to Restricted Stock Units, whether to settle such Awards in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares.

 

(e) With respect to Restricted Stock, the manner of registration of certificates for such Shares, and whether to hold such Shares in escrow pending lapse of the period of forfeiture or restrictions or to issue such Shares with an appropriate legend referring to such restrictions.

 

(f) Whether dividends paid with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock will be immediately paid or held in escrow or otherwise deferred and whether such dividends shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Award to which they relate.

 

11. STIP Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, the Committee may elect to have the Company deliver STIP Shares in payment or partial payment of awards under the Harley-Davidson, Inc. Corporate Short Term Incentive Plan (or any successor thereto) or other incentive plans of the Company or its affiliates that the Committee designates from time to time.

 

12. Dividend Equivalent Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, the Committee will determine all terms and conditions of each Award of Dividend Equivalent Units, including but not limited to whether such Award will be granted in tandem with another Award, and the form, timing and conditions of payment.

 

13. Transferability . Awards are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and to the extent the Committee allows a Participant to: (a) designate in writing a beneficiary to exercise the Award after the Participant’s death; or (b) transfer an Award, provided that STIP Shares and other Shares that a Participant receives upon final payment of an Award shall be transferable unless the Committee designates otherwise at the time of the Award.

 

8



 

14. Termination and Amendment of Plan; Amendment, Modification or Cancellation of Awards.

 

(a) Term of Plan . Unless the Board or the Committee earlier terminates this Plan pursuant to Section 14(b), this Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

(b) Termination and Amendment . The Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan at any time, subject to the following limitations:

 

(i) the Board must approve any amendment of this Plan to the extent the Company determines such approval is required by: (A) action of the Board, (B) applicable corporate law or (C) any other applicable law;

 

(ii) shareholders must approve any amendment of this Plan to the extent the Company determines such approval is required by: (A) Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (B) the Code, (C) the listing requirements of any principal securities exchange or market on which the Shares are then traded or (D) any other applicable law; and

 

(iii) shareholders must approve any of the following Plan amendments: (A) an amendment to materially increase any number of Shares specified in Section 6(a) or 6(d) (except as permitted by Section 16); or (B) an amendment to the provisions of Section 14(e).

 

(c) Amendment, Modification or Cancellation of Awards . Except as provided in Section 14(e) and subject to the requirements of this Plan, the Committee may modify or amend any Award or waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or the exercise of the Award, and the terms and conditions applicable to any Awards may at any time be amended, modified or canceled by mutual agreement between the Committee and the Participant or any other person(s) as may then have an interest in the Award, so long as any amendment or modification does not increase the number of Shares issuable under this Plan (except as permitted by Section 16), but the Committee need not obtain Participant (or other interested party) consent for the cancellation of an Award pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(a) or the modification of an Award to the extent deemed necessary to comply with any applicable law or the listing requirements of any principal securities exchange or market on which the Shares are then traded, or to preserve favorable accounting treatment of any Award for the Company.

 

(d) Survival of Authority and Awards . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the authority of the Board and the Committee under this Section 14 will extend beyond the date of this Plan’s termination. In addition, termination of this Plan will not affect the rights of Participants with respect to Awards previously granted to them, and all unexpired Awards will continue in full force and effect after termination of this Plan except as they may lapse or be terminated by their own terms and conditions.

 

(e) Repricing Prohibited . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, and except for the adjustments provided in Section 16, neither the Committee nor any other person may decrease the exercise price for any outstanding Option after the date of grant nor cancel or allow a Participant to surrender an outstanding Option to the Company as consideration for the grant of a new Option with a lower exercise price or the grant of another type of Award the effect of which is to reduce the exercise price of any outstanding Option.

 

(f) Foreign Participation . To assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in foreign countries, the Committee may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of, this Plan as it determines is necessary or appropriate for such purposes. Any such amendment, restatement or alternative versions that the Committee approves for purposes of using this Plan in a foreign country will not affect the terms of this Plan for any other country. In addition, all such supplements, amendments, restatements or alternative versions must comply with the provisions of Section 14(b)(ii).

 

15. Taxes . The Company is entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amount payable or Shares delivered or deliverable under this Plan after giving the holder of the Award notice as far in advance as practicable, and the Company may defer making payment or delivery if any such tax may be pending unless and until indemnified to its satisfaction. The Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy all or a portion of the federal, state and local withholding tax obligations arising in connection with such Award by electing to (a) have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under the Award, (b) tender back Shares received in connection with such Award or (c) deliver other previously owned Shares, in each case having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount to be withheld. However, the amount to be withheld may not exceed the total minimum federal, state and local tax withholding obligations associated with the

 

9



 

transaction. The election must be made on or before the date as of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined and otherwise as the Committee requires.

 

16. Adjustment Provisions; Change of Control.

 

(a) Adjustment of Shares . If the Committee determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that the Committee determines an adjustment to be appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan, then, subject to Participants’ rights under Section 16(c), the Committee may, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Shares subject to this Plan (including the number and type of Shares described in Sections 6(a) and 6(d)) and which may after the event be made the subject of Awards under this Plan, (ii) the number and type of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Award. In any such case, the Committee may also (or in lieu of the foregoing) make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in exchange for the cancellation of all or a portion of the Award (without the consent of the holder of an Award) in an amount determined by the Committee effective at such time as the Committee specifies (which may be the time such transaction or event is effective), but if such transaction or event constitutes a Change of Control, then (A) such payment shall be at least as favorable to the holder as the greatest amount the holder could have received in respect of such Award under Section 16(c) and (B) from and after the Change of Control, the Committee may make such a provision only if the Committee determines that doing so is necessary to substitute, for each Share then subject to an Award, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of Stock are or will be entitled in respect of each Share pursuant to the transaction or event in accordance with the last sentence of this subsection (a). However, in each case, with respect to Awards of incentive stock options, no such adjustment may be authorized to the extent that such authority would cause this Plan to violate Code Section 422(b). Further, the number of Shares subject to any Award payable or denominated in Shares must always be a whole number. Without limitation, subject to Participants’ rights under Section 16(c), in the event of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar corporate transaction or event, whether or not constituting a Change of Control (other than any such transaction in which the Company is the continuing corporation and in which the outstanding Stock is not being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof), the Committee may substitute, on an equitable basis as the Committee determines, for each Share then subject to an Award, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of Stock are or will be entitled in respect of each Share pursuant to the transaction.

 

(b) Issuance or Assumption . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, and without affecting the number of Shares otherwise reserved or available under this Plan, in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization, the Committee may authorize the issuance or assumption of Awards upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate.

 

(c) Change of Control. Except to the extent the Committee provides a result more favorable to holders of Awards (either in an Award Agreement or at the time of a Change of Control), in the event of a Change of Control and with respect to each Award the holder of which is employed by the Company or an Affiliate on the date of the Change of Control:

 

(i) each holder of an Option or SAR shall have the right at any time thereafter to exercise the Option or SAR in full whether or not the Option or SAR was theretofore exercisable;

 

(ii) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units that are not then vested shall vest, and any period of forfeiture or restrictions to which Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are subject shall lapse, upon the date of the Change of Control;

 

(iii) each holder of a Performance Share and/or Performance Unit for which the performance period has not expired shall become vested in an amount equal to the product of the value of the Performance Share and/or Performance Unit and a fraction the numerator of which is the number of whole months that have elapsed from the beginning of the performance period to which the Award is subject to the date of the Change of Control and the denominator of which is the number of whole months in the performance period;

 

(iv) all Dividend Equivalent Units that were awarded in connection with another Award shall vest.

 

10



 

For purposes of this Section 16(c), the “value” of a Performance Share shall be equal to, and the “value” of a Performance Unit shall be based on, the Change of Control Price.

 

The rules of this Section 16(c) shall not prevent the Committee, in connection with a Change of Control transaction, from exercising the authority provided to the Committee under the last sentence of Section 16(a) to substitute, for each vested (taking into account the vesting rules of this Section 16(c)) and previously unexercised or undistributed Share then subject to or underlying an Award, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of Stock are or will be entitled in respect to each Share pursuant to the transaction.

 

Unless any agreement between the Participant and the Company provides for a payment by the Company to the Participant to cover the excise taxes due by the Participant upon receipt of an excess parachute payment within the meaning of Code Section 280G, if the receipt of any payment by a Participant under the circumstances described above would result in the payment by the Participant of any excise tax provided for in Section 280G and Section 4999 of the Code, then the amount of such payment shall be reduced to the extent required to prevent the imposition of such excise tax.

 

17. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Other Terms and Conditions . The grant of any Award may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the Award granted to any other Participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including, without limitation, provisions for:

 

(i) one or more means to enable Participants to defer the delivery of Shares or recognition of taxable income relating to Awards or cash payments derived from the Awards on such terms and conditions as the Committee determines, including, by way of example, the form and manner of the deferral election, the treatment of dividends paid on the Shares during the deferral period or a means for providing a return to a Participant on amounts deferred, and the permitted distribution dates or events (provided that if Shares would have otherwise been issued under an Award but for the deferral described in this paragraph and ultimately Shares will be or are issued in respect of the Award, then such Shares shall be treated as if they were issued for purposes of Section 6(a));

 

(ii) the payment of the exercise price of Options by delivery of cash or other Shares or other securities of the Company (including by attestation) having a then Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price of the Shares being purchased pursuant to the Option, or by delivery (including by fax) to the Company or its designated agent of an executed irrevocable option exercise form together with irrevocable instructions to a broker-dealer to sell or margin a sufficient portion of the Shares and deliver the sale or margin loan proceeds directly to the Company to pay for the exercise price;

 

(iii) conditioning the grant or benefit of an Award on the Participant’s agreement to comply with covenants not to compete, not to solicit employees and customers and not to disclose confidential information that may be effective during or after the Participant’s employment, and/or provisions requiring the Participant to disgorge any profit, gain or other benefit received in connection with an Award as a result of the breach of such covenant;

 

(iv) restrictions on resale or other disposition of Shares, including imposition of a retention period; and

 

(v) compliance with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements.

 

(b) Employment . The issuance of an Award shall not confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continued employment with the Company or any Affiliate. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, for purposes of this Plan and all Awards, the following rules shall apply:

 

(i) a Participant who transfers employment between the Corporation and any Affiliate of the Company, or between the Company’s Affiliates, will not be considered to have terminated employment;

 

(ii) a Participant who ceases to be employed by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and immediately thereafter becomes a Non-Employee Director, a non-employee director of any of its Affiliates, or a consultant to the Company or any of its Affiliates shall not be considered to have terminated employment until such Participant’s service as a director of, or consultant to, the Company and its Affiliates has ceased; and

 

11



 

(iii) a Participant employed by an Affiliate of the Company will be considered to have terminated employment when such entity ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company.

 

(c) No Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares or other securities may be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan, and the Committee may determine whether cash, other securities or other property will be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or other securities, or whether such fractional Shares or other securities or any rights to fractional Shares or other securities will be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

 

(d) Unfunded Plan . This Plan is unfunded and does not create, and should not be construed to create, a trust or separate fund with respect to this Plan’s benefits. This Plan does not establish any fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant or other person. To the extent any person holds any rights by virtue of an Award granted under this Plan, such rights are no greater than the rights of the Company’s general unsecured creditors.

 

(e) Requirements of Law and Securities Exchange . The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares in connection with an Award are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement, the Company has no liability to deliver any Shares under this Plan or make any payment unless such delivery or payment would comply with all applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity, and unless and until the Participant has taken all actions required by the Company in connection therewith. The Company may impose such restrictions on any Shares issued under this Plan as the Company determines necessary or desirable to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations or the requirements of any national securities exchanges.

 

(f) Governing Law . This Plan, and all agreements under this Plan, will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, without reference to any conflict of law principles. The parties agree that the exclusive venue for any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement shall be a court sitting in the County of Milwaukee, or the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin sitting in the County of Milwaukee, in the State of Wisconsin, and further agree that any such action may be heard only in a “bench” trial, and any party to such action or proceeding shall agree to waive its right to a jury trial.

 

(g) Limitations on Actions . Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement must be brought within one year (365 days) after the day the complaining party first knew or should have known of the events giving rise to the complaint.

 

(h) Construction . Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used in the singular or plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. Titles of sections are for general information only, and this Plan is not to be construed with reference to such titles.

 

(i) Severability . If any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement or any Award (i) is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or (ii) would disqualify this Plan, any Award Agreement or any Award under any law the Committee deems applicable, then such provision should be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this Plan, such Award Agreement or such Award, then such provision should be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of this Plan, such Award Agreement and such Award will remain in full force and effect.

 

12


Exhibit 10.21

 

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc.

Notice of Grant of Stock Options
and Option Agreement

ID: 39-1805420
3700 West Juneau Avenue

 

Milwaukee, WI 53208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«FirstName»  «LastName»

 

Option Number:

«Address1»

 

Plan:

2004 Incentive Stock Plan

«City,»  «State» «Zip»

 

ID:

«Country»

 

 

 

Effective «GrantDate» (the “Grant Date”), you have been granted a(n) Non-Qualified Stock Option to buy «# of shares» shares of Harley-Davidson, Inc. (the Company) stock at «price» per share.

 

The total option price of the shares granted is «$ amount» .

 

Shares in each period will become fully vested on the date shown.

 

Shares

 

Vest Type

 

Full Vest

 

Expiration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

These options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company's 2004 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended, and this Option Agreement. You may return this Option Agreement to the Company (in care of the Vice President and Treasurer) within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date, and by doing so you will forfeit any rights under this Option Agreement. If you choose to retain this Option Agreement beyond that date, then you accept the terms of these options and agree and consent to all amendments to the 2004 Incentive Stock Plan and the Company’s 1995 Stock Option Plan through the Grant Date as they apply to these options and any prior awards to you under such plans.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

Date:

01/10/2002

 

Time:

1:58:17 PM

 


Exhibit 10.22

 

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc.

Notice of Special Grant of Stock Options
and Option Agreement

ID: 39-1805420
3700 West Juneau Avenue

 

Milwaukee, WI 53208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«FirstName»  «LastName»

 

Option Number:

«Address1»

 

Plan:

2004 Incentive Stock Plan

«City,»  «State» «Zip»

 

ID:

«Country»

 

 

 

 

Effective «GrantDate» (the “Grant Date”), you have been granted a(n) Non-Qualified Stock Option to buy «# of shares» Harley-Davidson, Inc. (the Company) stock at «price» per share.

 

The total option price of the shares granted is «$ amount» .

 

Shares in each period will become fully vested on the date shown.

 

Shares

 

Vest Type*

 

Full Vest*

 

Expiration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

These options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company's 2004 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended, and this Option Agreement.  You may return this Option Agreement to the Company (in care of the Vice President and Treasurer) within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date, and by doing so you will forfeit any rights under this Option Agreement.  If you choose to retain this Option Agreement beyond that date, then you accept the terms of these options and agree and consent to all amendments to the 2004 Incentive Stock Plan and the Company’s 1995 Stock Option Plan through the Grant Date as they apply to these options and any prior awards to you under such plans.

 


*See attached Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

Date:

01/10/2002

 

Time:

1:58:17 PM

 



 

Exhibit A

 

If you cease to be employed by the Company by reason of Retirement (as defined in the Company’s 2004 Incentive Stock Plan), then, effective immediately prior to the time of cessation of employment, options to purchase all shares that were not previously vested will become fully vested except where Cause (as defined below) existed prior to the time of cessation of employment. The exercisability and termination of such options following Retirement will remain subject to Section 7(f)(ii) of the Company’s 2004 Incentive Stock Plan.

 

“Cause” shall mean (1) your conviction of a felony or a plea by you of no contest to a felony, (2) willful misconduct on your part that is materially and demonstrably detrimental to the Company, (3) your willful refusal to perform requested duties consistent with your office, position or status with the Company (other than as a result of your physical or mental disability) or (4) other conduct or inaction that the Committee determines in its discretion constitutes Cause. With respect to clauses (2), (3) and (4) of this paragraph, Cause shall be determined by a majority of the Committee (as defined in the Company’s 2004 Incentive Stock Plan) at a meeting held after reasonable notice to you and including an opportunity for you and your counsel to be heard. The Committee shall not have the right to determine that Cause exists pursuant to clause (4) of this paragraph following the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Company’s 2004 Incentive Stock Plan). All determinations of the Committee hereunder shall be final.

 


Exhibit 10.23

 

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc.

Notice of Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Agreement

ID: 39-1805420
3700 West Juneau Avenue

 

Milwaukee, WI 53208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Fname» «M»«Lname»

 

Award Number:

«Grant_»

«Address1»

 

Plan:

2004 Incentive Stock Plan

«Address2»

 

ID:

«ID»

«Address3»

 

 

«City», «St» «Zip»

 

 

«CO»

 

 

 

 

Effective      /      /200      (the “Grant Date”), you have been granted «Shares» shares of Common Stock of Harley-Davidson, Inc. (the “Company”) constituting Restricted Stock under the Company’s 2004 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”).

 

All of the Restricted Stock will become fully unrestricted (or “vest”) on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to accelerated vesting and forfeiture as discussed below. You may not sell, transfer or otherwise convey an interest in or pledge any of your Shares of Restricted Stock until they are vested. In addition, (i) you cannot sell or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Stock that has vested except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state securities laws or in a transaction that, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, is exempt from such registration and (ii) the Company may place a legend on any certificates for such Shares to such effect.

 

The Shares of Restricted Stock are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Restricted Stock Agreement including Exhibit A. Additional provisions regarding your Restricted Stock and definitions of capitalized terms used and not defined in this Restricted Stock Agreement can be found in the Plan. Without limitation, “Committee” means the Human Resources Committee of the Board or its delegate in accordance with the Plan.

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

Date

 

Time:

 



 

Exhibit A to Restricted Stock Agreement

 

Termination of Employment:   If your employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or Qualified Retirement (as defined below), then you will forfeit any Shares of Restricted Stock that are not vested as of the date your employment is terminated. If you cease to be employed by the Company and its Affiliates by reason of death, Disability or Qualified Retirement, then, effective immediately prior to the time of cessation of employment, a portion of the unvested Restricted Stock will vest such that the total number of Shares that are vested after giving effect to such vesting will be equal to the original number of Shares of Restricted Stock subject to this Restricted Stock Agreement multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Months (counting a partial Month as a full Month) from the Grant Date until the date your employment is terminated by reason of death, Disability or Qualified Retirement, and the denominator of which is 48 months, and you will forfeit the remaining Shares of Restricted Stock that are not vested. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Month” shall mean the period that begins on the first calendar day after the Grant Date, or the anniversary of the Grant Date that occurs in each calendar month, and ends on the anniversary of the Grant Date that occurs in the following calendar month.

 

“Qualified Retirement” shall mean termination of employment from the Company and its Affiliates, for reasons other than death, Disability, Cause (determined as described below) or accepting other full-time employment, (a) on or after age sixty-two (62), (b) on or after age fifty-five (55) if you have completed five (5) years of service with the Company and its Affiliates at the time of such termination or (c) with the consent of the Committee, under other circumstances. “Cause” shall be determined by the Company in its discretion though you will have the right to appeal the Company’s decision to the Committee if you do so in writing within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of termination for Cause from the Company. If you fail to appeal such decision within sixty (60) days, the Company’s determination shall be final. If you timely file a written appeal with the Committee, the Committee’s decisions shall be final and binding.

 

Accelerated Vesting: If the average of the percentage payouts under the Reference STIPs for the two full calendar years prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date (including the calendar year in which the Grant Date occurs) is equal to or greater than 100%, then 50% of the Restricted Stock (excluding any forfeited Shares) will vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date. “Reference STIPs” means the terms of the Short-Term Incentive Plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates applicable to the class or classes of employees of which you were a part during the two full calendar years prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date, and the average of the percentage payouts will be calculated by weighting each percentage payout that relates to the period during which you were a part of a class of employees based on the time in each year that you were a part of that class of employees.

 

Issuance of Share Certificates:  The Company may issue in your name certificate(s) evidencing your Shares of Restricted Stock. In addition to any other legends placed on the certificate(s), such certificate(s) will bear the following legend:

 

The shares of Stock represented by this certificate are subject to forfeiture, and the sale or other transfer of the shares of Stock represented by this certificate (whether voluntary or by operation of law) is subject to certain restrictions, as set forth in a Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of                              , by and between Harley-Davidson, Inc. and the registered owner hereof. A copy of such Agreement may be obtained from the Secretary of Harley-Davidson, Inc.

 

Upon the vesting of Shares of Restricted Stock, you will be entitled to a new certificate for the Shares that have vested, without the foregoing legend, upon making a request for such certificate to the Secretary of the Company or to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

In lieu of issuing in your name certificate(s) evidencing your Shares of Restricted Stock, the Company may cause its transfer agent or other agent to reflect on its records your ownership of such Shares, subject to the terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

[over]

 



 

Voting Rights and Dividends:  While your Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to forfeiture, you may exercise full voting rights and will receive all cash dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the Restricted Stock (reduced for any tax withholding due), in each case so long as the applicable record date occurs before you forfeit such Shares. If, however, any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, such Shares will be subject to the same risk of forfeiture, restrictions on transferability and other terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement as are the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

Tax Withholding :  To the extent that your receipt of Restricted Stock or the vesting of Restricted Stock results in income to you for federal, state or local taxes, you must deliver to the Company or to such other person as the Company may designate at the time the Company is obligated to withhold taxes that arise from such receipt or vesting, as the case may be, such amount as the Company requires to meet its withholding obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations. If you fail to deliver such amount as the Company requires, the Company has the right and authority to deduct or withhold from other compensation it would pay to you an amount, and/or to treat you as having surrendered vested Shares of Restricted Stock having a value, sufficient to satisfy its withholding obligations.

 

When income results from the vesting of Restricted Stock, to the extent the Company permits you to do so, you may satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by electing to have the Company accept that number of vested Shares of Restricted Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that the Company must withhold in connection with the vesting of such Shares. If you would be left with a fractional share after satisfying the withholding obligation on the Restricted Stock, the fair market value of that fractional share will be applied to your general federal tax withholding. If the Company does not allow you to elect to have the Company accept vested Shares of Restricted Stock, or if you want to keep all of the shares that are vesting, you will have to deliver to the Company or to such other person as the Company may designate funds in an amount sufficient to cover the withholding tax obligation on a date advised by the Company. Where you may elect to deliver funds to satisfy the withholding tax obligation, your election to deliver funds must be irrevocable, in writing, and submitted to the Secretary or to such other person as the Company may designate on or before the date that the Company specifies, which will be before the applicable vesting date, and if you fail to deliver such election then you will be deemed to have elected to have the Company accept vested Shares of Restricted Stock as described above.

 

If you do so within thirty (30) days of the Grant Date, you may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for this Award so that the receipt of the Restricted Stock, rather than vesting, results in income. In that case, you will have to deliver to the Company or to such other person as the Company may designate funds in an amount sufficient to cover the withholding tax obligation.

 

Rejection /Acceptance :  You may return this Restricted Stock Agreement to the Company (in care of the Vice President and Treasurer) within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date, together with any certificate you have received evidencing Shares, and by doing so you will forfeit any rights under this Restricted Stock Agreement and any rights to Shares that the Company has transferred to you under this Restricted Stock Agreement. If you choose to retain this Restricted Stock Agreement beyond that date, then you accept the terms of this Award, acknowledge these tax implications and agree and consent to all amendments to the Plan and the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan through the Grant Date as they apply to this Award and any prior awards of any kind to you under such plans.

 


 

Exhibit 10.24

 

 

 

 

Harley-Davidson, Inc.

Notice of Special Award of Restricted Stock
and Restricted Stock Agreement

ID: 39-1805420
3700 West Juneau Avenue

 

Milwaukee, WI 53208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Fname» «M»«Lname»

 

Award Number:

«Grant_»

«Address1»

 

Plan:

2004 Incentive Stock Plan

«Address2»

 

ID:

«ID»

«Address3»

 

 

«City», «St» «Zip»

 

 

«CO»

 

 

 

 

Effective    /     /200   (the “Grant Date”), you have been granted «Shares» shares of Common Stock of Harley-Davidson, Inc. (the “Company”) constituting Restricted Stock under the Company’s 2004 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”).

 

All of the Restricted Stock will become fully unrestricted (or “vest”) on the         anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to accelerated vesting and forfeiture as discussed below. You may not sell, transfer or otherwise convey an interest in or pledge any of your Shares of Restricted Stock until they are vested.  In addition, (i) you cannot sell or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Stock that has vested except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state securities laws or in a transaction that, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, is exempt from such registration and (ii) the Company may place a legend on any certificates for such Shares to such effect.

 

The Shares of Restricted Stock are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Restricted Stock Agreement including Exhibit A.   Additional provisions regarding your Restricted Stock and definitions of capitalized terms used and not defined in this Restricted Stock Agreement can be found in the Plan. Without limitation, “Committee” means the Human Resources Committee of the Board or its delegate in accordance with the Plan.

 

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

Date

 

Time:

 



 

Exhibit A to Restricted Stock Agreement

 

Termination of Employment:   If your employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for Cause (as defined below), then you will forfeit any Shares of Restricted Stock that are not vested as of the date your employment is terminated.  If your employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by the Company or any of its Affiliates for any reason other than for Cause, then, effective immediately prior to the time of cessation of employment, all of the unvested Restricted Stock will vest. If you terminate your employment with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason other than death or Disability, then you will forfeit any Shares of Restricted Stock that are not vested as of the date your employment is terminated.  If you cease to be employed by the Company and its Affiliates by reason of death or Disability, then, effective immediately prior to the time of cessation of employment, a portion of the unvested Restricted Stock will vest, which portion will be equal to the number of unvested Shares multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Months (counting a partial Month as a full Month) from the Grant Date until the date your employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability and the denominator of which is     months< number of months in vesting period >, and you will forfeit the remaining Shares of Restricted Stock that are not vested.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Month” shall mean the period that begins on the first calendar day after the Grant Date, or the anniversary of the Grant Date that occurs in each calendar month, and ends on the anniversary of the Grant Date that occurs in the following calendar month.

 

“Cause” shall mean (1) your conviction of a felony or a plea by you of no contest to a felony, (2) willful misconduct on your part that is materially and demonstrably detrimental to the Company, (3) your willful refusal to perform requested duties consistent with your office, position or status with the Company (other than as a result of your physical or mental disability) or (4) other conduct or inaction that the Committee determines in its discretion constitutes Cause. With respect to clauses (2), (3) and (4) of this paragraph, Cause shall be determined by a majority of the Committee (as defined in the Plan, as it may be amended) at a meeting held after reasonable notice to you and including an opportunity for you and your counsel to be heard. All determinations of the Committee hereunder shall be final.

 

Issuance of Share Certificates:  The Company may issue in your name certificate(s) evidencing your Shares of Restricted Stock.  In addition to any other legends placed on the certificate(s), such certificate(s) will bear the following legend:

 

The shares of Stock represented by this certificate are subject to forfeiture, and the sale or other transfer of the shares of Stock represented by this certificate (whether voluntary or by operation of law) is subject to certain restrictions, as set forth in a Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of                              , by and between Harley-Davidson, Inc. and the registered owner hereof.  A copy of such Agreement may be obtained from the Secretary of Harley-Davidson, Inc.

 

Upon the vesting of Shares of Restricted Stock, you will be entitled to a new certificate for the Shares that have vested, without the foregoing legend, upon making a request for such certificate to the Secretary of the Company or to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

In lieu of issuing in your name certificate(s) evidencing your Shares of Restricted Stock, the Company may cause its transfer agent or other agent to reflect on its records your ownership of such Shares, subject to the terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

Voting Rights and Dividends:  While your Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to forfeiture, you may exercise full voting rights and will receive all cash dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the Restricted Stock (reduced for any tax withholding due), in each case so long as the applicable record date occurs before you forfeit such Shares. If, however, any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, such Shares will be subject to the same risk of forfeiture, restrictions on transferability and other terms of this Restricted Stock Agreement as are the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

Tax Withholding :  To the extent that your receipt of Restricted Stock or the vesting of Restricted Stock results in income to you for federal, state or local taxes, you must deliver to the Company or to such other person as the Company may designate at the time the Company is obligated to withhold taxes that arise from such receipt or vesting, as the case may be, such amount as the Company requires to meet its withholding obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations.  If you fail to deliver such amount as the Company requires, the Company has the right and authority to deduct or withhold from other compensation it would pay to you an amount, and/or to treat you as having surrendered vested Shares of Restricted Stock having a value, sufficient to satisfy its withholding obligations.

 

When income results from the vesting of Restricted Stock, to the extent the Company permits you to do so, you may satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by electing to have the Company accept that number of vested Shares of Restricted Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that the Company must withhold in connection with the vesting of such Shares.  If you would be left with a fractional share after satisfying the withholding obligation on

 



 

the Restricted Stock, the fair market value of that fractional share will be applied to your general federal tax withholding.  If the Company does not allow you to elect to have the Company accept vested Shares of Restricted Stock, or if you want to keep all of the shares that are vesting, you will have to deliver to the Company or to such other person as the Company may designate funds in an amount sufficient to cover the withholding tax obligation on a date advised by the Company.  Where you may elect to deliver funds to satisfy the withholding tax obligation, your election to deliver funds must be irrevocable, in writing, and submitted to the Secretary or to such other person as the Company may designate on or before the date that the Company specifies, which will be before the applicable vesting date, and if you fail to deliver such election then you will be deemed to have elected to have the Company accept vested Shares of Restricted Stock as described above.

 

If you do so within thirty (30) days of the Grant Date, you may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for this Award so that the receipt of the Restricted Stock, rather than vesting, results in income. In that case, you will have to deliver to the Company or to such other person as the Company may designate funds in an amount sufficient to cover the withholding tax obligation.

 

Rejection/Acceptance :  You may return this Restricted Stock Agreement to the Company (in care of the Vice President and Treasurer) within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date, together with any certificate you have received evidencing Shares, and by doing so you will forfeit any rights under this Restricted Stock Agreement and any rights to Shares that the Company has transferred to you under this Restricted Stock Agreement.  If you choose to retain this Restricted Stock Agreement beyond that date, then you accept the terms of this Award, acknowledge these tax implications and agree and consent to all amendments to the Plan and the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan through the Grant Date as they apply to this Award and any prior awards of any kind to you under such plans.

 


Exhibit 10.25

 

 

 

General

Harley-Davidson, Inc.

Notice of Grant of Stock Appreciation Right
and Stock Appreciation Right Agreement

or Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«FirstName» «LastName»

 

Stock Appreciation Right/Award

«Address1»

 

Plan:

2004 Incentive Stock Plan

«City,» «State» «Zip»

 

ID:

 

«Country»

 

 

 

Effective «Grant Date» (the “Grant Date”), you have been granted a Stock Appreciation Right with respect to «# of shares» shares of common stock of Harley-Davidson, Inc. (“HDI” and, together with its Subsidiaries, the “Company”).

 

As soon as practicable following the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (each, a “Settlement Date”), the compensation (if any) payable with respect to the portion of the Stock Appreciation Right  that became vested on such Settlement Date will be valued and paid in cash in your local currency using the spot rate on the Settlement Date, less applicable withholding.  The value of the portion of the Stock Appreciation Right that became vested on the Settlement Date will be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of shares underlying the portion of the Stock Appreciation Right that became vested on the Settlement Date, and (2) the amount by which the Fair Market Value of a share of HDI’s common stock on the Settlement Date exceeds «price» .  If the Fair Market Value of a share of HDI’s common stock on the Settlement Date is less than or equal to <<price>> , no amount is payable with respect to that Settlement Date. Following each Settlement Date, the portion of the Stock Appreciation Right that was valued as of that Settlement Date (whether or not resulting in a payment) will be cancelled.

 

The portion of your Stock Appreciation Right that is not vested when you terminate employment will be forfeited.

 

The Stock Appreciation Right does not include the right to receive dividends or other distributions declared and paid on the shares of HDI’s common stock underlying the Stock Appreciation Right.

 

On each anniversary of the Grant Date, if you are still then employed, you will obtain a 25 percent vested interest in the Stock Appreciation Right.  Accordingly, in each period the Stock Appreciation Right will become vested on the date shown.

 

Shares Underlying Stock
Appreciation Right

 

Vest Type

 

Full Vest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

«shares»

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Stock Appreciation Right is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of HDI’s 2004 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended, and this Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

 

You may return this Stock Appreciation Right Agreement to the Company (in care of the Vice President and Treasurer of HDI) within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date, and by doing so you will forfeit any rights under this Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.  If you choose to retain this Stock Appreciation Right Agreement beyond that date, then you accept the terms of this Stock Appreciation Right and agree and consent to all amendments to the Plan and the Company’s 1995 Stock Option Plan through the Grant Date as they apply to this Stock Appreciation Right and any prior awards to you of any kind under such plans.

 

 

 

Vice President and Treasurer

 


Exhibit 10.26

 

 

 

General

Harley-Davidson, Inc.

Notice of Award of Restricted Stock Units
and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Fname» «M»«Lname»

 

Award Number:

«Grant_»

«Address1»

 

Plan:

2004 Incentive Stock Plan

«Address2»

 

ID:

«ID»

«Address3»

 

 

«City», «St» «Zip»

 

 

«CO»

 

 

 

 

Effective      /    /200    (the “Grant Date”), you have been granted Restricted Stock Units with respect to «Shares» shares of Common Stock of Harley-Davidson, Inc. (“HDI” and, together with its Subsidiaries, the “Company”).  This grant is made under the HDI’s 2004 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”).

 

All of the Restricted Stock Units will become fully unrestricted (or “vest”) on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to accelerated vesting and forfeiture as discussed below and in Exhibit A. You may not sell, transfer or otherwise convey an interest in or pledge any of your Restricted Stock Units.

 

As soon as practicable following the date on which the Restricted Stock Units vest, the Company will make a cash payment to you in your local currency using the spot rate on the vesting date, less applicable withholding, equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock of HDI on the vesting date by the number of Restricted Stock Units that have become vested on such date.

 

The Restricted Stock Units are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement including Exhibit A.  Additional provisions regarding your Restricted Stock Units and definitions of capitalized terms used and not defined in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement can be found in the Plan. Without limitation, “Committee” means the Human Resources Committee of the Board or its delegate in accordance with the Plan.

 

 

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC. and Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

Date

 

 

Time:

 

 



 

Exhibit A to Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

 

Termination of Employment:   If your employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or Qualified Retirement (as defined below), then you will forfeit any Restricted Stock Units that are not vested as of the date your employment is terminated.  If you cease to be employed by the Company and its Affiliates by reason of death, Disability or Qualified Retirement, then, effective immediately prior to the time of cessation of employment, a portion of the unvested Restricted Stock Units will vest such that the total number of Restricted Stock Units that are vested after giving effect to such vesting will be equal to the original number of Restricted Stock Units subject to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Months (counting a partial Month as a full Month) from the Grant Date until the date your employment is terminated by reason of death, Disability or Qualified Retirement, and the denominator of which is 48 months, and you will forfeit the remaining Restricted Stock Units that are not vested. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Month” shall mean the period that begins on the first calendar day after the Grant Date, or the anniversary of the Grant Date that occurs in each calendar month, and ends on the anniversary of the Grant Date that occurs in the following calendar month.

 

“Qualified Retirement” shall mean termination of employment from the Company and its Affiliates, for reasons other than death, Disability, Cause (determined as described below) or accepting other full-time employment, (a) on or after age sixty-two (62), (b) on or after age fifty-five (55) if you have completed five (5) years of service with the Company and its Affiliates at the time of such termination or (c) with the consent of the Committee, under other circumstances. “Cause” shall be determined by the Company in its discretion though you will have the right to appeal the Company’s decision to the Committee if you do so in writing within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of termination for Cause from the Company.  If you fail to appeal such decision within sixty (60) days, the Company’s determination shall be final.  If you timely file a written appeal with the Committee, the Committee’s decisions shall be final and binding.

 

Accelerated Vesting: If the average of the percentage payouts under the Reference STIPs for the two full calendar years prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date (including the calendar year in which the Grant Date occurs) is equal to or greater than 100%, then 50% of the Restricted Stock Units (excluding any forfeited Shares) will vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date.  “Reference STIPs” means the terms of the Short-Term Incentive Plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates applicable to the class or classes of employees of which you were a part during the two full calendar years prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date, and the average of the percentage payouts will be calculated by weighting each percentage payout that relates to the period during which you were a part of a class of employees based on the time in each year that you were a part of that class of employees.

 

[over]

 

2



 

Voting Rights and Dividends:   You are not entitled to exercise any voting rights with respect to the Common Stock of HDI underlying your Restricted Stock Units. You will receive a cash payment equivalent to any dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the Common Stock of HDI underlying your Restricted Stock Units (reduced for any tax withholding due), so long as the applicable record date occurs before you forfeit such Restricted Stock Units, which will be paid in your local currency using the spot rate on the date the dividend or other distribution is paid to shareholders.  If, however, any dividends or distributions with respect to the Common Stock of HDI underlying your Restricted Stock Units are paid in Shares rather than cash, you will be credited with additional Restricted Stock Units equal to the number of shares that you would have received had your Restricted Stock Units been actual Shares, and such Restricted Stock Units will be subject to the same risk of forfeiture and other terms of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement as are the Restricted Stock Units that are granted contemporaneously with this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.  Any amounts due to you under this provision shall be paid to you, in cash, no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividend or other distribution is paid to shareholders or, if later, the 15 th day of the third month following the date the dividends are paid to shareholders; provided that in the case of any distribution with respect to which you are credited with additional Restricted Stock Units that are subject to a risk of forfeiture, distribution shall be made at the same time as are distributed the Restricted Stock Units that are granted contemporaneously with this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

 

Tax Withholding :  To the extent that your receipt of Restricted Stock Units, the vesting of Restricted Stock Units or your receipt of payments in respect of Restricted Stock Units results in income to you for federal or local taxes, the Company has the right and authority to deduct or withhold from any compensation it would pay to you (including payments in respect of Restricted Stock Units) an amount, and/or to treat you as having surrendered vested Restricted Stock Units having a value, sufficient to satisfy its withholding obligations.  In its discretion, the Company may require you to deliver to the Company or to such other person as the Company may designate at the time the Company is obligated to withhold taxes that arise from such receipt or vesting, as the case may be, such amount as the Company requires to meet its withholding obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations.

 

Rejection/Acceptance :  You may return this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to the Company (in care of the Vice President and Treasurer of HDI) within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date, and by doing so you will forfeit any rights under this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement  If you choose to retain this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement beyond that date, then you accept the terms of this Award, acknowledge these tax implications and agree and consent to all amendments to the Plan and the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan through the Grant Date as they apply to this Award and any prior awards to you of any kind under such plans.

 

3


Exhibit 21

 

HARLEY-DAVIDSON, INC.
SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name

 

State/Country
Of
Incorporation

H-D Michigan, Inc.

 

Michigan

Harley-Davidson Motor Company Group, Inc.

 

Wisconsin

Harley-Davidson Motor Company Operations, Inc.

 

Wisconsin

H-D Franklin, LLC

 

Wisconsin

H-D Tomahawk Somo, LLC

 

Wisconsin

H-D Tomahawk Industrial Park, LLC

 

Wisconsin

H-D Tomahawk Kaphaem Road, LLC

 

Wisconsin

H-D Capitol Drive, LLC

 

Wisconsin

H-D Pilgrim Road, LLC

 

Wisconsin

Harley-Davidson Motor Company, Inc.

 

Wisconsin

H-D Milwaukee, LLC

 

Wisconsin

Buell Distribution Company, LLC

 

Wisconsin

H-D F&R, LLC

 

Wisconsin

HASC , LLC

 

Wisconsin

H-D Group LLC

 

Illinois

Revolution PowerTrain LLC

 

Delaware

Buell Motorcycle Company, LLC

 

Wisconsin

Harley-Davidson Transportation Co., Inc.

 

Delaware

HDWA , LLC

 

Wisconsin

HDMC , LLC

 

Illinois

Harley-Davidson Foreign Sales Corporation

 

Barbados

Harley-Davidson Dealer Systems, Inc.

 

Ohio

Harley-Davidson International Holding Co., Inc.

 

Wisconsin

Harley-Davidson Holding Co., Inc.

 

Delaware

Harley-Davidson Benelux B.V.

 

Netherlands

Harley-Davidson France SAS

 

France

Harley-Davidson GmbH

 

Germany

Harley-Davidson Japan KK

 

Japan

Harley-Davidson Europe Limited

 

England

Harley-Davidson do Brazil Ltda.

 

Brazil

Harley-Davidson Italia S.r.l.

 

Italy

Harley-Davidson Singapore Inc.

 

Delaware

Harley-Davidson Australia Pty Limited

 

Australia

Harley-Davidson Hong Kong Limited

 

Hong Kong

Lockglade Limited

 

England

Harley-Davidson Espana  S.L.

 

Spain

Harley-Davidson Switzerland GmbH

 

Switzerland

Harley-Davidson Asia, Inc.

 

Wisconsin

Renovation Realty Investment Services, Inc.

 

Wisconsin

HR, LLC

 

Indiana

HR Holding Corp.

 

Wisconsin

HDC Corporation

 

Japan

Harley-Davidson Financial Services, Inc.

 

Delaware

 



 

Harley-Davidson Insurance Services, Inc.

 

Nevada

Harley-Davidson Credit Corp.

 

Nevada

Harley-Davidson Insurance Services of Illinois, Inc.

 

Illinois

Harley-Davidson Customer Funding Corp

 

Nevada

Harley-Davidson Funding Corp.

 

Nevada

Eaglemark Savings Bank

 

Nevada

Harley-Davidson Leasing, Inc.

 

Nevada

Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-IV

 

Nevada

Harley-Davidson Financial Services International, Inc.

 

Delaware

ODBH Limited

 

United Kingdom

Harley-Davidson Financial Services Europe Limited

 

England

Harley-Davidson Financial Services Canada, Inc.

 

Canada

 


Exhibit 23

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 No. 33-35311, No. 333-07551, No. 333-51741, No. 333-75347, Nos. 333-93879 and 333-123406, No. 333-60840 and No. 333-123405)  pertaining (a) the Harley-Davidson Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees, the Harley-Davidson Retirement Savings Plan for Milwaukee and Tomahawk Hourly Bargaining Unit Employees, and the Holiday Rambler LLC Employees Retirement Plan; (b) the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan; (c) the Harley-Davidson, Inc. Director Stock Plan; (d) the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 1998 Non-Exempt Employee Stock Option Plan (e)  the Harley-Davidson Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees, the Harley-Davidson Retirement Savings Plan for Milwaukee and Tomahawk Hourly Bargaining Unit Employees, the Harley-Davidson Retirement Savings Plan for Kansas City Hourly Bargaining Unit Employees, the Harley-Davidson Retirement Savings Plan for York Hourly Bargaining Unit Employees and the Buell Motorcycle Company Retirement Savings Plan; (f) the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2001 York Hourly-Paid Employees Stock Option Plan and (g) the Harley-Davidson, Inc. 2004 Incentive Stock Plan,   of our report dated February 8, 2006, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Harley-Davidson, Inc., Harley-Davidson, Inc.’s management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Harley-Davidson, Inc.,  included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

 

 

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

 

March 3, 2006

 

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

Chief Executive Officer Certification

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

I, James L. Ziemer, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harley-Davidson, Inc.;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the registrant and have:

 

a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

 

a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 3, 2006

/s/ James L. Ziemer

 

 

James L. Ziemer, President and

 

Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

Chief Financial Officer Certification

Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

I, James M. Brostowitz, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harley-Davidson, Inc.;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the registrant and have:

 

a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

 

a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 3, 2006

/s/ James M. Brostowitz

 

 

James M. Brostowitz, Vice President and

 

Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 32

 

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. sec. 1350

 

Solely for the purpose of complying with 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we, the undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer and the Vice President and Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer of Harley-Davidson, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify, based on our knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: March 3, 2006

 

 

 

 

/s/ James L. Ziemer

 

 

James L. Ziemer

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

/s/ James M. Brostowitz

 

 

James M. Brostowitz

 

Vice President and Treasurer and

 

Acting Chief Financial Officer